Search results

(101 - 120 of 206)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUCSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1984 Interim Catalog POSTMASTER Volume 114, Number 4 Winter 1983 612/300-1001 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Sec...
Show more AUCSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1984 Interim Catalog POSTMASTER Volume 114, Number 4 Winter 1983 612/300-1001 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augs,burgCollege lnterim The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. 0 OCT NOV DEC Calendar for Full Credit Courses .................................... October 31-November 4. Interim Registration December 5 ...........................................Late Interim Registration First Day of Interim January 3.. ................................................. Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. January 4.. Last day for cancel/add January 17.. ................ Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 20.. ........................... Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 27.. ...................................................... Interim ends .............................................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses ............................... January 3.. First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . .............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses January 9 . ........... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 11.. .....................Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 13.. ...............................First group of half credit courses ends January 16.. ...........................Second group of half credit courses begins January 17.. ............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses January 23. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 25.. ..................... Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January27........................................................ lnterimends The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: II - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1984. These interims are under the following departments: Health-Sailing i n the Virgin Islands Political Science - Mass Media and Politics i n Britain, France, Germany and Austria Religion-Israel and Egypt: Archaeology and Religion Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 28 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as travel interims offered by other 4-1-4 schools in the country. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating i n one of these international interims should apply in the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. There will be no June interim in 1984. - Internships Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 22. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independcmt or DhWcd Study Students may elect a program of independent study (upper dlvislon 499) or directed study (!owerdivblon 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly drseouraged fram accepting responsibility for more than one independent or dlrected study per interlm. student^ choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: - A. Meet departmental requirements, 6. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at -I one week before registration and not later than November 28. Apprgpriatestudy propo$alforms can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Inftdma at Qthw -Is Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-74 Instltutlan which offers a reclprocai lnterlm arrangepent. CataIags of these Interlmscan be consulted in the Interim Offlee. The Interim Secretary wIti help students in appiylng for ~giwrationat other schoals. Registration for lntwlms at rhe h e r Twin CMes college wlll be done at Augsburg during the regular reghtratlon period. Most courses taught during the interim w other 4-14schoolsare accepted forcredit by Aughurg, but ma not necessarily beaccepted as meeting Augsburp'r distributhn rsquirem~ntr.Thls quiklcailon putlcuhtly J f a courses offered for the Reiiglon requirement. - Non-Aupburg Students e welcamee studenw from athat 44-4 schools far the jaiiiiary Interim *hkoul tul~ion%rp provided he wudcnlt honr instlhltlon ql.a.not to cbar to Au$bug students for the January tern. he walver of tuition,does not Indu$ e special luirion fees, housing or board costs. 0 t h nudem wlII be c h a r d $720 for the lnterlm course, #upburg Cot Students interested in regfstwing for an Aupburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school.* These students are welcom to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housingsfiwld bemadeto fie lnterim Office. *There is an application processing fee of $10. ku burg Policy H" Aug ufg College adml4 studehts of any race, golor, rtatlonal and ethnk origln ro all the rl$hts, btiufI<&.s, figrams, and acthltlesgeneraI y accorded or made available to studentsat ,the school, It do= trot dlscrimlnq~on the basis of race, col,ar,crded, national and e~hrltc orlgtn in eq6layrbent flfactiw or adrniitIstqatlon of Its edtFdatfonal> policies, admission$poIi-dw, icholprshlp and loan programs, and ~thleticand other school-administer& programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. . Courses Calligraphy ART 106 - 4001,306 - 4002 Instructor: Philip Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills i n pen and brush with ink and paint. Three completed design projects in lettering or line are required. For upper division credit a major project is required. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 4 Nutrition: You Are What You Eat BIO 104 - 4003 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg Designed to discuss the foods that we eat in a popular fashion. After a review of the human digestive system, each of the three basic food types will be discussed along with the role of minerals, vitamins and water. An attempt will be made to dispel the mysteries and the manufactured information in the media, to make application to individual concerns, and to address the controversy concerning food additives. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 213 Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4004 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I7 Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental quertions which intrigue and torment members of our specips. While at one l w e i weseek phtlosophlcat and religious answers, h i o l n ~ yIS invokecl at another level. I t l s t h ~ intent of this course to addresrrhesc questions and others through thesrudy of ~ v o t u t l o nand heredfry {genetlrs). The concept of organic evolution continues to have i t s critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to lhrt va5l majority of hlologists the evolution of life is not only accep~edbut ir rcaasded as the single most significant confrihurion which biology has made to human knowledgr. We will study I ~ Pevidence in support of evolution. rht? proposed mechanisms of ttip ~volutionaryprocess, and, a5 time permits, the course or evolution from primiltvr! forms to humans. Some principles ol genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making 11 possible rn undcrstand evolurionary mechanisms. Ways in which people e s he discussed. influence rhrir own evoluiion and that olol her ~ p e r ~ wlll Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I . . ...... Room: S 212 Wetland Ecology BIO 311 - 4005 Instructor: Roberta Lammers I n Wetland Ecology we will study the complexity, variety and importance of freshwater wetlands (i.e. bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). The physical aspects of these wetlands as well as the interrelationships of some of their major organisms like sedges, insects, and sphagnum will be considered. Students will be re uired to pursue4nclependent reading on wetland organisms of particular Interest to them. T e course work will also include required reading, discussion and leeura, lab observation d wetland organisms, and local field trips depending on the weather. We shall examine critically the potential ofMinnesota's wetlands as an energy source. Grading will be based on one test and the presentation (written or oral) of the independent reading. Prerequisites: Biology 111,112 Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I........ Room: S 213 1 Personal Investment and the Stock Market - BUS 257 4006 Instructor: Thomas Morgan The course i s designed t o familiarize the novice with the basic components of the personal investment decision. Course content will include examination and discussion of alternative investment instruments and the markets in which they are transacted. I n addition to assigned readings, students will be expected to complete several small projects. Evaluation of course performance will be based upon successful completion of projects and a final exam. This course is not recommended for upper class business majors. Time: I........ Room: O M 13 Management Simulation Games BUS 378 - 4074 Instructor: Amin Kader In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team controls a company which manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other companies; each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating strategy. This strategy includes setting selling prices, production volumes, marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as well as stockholders' dividends. Grading will be P/N only with evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results. Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 8/l nterim Chemistry for Changing Times C H M 100 - 4009 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116 or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I . . ...... Room: S 315 Principles of Economics (Micro) ECO 123 - 4007 Instructor: Satya Gupta An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: 11.. ...... Room: L 1 Welfare Economics ECO 454 - 4008 Instructor: Ed Sabella Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures, social welfare functions, normative concepts of economic theory. Applications to various problems and disciplines. Course evaluation will be based on exams (take-home) and projects. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or permission of instructor Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4010 EDE 481 - 4014 EDS 482 - 4011 EDE 482 - 4015 EDS 483 - 4012 EDE 483 - 4016 EDS 484 - 4013 EDE 484 - 4017 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: L 4 Emily Dickinson: The Poems and the Person ENG 140 - 4018, 340 - 4019 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson now is regarded as one of America's finest poets. Her poetry was so unknown that the sister who shared with her the family home did not know of it until, following Emily's deathbed instructions, she began to burn Emily's papers. What was spared the fire is now ours to devour. Emily Dickinson spent most of her life within the family home confining her relationships to a very few, being regarded as mysterious or eccentric by very many. Some biographers have suggested she retreated from the world to give herself to poetry since her time and place made no provision for a female professional poet. Others trace her seclusion to various family relationships or personal problems or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the cause, out of the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry. During the interim we will study both her poetry and some of the major studies of her life. Each student will read one of her biographies as well as her poetry. Students who desire may pursue independent research in her biography or her poetry or in general historical topics that mav illumine either the Doems or the Derson. Studenk opting for upper d i i s i o n credit will be graded on a more rigorous level than those opting for lower division credit. Prerequisites: A course in literature or permission of instructor Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I.. Room: O M 16 . . . . .. 10/l nterim People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4020 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name is Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 10 . Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Studyof American Western and Japanesesamurai Films ENG 233 - 4021 SOC 233 - 4058 Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mitchell The purpose of the course is to clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samurai film by comparing their respective myths, their social premises, and their conventions: for example, the ritualized duel and the use of proxemic patterns (treatments of space) i n ways that are implicitly cultural. Although both genres are highly popular, they are vividly useful for esthetic, cultural, and anthropological comparison. Students will be required to attend all film presentations (approximately 10 feature films), to read selected texts, and to make a final written report. Laboratory Fee: $35 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 24 French Civilization Today FRE 332 - 4022 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov The study of 20th Century French civilization will extend and deepen our understanding of the French and the role of their country in the world today. We will investigate the concerns and the situation of the people vis-a-vis their family, friends, institutions, economy, government. The study of "documents authentiques" as well as articles, essays, Guide France, slides, music, art, and technology will help ascertain the major French contributions to our civilization since 1900. We will participate i n a variety of group and individualized activities: common readings with discussion, illustrated presentations, projects and reports, field trips and media experiences - all in order to broaden and deepen our French experience. Evaluation will include the completion of assigned tasks and reports, participation and contribution to the group, several brief quizzes, and individual progress in the ability to initiate, develop, and present a topic or study within the course. Materials will be largely i n French to assure an authentic French experience. Prerequisites: FRE 311 or consent of instructor Time: I........ Room: O M 25 German Civilization and Culture I1 CER 332 - 4024 Instructor: Don Steinmetz Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in intellectual, geo-political, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. The course will be taught in German. Prerequisites: GER 311 or permission of instructor Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 27 Beginning Norwegian NOR 111 - 4025 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introductlo,n to the basic skills of 115tening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed texf. Later class sessions provide a thorough lntroducrion to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition NOR 311 - 4026 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: NOR 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Spanish of the Business and the Professional World SPA 215 - 4023 Instructor: Cunta Rozentals Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients i n various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters. Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations. Prerequisites: SPA 212 Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: OM 21 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE232-4027 Instructor: Bethany Shifflett Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 3-13.. . . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE410-4075 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I . . . . . . Room: Melby 13 . . January 7-26,1984 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455 - 4029 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. Cost: $1995.00 Distribution: Lifetime Sports Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475-4028 Instructor: Doug Nelson Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 16 - 27.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 12 The Japanese-AmericanExperience: Relocation & Redress HIS 240 - 4030,340 - 4031 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen This course is a study of the Japanese-American experience, primarily in the United States, but will include mini units of their relocation experience in Canada and some Latin American countries. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation of several hundred JapaneseAmericans during World War II, how and why they were uprooted from homes and businesses at short notice. How did this ethnic group adjust to detention in camps, survive the trauma of their wartime experience, e.g. psychological impact on young and old? The redress issue, the report of the recent judicial commission appointed by Congress to investigate the relocation, will be an important component of the course, e.g. constitutional issues related to the rights of scores of American citizens. Perspectives of immigrant restrictions, and the contribution of the Japanese to American economy and society will be examined. Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films, slides, recordings and readings will be used as resources. Ethnic meals. Some evening meetings will replace day sessions. Grades will be based on discussion, a journal, an exam, and for upper division there will be a project. Fees - $15.00. Prerequisites: Lower division none. Upper division - one college history course or consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I... . . . . Room: L 1 . Paris in the Nineteenth Century - HIS 114 4032 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature i n that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which i n the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. I n this course we will study the history of that city in one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents i n the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted i n part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns Time: 11.. . . . . . Room: O M 23 . The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4033 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures wttl be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assjgned and optional readings, a term paper or hook reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of polirical cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Mtnnesolta gouernors,slides~will bc used; and an effort to recruit oursidespeakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Time: 11.. Room: M 23 ...... Classics of Western Thought H U M 275 - 4034 Instructors: Richard Nelson, Bruce Reichenbach The period between the exhaustion of ancient civilization and the emergence of early modern Europe (ca. 500-1700) was an age of discovery and creativity in Western culture. The BBC series Civilization will provide the visual center from which we will develop the various perspectives on literature, philosophy, religion, politics, art and science which can be found during this period. The course will emphasize the mutual impact of ideas and events. Presentations by guest speakers and readings from major works representing different disciplines will supplement the film series. There will be a mid-term, a final exam and a short paper required of all registrants. Time: I.. Room: S 112 ...... An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4035,136 - 4036 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploratlon of math-related Ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates present "scientific dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space age alternatives are also presented to integrate the flood of new data with past knowledge. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required i n one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present extensive oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: O M 23 Time: I.. ...... Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming - MAT 144 4037,211 - 4038 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. For students registering for MAT 211, the patterns and reports will require the mathematical maturity of one who has completed a semester of college mathematics at the calculus level. All students should expect to spend four to five hours per day in the computer room. Prerequisites: for 144 - Croup I l l score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination for 211 - MAT 124 or 174 Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: S 205 Time: I.. ...... The Electronics of Music MUS 210 - 4041,410 - 4042 Instructor: Robert Karlkn An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some sounds of 20th Century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1. making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. individually creating and mixing sounds of traditional sound sources as well as analog and computer-controlled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. Though no prerequisites are necessary for participation i n the class, i t is expected that students will bring to it an interest in, and curiosity about, the many ways in which electronics technology is involved i n the field of music today. Music majors and students registering for upper division credit will be assigned special projects. Students will be able to concentrate on aspects of recording, creative electronic music, or a combination of the above. Distribution: Art-Music Time: 11.. Room: M 25 ...... Broadway Musical MUS 285 - 4043 Instructors: JamesJohnson and Steve Cabrielsen The preparation and performance of a Broadway musical including singing, acting, set design and building, choreography, dancing. A variety of talents and interests are used. Li'l Abner is the present musical under consideration. Costumes will be made by members i n the class. Fees for material will be paid by members wearing those costumes. Room: M Sateren Time: I.. ...... Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330 - 4044 Instructor: Pam Farnan This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I........ Room: O M 12 Introductory Meteorology: Weather and Climate PHY 106 - 4045 Instructor: Ken Erickson A study sf Ihe science and wonders of he atmosphere, The course Is deslgned t o provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understand in^ weather and climate. Attenlion will he given to the overall weather pattprns of the earth and to thc many varied aspects af weather, some of which Include: the relationship of sun, earth and atmosph~re, clouds and precipltatinn, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and lorecasting, rhe influence a l wealher on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and o i the sky. The course i s designed to he an elective or to satisfy the o p ~ i c a phenomena l distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. Grading will he basetl on exams, laboratory exercises and a paper. Prerequisites: Elementary Algebra (high school) Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I.. ...... Room: S 108 Politics and Policy Making in Public Education POL136-4046,336- 4047 Instructor: Jo Fraatz This course examines politics and policies in American public schools, and provides opportunities for students to analyze policy problems and propose their own solutions. Most of the allotted class time will be used for a combination of lectures and discussion; time outside of class will be spent reading, thinking, and writing. The objectives of the course include: 1. To learn something about the difficulties of working in public schools; 2. To learn something about the prospects for changing public schools; 3. To learn how to analyze policy problems and policy solutions; 4. To develop and improve writing skills. Written assignments will take the form of policy memos to which students will be asked to respond. Evaluations will be made on the following basis: 1 & 2 - 10 points each; 3 & 4 - 15 points each; 5 & 6 - 20 points each; Class participation - 10 points. Grades will be determined after all points earned on these requirements are added up at the end of the course. Students wishing credit for an upper division course must be at least sophomores and will be required to do a 10-page book critique in addition to meeting the above requirements. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: M 22 Mass Media and Politics in Britain, France, Germany and Austria POL 344 - 4048 SPC 344 4064 Instructor: Milda Hedblom - This course provides a close-up study of four European mass media systems and the relations of those systems with political rulers and the broader public. Through seminar discussion, site visits, media observation, and briefings with public officials and media professionals and scholars, students learn about major issues in each country. We begin in London, after a week move to Paris - remaining for several days to compare British and French media and politics. Departing Paris by overnight train, we stop two days in Salzburg before proceeding to Vienna, the site of Austrian national media and the Parliament. From Vienna we continue to Prague for the weekend, then conclude the program in Berlin with briefings on German media and U.S. international radio operations. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Grading: P/N only Theologies of Politics POL 386 - 4049 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel An inquiry into political perceptions, attitudes and preferences associated with various theological premises from early Christian times to the present. Students will encounter views of Paul, Augustine and Aquinas; a comparative approach to Reformation theology in the political expressions of Luther and Calvin; and, in a 20th century sampling, perspectives of Reinhold Niebuhr, the Moral Majority and Liberation theology. Goal: An enhanced understanding of ways in which theological and political thought are mutually dependent and of the political expression of particular theological values and assumptions. Methods: Lecture, reading, thinking, discussing and writing -a paper on a relevant subject chosen by the student: Evaluation: Quizzes, paper, participation. Prerequisites: REL 111 and a political science course or permission of instructor. Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 11 . The Male Jail PSY 286 - 4077,386 - 4078 Instructor: Lyla Anderegg A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was a real man." A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the American Male, circa 1982. Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of materials, added involvement in the community. Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information gathering and written test. Prerequisites: General Psychology for upper division status. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2 Nature and Uses of Consciousness PSY 335 - 4050 Instructor: Richard Marken Consciousness was what psychology was about until Watson discovered behavior. This course will investigate various approaches to understanding consciousness (and, of course, the unconscious). The goal is to become conscious of the functional significance of consciousness and related phenomena (volition, awareness). Evaluation will be based on class participation and a final paper. Prerequisites: General Psychology Time: I........ Room: P 2 Issues in Science and Religion REL 374 - 4051 Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life. For others, including some Christians, science and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat. This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible obsolete?Are scientists really that smart? Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian? Can computers save us?Why do science and religion always seem to be fighting one another? Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two short tests and a written project. Prerequisites: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Distribution: Religious studies Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 18 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345 - 4052 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church i s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the Lutheran Church as it is today, its origins in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel i n art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 22 .. Israel and Egypt: Archaeology and Religion REL 375 - 4053 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck 1- ' Israel is a<mall country - a young country, but a focal point for international politics and the study of world religions. Egypt, larger and older, boasts a 5,000-year-old civilization as well as contemporary importance in the Arab world. I n this interim we visit archaeological and religious sites i n both nations. During our week i n Jerusalem, the ancient story comes alive as we live in the O l d City, visit the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, the Dome of the Rock, and the Aska Mosque, and see the Western Wall - a place of special religious importance to the Jews. O n bus tours out of Jerusalem we visit Bethlehem, Nazareth, Hebron, Caesarea, Qumran, Masada, Beer-sheba, and the Sea of Galilee. During four days in Egypt we tour Cairo, Memphis, Sakkara, and the Giza Pyramids. Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Grading: P/N only Practicum in Human Services - SWK 257 4054 Instructor: Rosalie Clark Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency is combined with readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will be asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall semester to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course. Objectives: 1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2. To increase knowledge of the services given by the agency in which student is serving. 3. To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills, competencies, education, and training. 4. To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human services agencies. 5. To increase understanding of self in relation to the human service field. Time: I.. . . . . . Room: M 22 . Field Work Ill SWK 466 - 4055, (1 course), 466 - 4076 (M course) Instructor: Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement i n a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made i n writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status Time: Arrange with instructor The Housing Pyramid Came: Public Policy and Your Future SOC 143 - 4056,343 - 4057 Instructor: Carry Hesser Course objectives include 1) To introduce students to the study of public policy and how it impacts their lives and futures; 2) Through reading, discussion and simulations the students will learn the critical issues that are operative in the processes and decision-making that goes into the choices and execution of public policy; 3) Using housing and neighborhoods as the focus of attention, students will work in groups to research and understand viable public policies currently in place to meet housing and neighborhood needs, as well as alternatives to the present policies; and 4) Experience policy-making and project planning through simulation and contact with practicing policy makers and planners. Requirements: Active participation in simulations; reflection and analysis of simulations in journals; group/individual research project with class report (students desiring upper division credit will do a more extensive analysis, with greater quantity and quality) and a final exam. Each requirement is worth 25% of the final grade. Prerequisites: One introductory social science course or permission of instructor Distribution: Urban Concerns Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: M 25 Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study of American Western and Japanese Samurai Films SOC 233 - 4058 ENC 233 - 4021 Instructors: Jerry Cerasimo and John Mitchell (See description on p. 10) 22/l nterjm Sociology of Law SOC 220 - 4059 Instructor: Diane Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. From a sociological perspective, we will explore cross-cultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal j u s t i ~ esystem, the legal profession, and corporate crime. The basic course format will be lecture and discussion, much of the latter based on the reading assignments. Evaluation i s based on participation and two examinations. Students desiring upper division credit will be asked to write a short paper on an assigned question in addition to the exams. Prerequisites: Principles of Sociology or introductory Political Science course or permission of instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 10 The Sociology of Gambling SOC 313 - 4060 Instructor: Gordon Nelson Recent research has examlned the phenomenon of gambling from a saclological perspective. What rypeof person i s llkely to gamble? What Is the nature of the wmk-force i n the gambling industry?Is gambling a social problem or a social beneflh These are some of the questions raised in published sociological studies. The'course will focus o n these studla. Students will be expected to read and discuss this materlal and t o pass a final examination. I n addition, i n order to oixerve n gambling society within a legalized setting, the course will Include a field trip to Las Vegas. Cost of the field trip {travel and lodging) wlll be approximately $300. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: I........ Room: O M 22 Imagination and Humor in Communication - SPC 165 4061,365 - 4062 Instructor: Ray Anderson Imagination, creative rhinking, and humor are important dimensions of communication competence. The major purposes of this course are 10 better understand the functions of imagination, the creative process, and the nature of humor; to improve creative thinking; and to increase the ability to protluce effective humor. There will be lectures and readings on these topics, a study of models, and a variety of assignments, i n writing and speaking. There will be a number of experimental projects involving humor; the amount of attention given to this topic will depend in part upon the interests of the class. Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper division students, one or more additional papers will be required. Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112 Story Theater (Children's Theater) - SPC 285 4063 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. . . . . . Stage 2 .. Mass Media and Politics in Britain, France, Germany and Austria SPC 344 - 4064 POL344-4048 Instructor: Milda Hedblom (See description on p. 18) Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the lnterim Office. ART 163 - 4065 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174. GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center) A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost: $400. HPE 106 - 4066 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah) Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of approximately $995 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food (condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 7 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff (Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration materials. HPE 484 - 4069 Teaching Tennis the Professional Way A course for students who want to learn how to teach tennis - taught by professionals. Cost: $175. Time 9:00 - 12:OO M, T, Th at the Minneapolis Tennis Center POL 398 - 4067 Washington Interim: The Making of a President POL 398 - 4068 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Jo Fraatz in Memorial 113. 24/l nterim Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate i n any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pa any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Racquetball HPE 002 - 4071 Instructor: Dave Boots Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Lifetime Sports. Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby Badminton HPE 002 - 4072 Instructor: Dave Boots Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent in singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outsid assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation. Distribution: Lifetime Sports. Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby American Karate HPE002-4073 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of approximately $20.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports. Time: 12:OO - 1:00 M, W, F . . ...... Melby Weightlifting HPE 002-4079 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby Running HPE 002 - 4080 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO noon.. ...... Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) An Official Publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 PA1D Second Class Postage Minneapolis MN Augsburg College i s a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. Located...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) An Official Publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 PA1D Second Class Postage Minneapolis MN Augsburg College i s a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. I Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Officc:. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall -230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Ruth Maertens, Secretary Postmaster Volume 115, Number 1 Summer, 1984 6121330-1025 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from May 29-)une 22, Term II runs from June25-August 3. This bmchum presents the Summer School Pmgmn and was correct at the time of publication. Term I Term I I Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 18 April 18 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due May 29 June 25 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10.00 (No registrations will be accepted after this date) May 31 June 27 Holiday None Last Day to Withdraw From Class (W) June 18 July 13 Classes End June 22 August 3 Grades Due in Registrafs Office June 27 Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted forthe next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Courses ~egularlyTaught during the academic year are more fully described in the October AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other school-administered programs. Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 29; Term II registrations must be confirmed on June 25. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on May 29 and June 25. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg Students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 30 and May 31. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term II registrations completed on June 26 and June 27. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To c a n r d your regictl-~tiun, arld a course, o r d r t ~ pa <:oirrscl and enroll ir) another cotr~,sc,fill OUI i l Cancc.l/Add form a1 11>(* Registrar's Clfficc There i s a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day oC each term. This must br! done by 3340 pm. on May 31 (or Term I courses and hy 3:30 p.m. nn June27 for Term II courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy". The tuition charge for Summer School is $325.00 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) i s $163.00 for each course. Laboratorylspecial fees are noted with course descriptions. Preregistration on April 18 will result in a s,ivings ot $25.00 for e,~chcourse taken. This redtrceti ti~itivnof $.$00.00per coirrse cipplies only to hose courses for which the sttldent prert!gisters on April '18. A nonrefundable d ~ o o s iof l $50.00 pel. kt>ul.scis rc?rli~ired at his tirne anci i s applietl lo desigri~tedrour-setuition. If a course is carirelled dur to low enrollment, a sul)stitution r ~ y he rriadc w i t h n ~loss ~ t of disc:ount. Stutl~nts[nay prr!rclgister Cur 1~0thTer*rnI anri Tcarrn It courses on April 18; tuition rlisr:ouri~ i dl)plicb>t c I~ ~ o l ltcrms. After April 18, students may preregister at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled. The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below) Refund Term I Term II 100Ol0 901'0 801'0 701'0 60% May 29 May 30 May 31 June 1 June4 June 25 June 26 June 27 June 28 June 29 MAY 29-JUNE 22 ART 107-8501 DRAWING B. Olson As a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media, pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes O M 17 M, T,W,Th 9:00 a.m.-1 2:00 n. 1 B. Olson ART 118-85021355-8503 PAINTING I& II Watercolor-Acrylic; translating thevisual world of nature, landscapes, still life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variew of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 9:00 a.m.-12:OO n. M, T,W,Th OM17 ART 299-85041499-8505 DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BIO 103-8506 HUMAN ANATOMY AND Mickelberg PHYSIOLOGY Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. lO:30-1:OOp.m.Lect. M,T,W,Th,F Psy. Bldg. 1:30-4:30 p.m. Lab. T, W,Th FOREIGN LANGUAGES GER 111-8530 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmetz Classroom practicespeaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. OM29 M, T,W, Th,F 8:30-10:50 a.m. Hansen BEGINNING NORWEGIAN NOR 111-112 A 3-week total immersion language learning experience for 10-16 highly motivated students ata lakesite in Northern Minn. Consult Prof. Leif E. Hansen (330-1292, Home 822-8726) for details by April 1. Dist.: Yes. Dates: June 8-30. HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N HPE 410-8531 ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION Borstad OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M5 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M, T,W, Th BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION HPE 491-8532 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principlesand administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist : No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,Th and Arr. M22 (1st meeting 5/29, 6:00 p.m.) BUS 101-8507 HPE 493-8533 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL Kader ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F 51 12 , ENG 438-8529 SHAKESPEARE Blackburn Study of ten or twelve major plays with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Dist.: Yes. OM11 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F BUS 261-8508 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Morgan Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101, 102 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M22 BUS 399-8509 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relationsand ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,Th and Arr. M24 (1st meeting 5/29,6:00 p.m.) HPE 495-85341496-8535 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-8536 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. HISTORY HIS 299-85371499-8538 ECONOMICS ( ECO 120-8510 Study of economic implicat independent study only. D i ECO 122-8511 MlCS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella roblems facing a metro-urban environment. By Arr. Saugestad DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY JAPAN, CHINA AND SOUTHEAST ASIA (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Jensen INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. Arr. INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8539 lntrodt~rl on ~~:mmmwmnsrnics m t i ~ ammms'an;tlvs!s,,~mt)ne~a~ry~am l t1501 policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1 :00-4:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 ECO 392-8512 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and bankingsystems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F ., - - - . PHI 130-8540 INTRODUCTION TO LOCI? Bailey Examinationof rules which govern valid argumentsand aid in developing theability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. g:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W, Th,F M23 ~oLITICALSCIENCE POL 199-85431399-8544 INTERNSHIPS Fraatz Arr. EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY EDE 353-8513 Johnson DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D YOUNG ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: 105 PI M, 1,W, Th,F 8:30-I O:50 a.m. YOUNG CHILDREN WITH R. Anderson SPECIAL NEEDS Understanding administrative guidelines and teacher competencies involved in a mainstreamed prekindergarten or daycare program. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F OM4 (!h course) June 11-22 EDE 375-8514 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F 14 PSY 352-8545 RELIGION REL 359-8546 BIBLICAL INTERPRETATION Quanbeck Survev of the issues and the methods used in the interpretation of the Bible. ~ist.:~es. 8:30-lO:50 a.m. M, 1,W, Th,F M24 STUDENT TEACHING SOCIAL WORK Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during thegeneral period from the middleofJuneto theend of July. Theexact dates aredetermined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrah Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. SWK 255-8547 R. Anderson EDE 481-85151482-8516 STUDENT TEACHING: 483-85 171484-8518 PREKINDERGARTEN Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Additional $35.00 fee. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. EDE 481-85191482-8520 STUDENTTEACHING: 483-85211484-8522 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learninaexoeriences in elementary schools under supervision fee. of collegeand public school perso'nnel. Dist.: No. ~ d d i t i o n a$35.00 l Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. ' EDS 481-85231482-8524 STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 483-85251484-8526 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under su~ervisionof colleae and hiah school oersonnel. Dist.: No. Additional $35.00 fee. ENGLISH Howerton ENG 163-85271363-8528 WAR A N D WORDS: LITERATURE A N D THE VIETNAM WAR Focus on books written by people coming to terms with the Vietnam experience; including navels, memoirs, personal narratives, essays, poetry, and journals which have depicted, recreated, explained, hidden, and exposed the war. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M4 GROUP WORK I N A Perry , i f - ~ l ~ ~MEDlUM ~ ~ ~ ~ S S Canoes-an eight day car .&trip in I h r Q u ~ ~ ~ : h P r c nidl~ Park i n i of Ontario. Gain practice and knowledge ntcvssary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a wilderness qruul) as a social system. Dist.: No. (See instructor for details) Addtiondl fee--SWK 499-8548 INDEPENDENT STUDY Clark SWK 399-8549 INTERNSHIPS Clark Arr. Arr. SOClOLOGY H U M A N COMMUNITY A N D Nelson THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation. Dist.: Yes. OM13 M, 1,W, Th, F 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. SOC 11 1-8550 Gerasimo INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY. -An examination of the ideas:u!"~>rimitiv~~:l'rivilized:and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities 4s fuuljd in,diflr.Wnt cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 11 SOC 241-8551 ? SOC 19945521399-8553 INTERNSHIPS .I 'm SPC 11 1-8554 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T, W,Th Hesser Arr. Cole M23 1 PHYSICS PHY 101-9618 ASTRONOMY PaulsonlStaff Study of Solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of Winch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra. LI 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th NE 25-AUGUST 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE ART 132-9601134 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35 mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. 2:30-6:00 p.m. M, W Section I 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W Section II POL 299-96201499-9621 DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Fraatz Arr. POL 199-96221399-9623 INTERNSHIPS Fraatz Arr. PSYCHOLOGY BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 399-9602 INTERNSHIPS 8:30-955 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F Kader Arr. M5 ECONOMICS RELIGION ECO 120-9603 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By indeArr. pendent study only. Dist.: Yes. ECO 123-9604 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Sabella (MICRO) Introduction to micrc-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and incomedistribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. I. ECO 353-9605 . REL 111-9626 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt An introduction to theacademicdiscipline of theology and to thedialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M23 L1 REL 341-9627 CHRISTIAN VIEWS O F HEALTH Holt A N D HEALING Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30a.m.mm M,T,W,Th,F M23 . ELEMENTS OF MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS w .SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-9628 FOREIGN LANGUAGE GER 112-9606 BEGINNING GERMAN II Classroom practice in speaking understandingand reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or equivalent. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T, W, Th OM29 y be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norwav. Chal- .. GROUP WORK I N A Perry SOClOLOCY SOC 356-9629 Bloom . HEALTH E D U C A T I O N A N D PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N HPE 485-9607 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Lieske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 6:OO-9:30 p.m. GROUP RELATIONS The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. (PIN Grading only) M, W M6:OO-9:30 p.m. 3.3' SOC 199-96311399-9632 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arc SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N , THEATER THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. HPE 487-9608 2815 41st Ave. So., Mpls., M N 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565) HPE 495-96091496-9610 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-961 1 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. Saugestad w .F Arr. HIS 233-96121433-9613 WOMEN'S ROLES I N AMERICA Stadum Examination of women's roles in the family, the workplace, and in voluntaryorganizations from Colonial America to the 1980's. Includes comparisons based on class, race, ethnicity and geographic region. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, T h M23 HIS 369-9614 VIKING DISCOVERY Nelson York, England. The Viking expansion and its impact on the British Isles. History comes alive through extensive archaeological finds, lectures, field trips. July 15-28. Contact Liv Dahl, Sons of Norway Heritage Programs, for brochure. (612) 827-3611. Dist.: No. INS 399-9615 INTERNSHIPS DOWNTOWN Hesser Arr. MATHEMATICS MAT 114-9616 COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D Durkee TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponentsand radicals, quadraticequations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithmsand trigonometricfunctions. Students who havecompleted 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Dist.: Yes. T, Th S112 6:OO-9:30 p.m. PHILOSOPHY PHI 120-9617 ETHICS Fuehrer This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.. 10:05-1 l:30 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M4 35W from the North-Take Washington Ave. exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Ave.), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Ave. S. . 1-94 East from Minneapolis-Take 25th Ave. exit, turn left at 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. 1-94 West from St. Paul-Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. I 1- 35W from the South-Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Ave. exit and turn left on 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. $
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1983-1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Weekend Il S College S TABLE OF CONTENTS 1983-84 Calendar Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Characteristics of the Educational Program Degrees and Majors Business Administration Communication *Management Information Systems (MIS) Social Work Student Support Services Assessment of Pr...
Show more Weekend Il S College S TABLE OF CONTENTS 1983-84 Calendar Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Characteristics of the Educational Program Degrees and Majors Business Administration Communication *Management Information Systems (MIS) Social Work Student Support Services Assessment of Previous Learning Program (APL) Fees and Payment Schedule Refund Schedule Financial Aid Admissions Procedure About Augsburg College Campus Map Campus Location 114qd AUGSBURG COLLEGE WEEKEND COLLEGE 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 11 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 18119 inside back cover WEEKEND COLLEGE OFFICE For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 I Postmaster: I Volume 114, Number 1 I AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Second class postage rates paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Summer 1983 6121330-1782 - INTRODUCTION TO AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE 1983-84 CALENDAR Purpose FALL TRIMESTER November 4-6, 18-20 Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a baccalaureate degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. December 2-4 The Adult as Student August 27,1983 OrientationIRegistration September 9-11, 23-25 October 7-9, 21-23 December 9-11 Exams WINTER TRIMESTER December 3,1983 OrientationlRegistration The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, selfdisciplined and well-motivated adult. learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. January 6-8, 20-22 Alternate Weekends February 3-5, 17-19 To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Each class selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. March 2-4, 16-18, 30-April 1 April 6-8 Exams Community of Learners SPRING TRIMESTER March 31,1984 OrientationlRegistration April 13-15, 27-29 May 4-6, 18-20 June 1-3, 8-10, 22-24 June 29-July 1 Exams Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out oi the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional chapel services and lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM DEGREES AND MAJORS I 1 Educational Mission For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. Accreditation and Affiliations Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB). I I I ~ . Baccalaureate Degree The baccalaureate degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through transfer of previous work, assessment of previous learning experience, or Weekend College coursework. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve .as academic advisers to students who are in the p r e major stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. One approved course from each of seven areas: Art- Music History- Philosophy Economics- Political Science English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Psychology-Sociology Chemistry- Biology Mathematics- Physics Library Two courses or demonstrated competence in a foreign language Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 138,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies Faculty I . Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a baccalaureate degree program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. Internships Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies Demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from four separate majors, each with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these academic areas. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of nine business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the following core courses: BUS 101 Principles of Financial Accounting BUS 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting BUS 131 Business Law BUS 261 Fundamentals of Finance BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ECO 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) ECO 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) ECO 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Accounting Major Students who wish to pursue an accounting major will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 262 Intermediate Accounting I BUS 263 lntermediate Accounting II BUS 381 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 483 Auditing or 484 Advanced Accounting ECO 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics or 391 Public Finance or 392 Money and Banking Finance Major Students will take the following courses in addition to the core: BljS 262 lntermediate Accounting I BUS 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases BUS 381 Managerial Cost Accounting or 382 Tax Accounting BUS 478 lnvestments and Financial Institutions ECO 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics or 391 Public Finance or 392 Money and Banking Management Major Students will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 250 Data Processing BUS 340 Personnel Administration BUS 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases or 478 lnvestments and Financial Institutions ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making ECO 445 Managerial Economics Supporting Courses: PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual: Male and Female PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 241 lntroduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology or 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications or 355 Small Group Communications SPC 113/313 Public Speaking OR ENG 225, 226, or 227 Advanced Writing Marketing Major Students will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 135 lntroduction to Marketing BUS 250 Data Processing BUS 330 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 430 Marketing Management ECO 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics ECO 445 Managerial Economics (Continued Next Page) Communication Electives Supporting Courses: PHI 120 Ethics SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 353 Advertising Business Minor 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102 and one of 261, 373, 379, 478; and one of 262, 379, 381 ; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. COMMUNICATION Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Required Communications Core SPC 342 Mass. Communications in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 399 Internship ENG 225 Advanced Writing Required Supporting Courses: SPC 113 Public Speaking PHI 130 Logic PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology or 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology . With the help of an academic advisor, the student will select five (5) elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising, human relations, or supervisory management. The following are some of the electives recommended in each area: PUBLIC RELATIONS AND ADVERTISING: BUS 135 lntroduction to Marketing BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ENG 226 or 227 Creative Writing or Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SPCl ART 132 Photography SPCIART 225, 230 Visual Communications I, II SPC 353 Advertising SPC 480 Public Relations HUMAN RELATIONS: PSY 373 Organizational Psychology PSY 485 Counseling Psychology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 383 Racial & Minority Group Relations SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SPC 353 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations SUPERVISORY MANAGEMENT: BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management BUS 250 Data Processing BUS 340 Personnel Administration BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 340 Managerial Decision-Making PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SPC 353 Advertising SPC 355 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Communication Minor Five courses approved by the department. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (MIS) The MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. MIS Major MAT CSC CSC CSC CSC BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS 174 240 340 350 352 101 102 145 250 261 375 475 479 ECO 122 ECO 123 Eta 445 ECO 340 ECO 379 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science Elementary Computer Science Digital Communications and Computer Networks Data Structures and File Processing Data Base Management and ~ecision Principles of Financial Accounting Principles of Managerial Accounting Fundamentals of Management Data Processing Fundamentals of Finance lnformation Systems in the Organization lnformation Systems Analysis and Design Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Principles of Economics-Macro Principles of Economics-Micro Managerial Economics m Managerial Decision Makina ~uanitativeMethods for ~conomicsand Business MIS Minor I 1 I MAT CSC BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO 174 240 250 375 475 101 261 123 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science Elementary Computer Science Data Processing lnformation Systems in the Organization Information Systems Analysis and Design Principles of Financial Accounting Fundamentals of Finance Principles of Economics-Micro SOCIAL WORK Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes nine courses from the departments of psychology, biology, and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. Social Work Courses SWK 257 Practicum in Human Services SWK 361 Systems of Social Welfare SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work SWK 364 Field Work l SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work SWK 462 Field Work II SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SWK 464 Field Work lV SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development SWK 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course) SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional Required Supporting Courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 383 Racial and Minority Group Relations *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. (Continued Next Page) Social Welfare Minor 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the Center. CounselinglSupport Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact the Admissions Office (330-1002). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). CAP (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). FEES AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per semester course) * 1 Tuition (per summer course)' Tuition Deposit Students must make a deposit of $50 when their application for admission has been accepted. This advance payment is not refundable, but will be credited to the student's tuition for the first term of enrollment. FINANCIAL AID There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in meeting the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid Office will assist adults in assessing financial need and constructing an aidlpayment program from the following alternatives: Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Pell Grant Program This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least a two-course load in Weekend College. Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program REFUND SCHEDULE A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents who take a part-time load in an eligible Minnesota institution such as Augsburg College. Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College will provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. Guaranteed Student LoanlMinnesota State Student Loan Program Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 9% for borrowers after January 1, 1981. The maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. To Apply for Financial Aid I I I *Augsburg courses are comparatively large blocks of academic credit. One Augsburg course is the equivalent of 6 quarter credits.-35 total courses are needed to graduate. **Tuition charge for 1983 summer terms. 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application forms (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall). 3) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 4) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1 I 1 I I Who May Apply History Men or women who have: 1) Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2) Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Admissions Process Location 1) Complete the attached application form and return it along with $15.00 to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2) Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3) The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. 4) Students who are transferring previous college work to their Augsburg Weekend College degree program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the baccalaureate degree. 5) Students who are accepted and who choose to enroll in one or more Augsburg Weekend College courses are asked to make a $50.00 tuition deposit prior to registration for that term. 6) Students who wish to apply for financial aid please refer to that section of this bulletin. Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Augsburg Weekend College students will not be required to take college entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee may, however, request that the student have a personal interview with a Weekend College facultylstaff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. Students who are admitted conditionally may be referred to the Academic Skills Center and encouraged to participate in the developmental skills programs that are available. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 9 of the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library and Music building. Accessibility We have made a n?ajor effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of the nine major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The American Lutheran Church. About 51 % of the students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant and 15% Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Nondiscrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. CAMPUS MAP 15. ~ i t t Theater k 16. East Hall G. practice ~ i e l d H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp CAMPUS MAP NOTES CAMPUS LOCATION lnterstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. Parking: All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. AUGSBURG WEEKEND COLLEGE Class Schedule & Course Dercrlptions ri I 1983-84 CALENDAR FALL TRIMESTER August 27,1983 OrientationIRegistration September 9-11, 23-25 October 7-9, 21-23 - - November 4-6, 18-20 December 2-4 December 9-11 Exams WINTER TRIMESTER December 3,1983 OrientationIRegistration January 6-8, 20-22 February 3-5, 17-19 March 2-4, 16-18, 30-April 1 April 6-8 Exams SPRING TRIMESTER March 31,1984 OrientationlRegistration April 13-15, 27-29 May 4-6, 18-20 June 1-3. 8-10, 22-24 June 29-July 1 Exams Winter Trimester, 1 0 8 4 Class Schedule Fall Trimester, 1 0 8 3 Class Schedule I Friday Thursday 6:OO-9:30 ART 352 Women's Art History Friday 6:OO-9:30 BUS 145 Fundamentals of Management SPC 353 Advertising SOC 383 Racial & Minority Group Relations Saturday 8:30-12:OO Saturday 1:15-4:45 I I Sunday 1:15-4:45 I' 250 251 111 303 Data Processing Intermediate Micro. Effective Writing Contemporary Nursing I: ~ommunications/Group PSY 105 General Psychology SPC 354 Interpersonal Comm. REL 354 Life of the Church in the City *Courses may be added to or sclbtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. - BUS 135 Intro. to Marketing PSY 373 Organizational Psych. Saturday 8:30-12:OO BIO BUS BUS CKM 101 102 373 110 Saturday 1:15-4:45 ART BUS ECO MAT 225 340 123 114 Sunday 1:15-4:45 ENG 241 Intro. to Cinema Arts E L 356 History of Religios~s . (. BUS 101 Intro. to Financial Accounting BUS 261 Fundamentals of Finance CHM 109 General Chemistry ENG 261 Modern Fiction POL 342 Mass Communication SPC 113 Public Speaking BUS ECO ENG NUR 6:OO-9:30 Human Biology Managerial Accounting Financial Management Organic & Biological Chemistry PHI 130 Logic SOC 121 Principles of Sociology Visual Communications I Personnel Adininistration Microeconomics College Algebra & Trigonmetry NUR 304 Contemporary N~rsing11: Nursing Theory . SPC 352 Persuasion - *Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. Spring Trimester, 1084Class Schedule Friday 6:OO-9:30 Saturday 8:30-12:OO I Course Descriptions ART 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I -- SOC 375 Social Psychology SPC 480 Public Relations BUS 131 Business Law BUS 330 Marketing Analysis & Research ECO 340 Managerial Decision Making POL 121 American Government & Politics PSY 355 Brain & Behavior (Winter, Sat. p.m.) The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictoral images. Distribution: Art Major: Elective in public relations/advertising major . ART 330 VISUAL - COMMUNICATIONS (Spring, Sat. p.m.) A study of the visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in the areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq. : 225) Distribution: Art (upper division) Major: Elective in public relations/advertising major Saturday 1:15-4:45 I I Sunday 1:15-4:45 ART BUS ECO ENG HIS 330 379 122 225 331 Visual Communications I1 Quantitative Methods Macroeconomics Advanced Writing Topics in U.S. History: 1945 to present NUR 330 Nursing Trends & Issues E L 221 Biblical Studies FEU3 111 Beginning French GER 111 Beginning German ART 352 WOMEN'S ART HISTORY (Fall, Thurs. p.m.) A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociolopical environment of each period. Distribution: Art, urban concerns/minority studies, (upper division) BIO 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY ---- (Winter, Sat. a.m.) Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on tile environment? What influence does the environment, especially ttie urban environment, have on man? (Does not apply to the major or minor). Distribution: Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Work I BUS 101 PRINCIPLES 3 -- *Courses may be added to or subtracted from the class schedule on the basis of enrollment. FINANClAL ACCOUNTING (Fall, Sat. a.m.) Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial stacen~encs. Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (Winter, Sat. a.m.) BUS 102 PRINCIPLES 2 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 101) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 131 BUSINESS LAW -- (Spring, Sat. a.m.) Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. Major: Required for Business Administration core. BUS 135 INTRODUCTION =MARKETING -- (Winter, Fri. p.m.) Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Major: Required for marketing major, elective in public relations/ advertising major BUS 145 FUNDAMENTAL? -- MANAGEMENT Required for business Imnagement major in Business Administration and MIS major, elective in public relationa/edvertising and supervisory management majors in Communication. BUS 250 DATA PROCESSING --- (Fall Sat. p.m.) introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. An Major: Required in buslness managment and marketing major and MIS major; elective in supervisory managment major. (Fall, Sat. a.m.) Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq : 101,102) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 330 MARKETING -- RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS (Spring, Sat. a.m.) Research process as an aid to decision-making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: Bus. Ad. 135 or consent of instructor). Major: Required in marketing major (upper division) BUS 340 PERSONNEL -- ADMINISTRATION (Winter, Sat. p.m.) Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources, desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: Bus. Ad. 145 or consent of instructor). Major: (Fall, Fri. p.m.) Development of the theory of management. organization. staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Major: BUS 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE -- Required for business management major, elective in supervisory management major (upper division) BUS 373 FINANCIAL -- MANAGEMENT: THEORIES AND CASES (Winter, Sat. a.m.) Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq: 261). Major: Required in finance and business management majors (upper division) BUS 379 QUANTlTAl'IVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS -- BUSINESS (8P, Sat. p.m.) An introduction to quantitiative reasoning, descriptive mea- sures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applletl problems in business and economics. (Prereq: High School Algebra). Major: Required for Business Administratton core and MIS major (upper division) CHM 109 GENERAL, ORGANIC ----- AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY ( F a l l , S a t . a.m.) Designed f o r s t u d e n t s who need a s u r v e y of t h e fundamentals of g e n e r a l . o r g a n i c and b i o l o g i c a l c h e m i s t r y f o r c a r e e r s i n a l l i e d h e a l t h a r e a s s u c h a s n u r s i n g ( i n c l u d i n g Augsburg's upper d i v i s i o n program). Open a l s o t o o t h e r s t u d e n t s . F i r s t term, g e n e r a l c h e m i s t r y p r i n c i p l e s and a n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o organic chemistry. W i l l include arranged time f o r l a b o r a t o r y work. T h i s c o u r s e d o e s n o t a p p l y toward t h e major o r minor i n c h e m i s t r y . Distribution: Major: Chemistry Required p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r n u r s i n g major CHH 110 GENERAL, --ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL --- CHEMISTRY (W, S a t . a.m.) C o n t i n u a t i o n of Chentistry 109. Organic and b i o l o g i c a l c h e m i s t r y w i t h s p e c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n s t o human p h y s i o l o g i c a l chemistry. W i l l i n c l u d e a r r a n g e d t i m e f o r l a b o r a t o r y work. Does n o t apply toward t h e major o r minor i n c h e m i s t r y . Distribution: Major: Major: Required f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n c o r e . ECO 340 MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING -- ( S p r i n g , S a t . a.m.) P r o v i d e s a sound c o n c e p t u a l u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e modern t e c h n i q u e s of management s c i e n c e t o p r e p a r e s t u d e n t s t o make b e t t e r b u s i n e s s and economic d e c i s i o n s . Emphasis i s on a p p l i c a t i o n s , which a r e t a k e n from t h e a r e a s of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , m a r k e t i n g , p o r t f o l i o s e l e c t i o n , environm e n t a l p r o t e c t i o n , t h e s h o r t e s t r o u t e , i n v e n t o r y models, i n f o r m a t i o n systems, e t c . ( P r e r e q : Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and h i g h s c h o o l a l g e b r a o r e q u i v a l e n t s ) . Major: Required f o r B u s i n e s s Managemenr major. e l e c t i v e i n s u p e r v i s o r y management major (upper d i v i s i o n ) Required p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r n u r s i n g major ECONOMICS (MACRO) ( S p r i n g , S a t . p.m.) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macroeconomics; n a t i o n a l income a n a l y s i s , monetary and f i s c a l p o l i c y , i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. A p p l i c a t i o n of elementary economic t h e o r y t o curr e n t economic problems. May b e t a k e n i n d e p e n d e n t l y of Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may b e t a k e n i n e i t h e r order. Distribution: Economics Required f o r Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n c o r e . ECO 123 PRINCIPLES OF -- ECONOMICS (MICRO) (Wjnter, S a t . p.m.) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o microeconomics. t h e t h e o r y o f t h e househ o l d , f i r m , market: s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n of e l e m e n t a r y economic t h e o r y t o market p o l i c y . May b e t a k e n i n d e p e n d e n t l y of Economics 122 o r 120. ECOnomics 122 and 123 may b e t a k e n i n e i t h e r o r d e r . Distribution: Major: ( F a l l , S a t . p.m.) Theory of r e s o u r c e a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s o f consumer beh a v i o r , f i r m and i n d u s t r y ; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s o f p r o d u c t i o n and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o welf a r e economics ( P r e r e q : 123). Chemistry ECO 122 PRINCIPLES OF -- Major: ECO 251 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS -- Economics Required f o r Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n c o r e ENG 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING -- ( F a l l , S a t . p.m.) The s t u d y of composition w i t h emphasis on e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g . A t t e n t i o n t o c o r r e c t usage, l o g i c a l o r g a n i z a t i o n , and t h e r e s e a r c h p a p e r . The g r a d i n g system f o r t h i s c o u r s e i s e i t h e r PIN o r 2.0-4.O/N. Distribution: ENG 225 ADVANCED -- Required f o r g r a d u a t i o n EXPOSlTORY WRITING ( S p r i n g . S a t . a.m.) The development o f e s s a y s i n a v a r i e t y of r h e t o r i c a l modes, which may i n c l u d e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n , d e f i n i t i o n . c l a s t l i f i c a t i o n , i l l u s t r a t i o n , comparison and c o n t r a s t , and a n a l y s i s . Part i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n w i l l b e g i v e n t o s t y l i s t i c and o r g a n i z a t i o n a l m a t t e r s through t h e c o u r s e ' s workshop f o r m a t , i n which s t u d e n t s ' p a p e r s a r e r e a d and d i s c u s s e d . ( P r e r e q : 111). Major: Required f o r Communications c o r e , e l e c t i v e f o r b u s i n e s s managenlent major ENG 241 INTRODUCTION -- T O CINEMA ART (Winter, Sun. p.m.) An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of t h e f i l m medium. The c o u r s e i n c l u d e s t h e viewing and d i s c u s s i n g of b o t h . f e a t u r e l e n g t h and s h o r t f i l m s . Distribution: English ENG 261 MODERN FICTlON ---- ( F a l l , S a t . a.m.) S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d p r o s e w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y . Distribution: FRE 111 BEGINNING -- English FRENCH ( S p r i n g , Sun. p.m.) Designed t o i n t r o d u c e t h e s t u d e n t w i t h no p r e v i o u s background i n French t o t h e language and t o French c u l t u r e . The p r o n u n c i a t i o n system and b a s i c s e n t e n c e s t r u e t u r e s a r e t a u g h t t o e n a b l e u n d e r s t a n d i n g and e x p r e s s i o n on a rudimentary l e v e l . While t h i s c o u r s e i s open t o a l l s t u dents, t h e course w i l l focus i n p a r t on preparation f o r a t r i p t o France t o t a k e p l a c e d u r i n g t h e summer s e s s i o n i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h French 112. Distribution: GER 111 BEGINNING -- Foreign Language GERMrW (Spring, Sun. p.m.) Course 111 i s f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no p r e v i o u s background. A i m s a t d e v e l o p i n g b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n s p e a k i n g , u n d e r s t a n d i n g and r e a d i n g b a s i c German. Goals: a b i l i t y t o r e a d extended n a r r a t i v e s i n s i m p l e German, i n s i g h t s i n t o German c u l t u r e and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s h o r t c o n v e r s a t i o n s . Laboratory materials available. Distribution: F o r e i g n Language HIS 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY: ------ 1945 TO PRESENT (SP, S a t . p.m.) A s u r v e y of t h e p r i n c i p a l t r e n d s i n American p o l i t i c s and f o r e i g n p o l i c y from t h e end of World War I1 t o t h e p r e s e n t . S o c i a l and c u l t u r a l t r e n d s a l s o a r e emphasized, p a r t i c u l a r l y a s t h e y r e l a t e t o p o l i t i c s and t h e conduct of f o r e i g n p o l i c y . Distribution: H i s t o r y (upper d i v i s i o n ) MAT 114 COLLEGE ALGEBRA ----- AND TRIGONOMETRY (Winter, S a t . p.m.) Fundamental o p e r a t i o n s , f a c t o r i n g , f r a c t i o n s , f u n c t i o n s , and g r a p h s , l i n e a r e q u a t i o n s , exponents and r a d i c a l s , q u a d r a t i c e q u a t i o n s , r a t i o and v a r i a t i o n , p r o g r e s s i o n , binomial theorem, l o g a r i t h m s and t r i g o n o m e t r i c f u n c t i o n s . Distribution: Major: Math S t r o n g l y recommended f o r Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n major p r i o r t o t a k i n g Bus 379 and f o r t h e MIS major p r i o r t o t a k i n g Mat 174. NUR -303 CONTEMPORARY - NURSING I: COMMUNICATIONS/GROUP_ (35 course--Fall, S a t . p.m.) T h i s c o u r s e is one of t h e t r a n s i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t h a t int r o d u c e s t h e s t u d e n t t o components of t h e p r o f e s s i o n a l r o l e and b e g i n s t h e p r o f e s e i o n a l and s o c i a l i z a t i o n p r o c e s s . The communication p r o c e s s i s emphasized a s one means by which t h e n u r s e - c l i e n t r e l a t i o n s h i p i s e s t a b l i s h e d and m a i n t a i n e d . I n t e r a c t i v e communication t h e o r i e s a r e e x p l o r e d f o r t h e i r a p p l i c a b i l i t y t o changing r o l e s and p r o f e s s i o n a l practice. Major: Rquired f o r upper d i v i s i o n n u r s i n g major. NUR 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING -- 11: NURSING THEORY ($ c o u r s e ) (Winter, S a t . p.m.) The c o u r s e i n t r o d u c e s t h e o r i e s and c o n c e p t u a l t h i n k i n g i n t h e p r o c e s s of p r o f e s s i o n a l development. The f u n c t i o n of t h e o r y i n g u i d i n g n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e is emphasized. S e l e c t e d n u r s i n g t h e o r i e s a r e examined. Major: Required f o r upper d i v i s i o n n u r s i n g major. NUR 330 TRENDS AND ISSUES IN NURSING ( S p r i n g , - S a t . p.m.) This course is designed t o i n v e s t i g a t e the c u r r e n t responsib i l i t i e s of t h e p r o f e s s i o n a l n u r s e . Contemporary s o c i a l and p r o f e s s i o n a l t r e n d s and i s s u e s a r e e x p l o r e d i n l i g h t of t h e i r implications f o r nursing practice. Major: Required f o r upper d i v i s i o n n u r s i n g major. PHI 130 LOGIC --- (Winter, S a t . a.m.) Suppose someone g i v e s you r e a s o n s . and t h e n s a y s you must acc e p t a p a r t i c u l a r c o n c l u s i o n . Must you? When does a conclus i o n v a l i d l y f o l l o w from p r e m i s e s ? Here we examine t h e r u l e s which govern v a l i d arguments and work t o develop your a b i l i t y t o r e c o g n i z e and c o n s t r u c t sound arguments. Distribution: Major: Philosophy Required s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r Communication major POL 1 2 1 AMERICAN -- GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS ( S p r i n g , S a t . a.m.) The p o l i t i c s of American government i n c l u d i n g t h e forms of p o l i t i c a l i d e a s ; t h e p a t t e r n of p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; t h e dynamics of cong r e s s i o n a l , p r e s i d e n t i a l and b u r e a u c r a t i c policymaking; and c u r r e n t i s s u e s i n American s o c i e t y . The c o u r s e was s e l e c t e d t o c o i n c i d e w i t h t h e t i m e l e a d i n g up t o t h e e l e c t i o n y e a r p o l i t i c a l p a r t y convent i o n s . Distribution: P o l i t i c a l Science POL 342 MASS --- COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY ( F a l l , S a t . a.m.) E f f e c t s of mass communications on i n d i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r ; t h e u s e s and c o n t r o l of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes i n c l u d i n g a s t u d y of c e n s o r s h i p , newsmaking, e n t e r t a i n ment and p u b l i c a f f a i r s progranrming. Distribution: Major: Urban Concerns Required f o r t h e Communication major. PSY 105 CENERAL --- PSYCHOLOGY ( F a l l , S a t . p.m.) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e methods and approachea used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of u n d e r s t a n d i n g b e h a v i o r . The s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology, i n c l u d i n g i t s major sub-areas, is emphasized. Distribution: Major: Psychology Required s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r Communication majors and S o c i a l Work major, a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r advanced c o u r s e s i n psychology REL .354 LIFE OF THE CHURCH IN THE CITY - Distribution: REL 356 HISTORY ---- BEHAVIOR ( S p r i n g , S a t . a.m.) A s u r v e y of t h e f u n c t i o n s o f t h e nervous system which a r e res p o n s i b l e f o r b e h a v i o r i n a n i m a l s and human b e i n g s . Major t o p i c s include: s l e e p and w a k e f u l n e s s , m o t i v a t i o n and emotion, l e a r n i n g and memory and m e n t a l d i s o r d e r s ( P r e r e q : 105 and one course i n biology). Major: Required p r e r e q u i s i t e c o u r s e f o r upper d i v i s i o n n u r s i n g ma jo r PSY 373 ORGANIZATIONAL -- PSYCHOLOGY (Winter, F r i . p.m.) T h e o r e t i c a l c o n c e p t u a l i z a t i o n s of o r g a n i z a t i o n a l b e h a v i o r . F a c t o r s and p r a c t i c e s such a s management s t y l e s , e v a l u a t i o n and m a i n t e w n c e of work e f f e c t i v e n e s s , and s o c i a l i n f l u e n c e s . An organizational f i e l d experience. ( P r e r e q : 105). Major: Supporting c o u r s e f o r Business Management major and e l e c t i v e f o r a l l Communication majors (upper d i v i s i o n ) REL 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES -- (Spring, S a t . p.m.) Relgion o r Urban Concerns (upper d i v i s i o n ) OF RELIGIONS (Winter, Sun. p.m.) An i n t r o d u c t o r y s u r v e y of some of t h e major l i v i n g r e l i g i o n s of t h e world, i n c l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, S h i n t o and Islam. L e c t u r e s p l u s some d i s c u s s i o n of primary documents from t h e s e r e l i g i o u s communities. Distribution: R e l i g i o n (upper d i v i s i o n ) SOC 121 PRINCIPLES -- SOCIOLOGY (Winter, S a t . a.m.) Its a p p l i Sociology a s a mode o f a n a l y s i s o r way of knowing. c a t i o n t o a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g of b a s i c a s p e c t s of s o c i e t y ; s o c i a l i z a t i o n , family l i f e , s o c i a l i n e q u a l i t i e s , large-scale i n s t i tutions, etc. Sociology a s a n academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Distribution: PSY 355 BRAIN AND ---- ( F a l l , Sun. p.m.) The Gospel and v a r i o u s forms of m i n i s t r y e v i d e n t i n urban structures. Major: Sociology Required s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r Communication n ~ a j o rand S o c i a l Work major. SOC 375 SOCIAL --- PSYC1tOI.OGY ( S p r i n g , F r i . p.m.) An examination of t h e i d e a of "group", i t s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o ind i v i d u a l b e h a v i o r and s o c i e t y . An a n a l y s i s of t h e i d e a s of " s e l f " and " i d e n t i t y " and what p a r t t h e y p l a y i n u n d e r s t a n d i n g A ~ o c i o l o g i c a lv i s w i n t e r p e r s o n a l r e l a t i o n s and human b e h a v i o r . of m e n t a l h e a l t h . A l o o k a t t h e major assumptions and p r o c e s s e s u n d e r l y i n g o u r everyday l i f e - - a l o o k a t t h e t r i v i a l , t h e o r d i "Symbolic i n t e r a c t i o ~ l " , a n i m nary and t h e taken-for-granted. p o r t a n t o r i e n t a t i o n I n s o c i a l psyctiology, w i l l b e used a s a way of d e a l i n g w i t h t h e major i s s u e s i n t h e c o u r s e . ( P r e r e q : 121 o r Psych 105). Major: Required s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r Communication m a j o r s and S o c i a l Work major, e l e c - t i v e s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r b u s i n e s s management major (upper d i v i s i o n ) . SOC 383 RACIAL - AND EIINOKl'TY CROUP KEl.Al:IONS ( F a l l , F r i . p.m.) The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y c h a r a c t e r , and t r a n s m i s s i o n of t h e B i b l i c a l documents. The t a s k of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e church. The dimensions of r a c i a l and m i n o r i t y group r e l a t i o n s . Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon p r e j u d i c e , r a c i s m , and t h e r o l e o f self-understanding. Distribution: Distribution: Religion Major: Minority S t u d i e s Required s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e f o r s o c i a l . work major and (upper d i v i s i o n ) bus l n e s s managelllent major. -. Important Academic D a t e s SPC 11'3/313 PUHLlC Sl'EAKING (Fall, Sat. a.m.) Basic problems of effective speaking and lietening. May be taken for lower and upper division credit upon consultation with instructor. Distribution: E~~glish/speech Major: SPC 352 Required supporting course in communication major Elective supporting course in business management major PERSUASION (Winter, Sat. p.m.) Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. Major: Required for communications major, supporting course in marketing major (upper division) SPC 353 ADVERTISING (Fall, Fri. p.m.) An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and comunication. Major: SI'C 354 I I Supporting course in marketing major, elective in public relations/advertising and supervisory management majors. INTERPERSONAL (:OMMUNICATION (Fall, Sat. p.m. ) A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and lion-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. I I Distribution: I Major: ~nglish/S~eech(upper division) Required for Communication Core, elective supporting course in business management major SPC 480 PUBLIC RELATIONS -Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and how it fits into the total picture of communication. Major: Elective in all communication majors (upper division)
Show less

Title: Golden Valley Lutheran College Catalog, 1983-1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE C.4. T.4LOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 Golden Valley Lutheran College in compliance with State and Federal laws and regulations, does not discriminate on the basis...
Show more GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE C.4. T.4LOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 Golden Valley Lutheran College in compliance with State and Federal laws and regulations, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age, marital status, handicap, or status as a veteran in the administration of its admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, educational programs, activities, and employment policies. Inquiries regarding compliance and grievance procedures may be directed to the college office manager, Vivian Wiemerslage. This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1982-83 Catalog. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS College Calendar 4 President's Greeting 5 General Information 7 History, The Campus and Its Location, Philosophy and Objectives, Accreditation and Transfer of Credit, Affiliations, General Guidelines. Student Life 11 New Student Pre-Registration, Counseling Services, Health Services, Library, Insurance, Housing Services, Student Government and Social Life, Religious Life, Chapel, Student Use of Automobiles, Alcohol and Drug Abuse, Athletics, Music, Drama. Admissions Information 17 Entrance Requirements, Application Procedure, Transfer Students, Adult Students. Costs 19 Student Costs, Charges by Quarter, Payment Plan, Refund Schedule, Books and Supplies. Financial Aid 23 Gift Aid, Deferred Payment Loans, Student Employment, Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid, Scholarships. Academic Program 29 General Academic Information, Orientation and Registration. Graduaton Requirements 35 Liberal Arts and Transfer Program, Specialized Program, Junior College Certificate, One-Year Vocational Certificate. Programs of Study 39 Course Descriptions 55 Divisions: Biblical and Theological Studies; Communications; Social Science; Mathematics and Sciences; Physical Education and Recreation Leadership; Creative Arts; Business and Vocational Studies. Di rectory 76 Board of Regents, Administration, Faculty, Student Services Personnel. Index 82 4 COLLEGE CALENDAR CALENDAR 1983-84 Fall Quarter September 5-9 September September September September 11 12 12 14 September 16 September 23 September 30 October 7 October 10-14 October 22 November 7-10 November 18-23 November 23 Student orientation and registration for all students All college worship Classes begin Opening convocation 9:50 a.m. Final day for payment of fall quarter fees without late fee 6:00 p.m. - Gymnasium President's Reception Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Homecoming Registration for winter quarter Final examinations Vacation begins after completion of final examinations Winter Quarter December 5 December 7 December December December December 11 16 22 22 January 9 January 13 January 16-20 January 24-26 February 6-9 February 27-March 1 March 1 Classes begin Final day for payment of winter quarter fees without late fee Festival of the Christ Child Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Christmas vacation begins after the traditional observance at 11 :30 a.m. Classes resume Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Days of Prayer and Praise Registration for spring quarter Final examinations Vacation begins after completion of final examinations Spring Quarter March 12 March 14 March 23 March 30 April 6 April 9-13 April 20-22 April 23 May 1-3 May 4 May 8 May 21-24 May 25 Classes begin Final day for payment of spring quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final. day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Easter vacation Classes resume Pre-registration for fall quarter Spring banquet Honors Day Final examinations Commencement Calendar Subject to Change PRESIDENrs GREETING 5 President's Greeting Experiences during the first year after high school play a major role in one's development of a philosophy of life. This consequently determines how one lives his or her life. Golden Valley Lutheran College was established with the main purpose of providing an opportunity for the student to develop a philosophy of life founded on Christian convictions. We strive to provide this foundation for life by emphasizing a personalized education which includes the opportunity for the study of both liberal arts and the Scriptures. This is a curriculum we believe will best help the student understand the world in which he or she will be living and working. We ask that those who come have an open mind, a grateful heart and a desire to learn. Preparation for "making a living" is not sufficient for the Christian today. Golden Valley Lutheran College is also designed to provide an education which will serve as preparation for "making a life." Bernt C. Opsal, President GENERAL INFORMATION 7 GENERALI F RMATION History Golden Valley Lutheran college is a two-year coeducational liberal arts college established in 1967 by The Lutheran Bible Institute of Minneapolis. Beginning as a Bible institute in 1919, The Lutheran Bible Institute moved from St. Paul to Minneapolis in 1929. In 1961 it moved to Golden Valley, a suburb four miles west of downtown Minneapolis. Through the years this educational institution has addressed itself to the needs of people and has sought to meet those needs by establishing programs appropriate to the times. The College is inter-Lutheran and is not directly affliated with any particular Lutheran synod. It cooperates with and seeks to serve all synods and society as a whole. The College admits qualified men and women from various geographic, cultural, economic, racial, and religious backgrounds. The Campus and Its location Golden Valley Lutheran College is located on a beautiful 30-acre campus in Golden Valley, a western suburb of Minneapolis. The greater Twin City area is a cultural, recreational, and sports center of the Upper Midwest. The academic life of the students is centered in a large two-level complex. Classrooms, library, faculty and administrative offices, a prayer chapel, the College auditorium-gymnasium, cafeteria and lounges are located in this building. Four residence halls on campus, Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Delta dormitories, house approximately 400 students. The facilities include fireplace lounges, laundry facilities, rooms for prayer and meditation, and apartments for residence hall directors. Adjacent to Gamma dormitory is the Commons, a student lounge and recreation area. A student center is located in Delta dormitory. 8 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Philosophy and Objectives Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution with programs of study in general education, Biblical literature, music, physical development, and semi-professional training. It seeks to provide two years of higher education for students interested in the arts and sciences, and also to give opportunity for a study of the sources of the Christian faith. Through special activities the College provides the basis for personal growth and cultural enrichment. Students are encouraged to participate in community and church activities. In order to reach these goals, Golden Valley Lutheran College offers students a choice of one of the following curricula: 1. Completion of a two-year liberal arts education that functions according to the standards common to the academic enterprise and that prepares the student to transfer to a four-year college or university. 2. Completion of a two-year program that provides the basis for semiprofessional employment in the fields of church staff work, missions, secretarial work, social service, recreational leadership, law enforcement and a cooperative computer training program. 3. Study of the Bible and liberal arts in a collegiate setting for individuals who do not intend to pursue a degree or a semiprofessional program. Golden Valley Lutheran College strives to supplement these curricular programs by emphasizing the following objectives with opportunities ... to develop knowledge of the Judea-Christian world view as set forth in the literature of the Old and New Testaments and an analysis on the part of each student concerning his or her basic beliefs and spiritual commitments. to develop service motivated standards of conduct for young adults as they move into the many areas of national life, including social improvement, community involvement and active membership in Christian congregations. to appreciate the great works of art, music and the theatre through courses and cultural events which take place on the campus and in the metropolitan area. to attain physical well-being through the application of standards conducive to good health and through participation in physical education and sports activities. to develop personal self-confidence through the determination of individual goals, the building of relationships with other people and the experience of companionship in a Christian setting. GENERAL INFORMATION 9 Accreditation and Transfer of Credit Golden Valley Lutheran College received regional accreditation through the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools in July of 1978. Thus, entering students can be confident that if they make a creditable record at Golden Valley Lutheran College, their credits will normally transfer to other colleges and universities. Students who are planning to continue their education at a college with limited transfer of religion credits may register for the religion courses which are listed in the liberal arts departments. Through the proper selection, most religion courses are transferable. A student with a satisfactory academic record can normally complete a bachelor's degree two full academic years after receiving the Associate in Arts degree from Golden Valley Lutheran College. Affiliations North Central Association of Colleges and Schools Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board Lutheran Educational Conference of North America National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities American Association of Community and Junior Colleges Minnesota Association of Community and Junior Colleges National Junior College Athletic Association - Region XIII Minnesota Community College Conference General Guidelines Golden Valley Lutheran College is oriented to the Christian Gospel and expects its students to live accordingly. The College reserves the right to discipline those who conduct themselves in a manner which is not in the best interest of the individual, other students, or the College. Each student is expected to be familiar with the regulations and standards pertaining to student conduct as described in the Student Life Handbook. STUDENT LIFE 11 STUDENT LIFE Campus life at Golden Valley Lutheran College provides activities and experiences which help develop the whole person. The programs of the College provide wholesome recreation designed to stimulate spiritual and intellectual growth. Students are involved in the planning of social activities which can enrich college life and foster friendships. New Student Pre-Registration Prior to the start of the fall quarter, new students are invited to the campus to participate in pre-registration activities. During this time the student will have an opportunity to learn more about the College and meet staff and faculty personnel who will assist in course planning for the coming year. Selected sophomores are available to help the new students become familiar with and adjust to college life. Counseling Services The major decisions which students have to make during their early college years are often difficult and perplexing. Counseling provides a service which helps students learn ways of solving their academic, vocational, social, emotional and spiritual problems. Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who will assist him or her in planning an appropriate schedule of classes for each academic term. In addition to individual counseling, several counseling groups, concerned with matters such as personal growth, chemical dependency and other problems, meet regularly. Each student also may make appointments to visit with instructors, residence hall directors, the deans, the College nurse or others on the staff who can give assistance. Study skills assistance is provided for students who need to improve their reading rate, reading comprehension, spelling, mathematics skills, study skills, or writing skills. Students seeking this assistance should register for one of the Personal Orientation courses listed in the Course Description section. Health Services The College has a full-time registered nurse on the staff to provide basic medical services. Students requiring additional treatment are usually referred to the Golden Valley Clinic which is located less than a mile from the campus. Major Twin City hospitals also are readily accessible. 12 COLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE library The iibrary, iocated on the ground fioor of the Main buiiding provides a variety of materials and services to support the college curricula. There are over 30,000 volumes, 247 periodicals, local and national newspapers, and a substantial vertical file in the collection. In addition, there is a sizeable audiovisual collection including phonograph records and cassettes, as well as filmstrips with necessary listening and viewing equipment available to the students. Insurance The College does not assume any responsibility for the loss of or damage to personal property. Many families have homeowners policies that will cover losses of family members at college. Housing Services Golden Valley Lutheran College is primarily a residential college. If space is available, full-time students live in the College residence halls. E~ceptions are those who commute from their homes, or who work for their board and room. All students living on campus are required to participate in the cafeteria program which provides three meals a day, seven days a week. The price fixed for the weekly 21 meal plan is set with the knowledge that a certain percentage of the meals will be missed during a week. Students who are commuting may purchase either their noon or evening meal in the College cafeteria. Student Government and Social life A forum for student expression and student-initiated improvements in campus life is provided by a Student Senate chosen from the student body. This representative group serves as a coordinator of studentfaculty relations. It seeks continually to improve and make student life more enjoyable. The social program of the College is under the supervision of the Student Activities Commission (SAC). Homecoming, Sno-Daze and the Spring Banquet are examples of the many social activities available. Disciplinary problems are arbitrated by the student Judiciary Board. Religious life As an institution of Christian higher education, Golden Valley Lutheran College believes that religious life activities are an integral part of its program. Therefore the College provides regularly scheduled chapel services, campus worship services, transportation to local church services, all-campus devotions, dormitory devotions and Christian student organizations. Special programs include the Days of Prayer & Praise and the Christmas Festival of the Christ Child. Religious activities are co-ordinated by the faculty Chapel & Special Events Committee and by a student Faith & Life Commission. STUDENT LIFE 13 Many students also participate in Christian Service activities in the community and in world mission activities. The College has a Fellowship of Christian Athletes chapter in which many students take an active part. There also is an opportunity to serve on outreach teams which travel to present the Gospel in word and song. Chapel All classes are dismissed each morning for a 25-minute chapel program. These programs are varied in content. Some are in the nature of worship services conducted by students, faculty, or guest speakers, while others include films, lectures, drama, music or other special convocation programs. The chapel service is the heart and center of our collegiate program. It is here that messages are shared from the Scriptures, and opportunity is given for worship, intellectual stimulation and the development of a sense of community. Each student is encouraged to participate in the chapel services of the college community and to attend public worship every Sunday. Student Use of Automobiles Parking space is limited on campus. Those students who do not need an automobile for commuting or transportation to or from work are urged not to bring a vehicle to college. Those who do need an automobile or motorcycle must secure a parking permit through the business office. The Dean of Students has the right to terminate a permit at any time if circumstances warrant such action. The College assumes no responsibility for damage, theft, or vandalism involving student vehicles. Alcohol and Drug Abuse Golden Valley Lutheran College strongly discourages all students from using alcohol and/or mood altering drugs. Students possessing, using, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus, in college-approved housing, or at college-sponsored events both on and off campus will be subject to disciplinary action. In instances where college officials are informed that Golden Valley Lutheran College sturlents have caused a disturbance off campus in connection with the use of alcohol or drugs the College reserves the right to take disciplinary action. Golden Valley Lutheran College upholds all federal and state statutes pertaining to the illegal use of alcohol or drugs. A student who uses, possesses, or persuades someone else to use alcohol or drugs in violation of the law will be subject to disciplinary action. The College's action will be determined by the circumstances surrounding each individual case. The College provides counseling services and support groups for those with chemical dependency problems. 14 COLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Athletics Through the physical education and athletic prograiT1S the College seeks to teach the value of good health and physical fitness, to cultivate interest in the proper use of leisure time, to develop character and good sportsmanship and to give instruction in various sports and games used in recreaf1onal acf1vHies. Intercollegiate athletic competition for men is available in football, baseball, basketball, wrestling, soccer, track, marathon, and cross country. Women may participate in intercollegiate basketball, cross country, softball, volleyball, marathon and track competition. The College is a member of the Minnesota Community College Conference, and the National Junior College Athletic Association. Intramural programs are available for both men and women. These include activities such as volleyball, basketball, broomball, softball, etc. Music Golden Valley Lutheran College is sensitive to the cultural and spir"1tual values that music contributes to our society. It desires, therefore, to cultivate and nurture student interest and participation in music by giving opportunity for self-expression as a member of a performing group. These groups include the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir, a selected group of 65 voices; the Madrigal Singers, a smaller ensemble which specializes in certain types of music literature; the Golden Valley Singers, a women's chorus; a pep band and concert band; the Golden Valley Orchestra, a community and college organization; and various vocal and instrumental ensembles. In addition to specific courses in the field of music, the College offers private voice and instrumental instruction. The location of the College in the Twin City area provides opportunity for students to gain a new appreciation of the fine arts. Community concerts, the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minneapolis Civic Orchestra, the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and programs given by other colleges including the University of Minnesota, offer continuing opportunities for cultural enrichment. Drama The drama program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is two-fold in its purpose. It attempts to expose the student to the inner workings of the College theatre, and it seeks to foster a sense of appreciation for dramatics by encouraging active participation in the field. STUDENT LIFE 15 ADMISSIONS INFORMATION 17 ADMISSIONS INFORMATION Entrance Requirements Golden Valley Lutheran College seeks students who are interested in a quality education with a Christian orientation. All applicants for admission must possess a high school diploma or its equivalent. In addition, each applicant must furnish required reference letters, satisfactory test scores, and complete a personal interview with an admissions counselor. The College reserves the right not to accept an applicant or to withdraw the privilege of a student to return after any quarter if it is judged to be in the best interest of the individual or of the College. Application Procedure Application materials are available from the Director of Admissions. Applicants are advised to follow these steps in applying: 1. Secure an application blank from the Office of Admissions. Return the completed form together with the non-refundable $10 application fee to: Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422. 2. Request your high school to forward your academic transcript to the Director of Admissions. 3. Furnish test results from one of the testing programs described below. Minnesota Residents: Graduates of a Minnesota high school are responsible for submitting the results of their participation in the Minnesota State-Wide Testing Program or in the ACT Assessment Program. PLEASE NOTE: e ~EW DEPOSIT Po.LLQL ,s d ALL STUDENTS ACCEPTED FOR ADMISSION ARE REQUIRED TO PAY A $100,00 TUITIGN DEPOSIT. THIS DEPOSIT WILL BE APPLIED TO THE STUDENT'S FIRST QUARTER TUITION, THIS DEPOSIT ALSO RESERVES HOUSING FOR ON CAMPUS STUDENTS. THIS DEPOSIT IS NOT REFUNDABLE PRIOR TO ENROLLMENT. UCCI I UCUULLCU, e is e II g d e 18 5. 6. 7. GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Before a dormitory room can be assigned, a $50.00 room deposit must be made, with priority given on the basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year, beginning with fall term. Once paid this despoit is not refundable prior to enrollment. After the student has accepted the offer of admission, the College will provide the medical history form to be completed and returned. Room assignments and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. Transfer Students College work done at other accredited institutions may be applied toward a degree or certificate at Golden Valley Lutheran College. Transfer students are required to follow regular admissions procedure and submit an official transcript of their record from each college attended. Credit for the college work done, if satisfactory in quality and applicable toward the college's divisional degree requirements, will be accepted toward an Associate in Arts Degree. Golden Valley Lutheran College will not accept D's in transfer except by special petition approved by the Scholastic Standing Committee. Adult Students An Admissions Counselor for Adult Education provides guidance for those adults. -who are deciding to attend college for the first time or -whose education has been interrupted and who are now planning to return. Adult students are counseled concerning entrance requirements, transfer of credits, financial aid and course planning. For those who apply and are eligible, scholarship funds are available. Both full-time and part-time students may apply. COSTS 19 COSTS Student Costs 1983-84 The following explains the basic costs to the student and the financial aids that are available to assist the student in meeting these costs. The College reserves the right to change the costs of tuition, board, room or fees at any time. The charges that are made to students for tuition, room and board do not adequately cover the costs of operating the College. Approximately 35% of the cost of operation must come from gifts and grants. In the present budget, this amounts to over one million dollars a year. Therefore, over and above all help given, each student receives the equivalent of a $2,000 scholarship per year in order to cover the total expenses of the operation. The College does not receive direct financial support from any denomination or Lutheran synod. Gift income is received from congregations, organizations and foundations, and by matching funds from Lutheran Brotherhood and other corporations. Most of the funds, however, come as individual gifts from alumni, parents and friends of the College. Over 600 people are supporting the College through the INASMUCH program whereby they have pledged and/or paid from $1,000 to $25,000 over a three year period. As we make our needs known, the Lord answers our prayers through the gifts of these many friends. 20 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Charges By Quarter The College operates on a quarter system vvith three quarteis per academic year. A student who registers for 12 credits or more is considered a full-time student; one who registers for less than 12 credits is considered a part-time student. Tuition for full-time student ............................. . $1,620.00 Tuition per credit for part-time student .................. . 135.00 Board, room, and telephone (average) ................... . 771.00 Laboratory fees per course Science courses ...................................... . 12.00 Personal orientation courses ........................... . 12.00 Physical education fees per course Varsity courses ....................................... . 10.00 Fee for swimming, karate, bowling, golf, and tennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00-26.00 Fee for all other P.E. activity courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 Humanities 200 fee per credit For GVLC students currently enrolled .................. . 15.00 For students not currently enrolled at GLVC ............ . 30.00 Music fees Voice and instrument lessons .......................... . 75.00 Organ rental ......................................... . 14.00 Practice room fee .................................... . 10.00 Intern programs and off campus instruction Student pays college on mileage basis if college vehicle is necessary. Late registration fee .................................... . 20.00 This fee is charged if a student fails to register during the registration period for any quarter. It is waived only in cases of illness or family emergencies. Late payment fee ....................................... . 15.00 This fee is charged to a student who does not pay the balance on his or her account within two days after classes begin for the quarter. Special fees not refundable after 10th day of classes include: laboratory, personal orientation, physical education, organ rental, practice room, and music fees for voice and instrumental lessons. Miscellaneous fees Car registration and parking permit per quarter ......... . 5.00 Special examinations .................................. . 5.00 (For each final examination requested at a time other than the regularly scheduled period) Transcript fee (first copy free) ......................... . 2.00 Advance tuition deposit for second year students ......... . 100.00 Fall Registration is based upon the order in which the above payment is received. (Non-refundable). COSTS 21 Payment Plan The account of each student is payable at the time of registration and in accordance with the Full Payment Plan listed in this section. Students in need of credit must make arrangements with the Business Office before registration can be completed. When credit is extended, a finance charge of one and one half percent a month (18% APR) is added. No student is permitted to register if the account for a preceding quarter has not been paid in full. Grades cannot be released, transcripts cannot be forwarded, and degrees cannot be granted until all financial obligations have been met. Payment Schedule for 1983-84 On Campus $ 700.00 700.00 700.00 336.00 $2,436.00 Winter Quarter On Campus September 28 $ 700.00 October 14 850.00 818.00 November 1 $2,368.00 Spring Quarter On Campus $ 700.00 December 8 850.00 January 9 818.00 February 1 $2,368.00 Fall Quarter June 20 July 18 August 19 Registration Day Off Campus $ 650.00 650.00 320.00 + Sp. fees Sp. fees $1,620.00 Off Campus $ 650.00 650.00 +Sp. fees 320.00 $1,620.00 Off Campus $ 650.00 650.00 320.00 + Sp. fees $1,620.00 +Sp. fees +Sp. fees Refund Schedule Student who decide to withdraw from college after they have registered and paid their tuition will receive a refund computed from the date the withdraw! form was signed and returned to the Registrar. Prior to first class meeting .................................. 100% During first week .......................................... 90% During second week....................................... 75% During the third through the fifth week .................... 50% During sixth week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25% After sixth week ...................................... No refund Room and Board Refunds. If the student leaves school after the sixth week, there will be no room refund. Through the sixth week, the student will be charged for the time spent on campus plus a two-week room charge. Students will be charged for board through the end of the week in which they leave the campus. If a refund is due the student, a check will be sent within a reasonable time. 22 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Books and Supplies Textbooks, art and college supplies may be purchased at the college bookstore. Stationery, college seals, banners, and other items also are available for the convenience of students. All purchases must be paid for in cash. Students should have $75.00 to $125.00 available at the beginning of the school year for books. Estimated book costs for the entire year are $225.00 to $325.00. FINANCIAL AID 23 Fl ANCIAL AID Golden Valley Lutheran College is concerned about the financial problems of students. In order to assist students who have inadequate financial resources, the Director of Financial Aid coordinates a program of financial aid based on a student's academic achievement, special abilities, and financial need. Basically, there are three sources of financial aid: Federal Government State of Minnesota Golden Valley Lutheran College There are three forms of aid: Gift Aid Loans Student Employment All types of financial assistance are made for only one academic year. Students, however, may expect to receive their financial assistance for the second year if they remain in good academic and personal standing and if their financial need continues. If a student withdraws during any quarter, he or she forfeits the entire amount of gift aid that has been awarded from College funds for that quarter. He or she also forfeits proportionate amounts of aid awarded from state or federal funds for that quarter. 24 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Gift Aid Gift Aid is a categorical name given to all awards from GVLC pi us the Peii Grant (formerly BEOG), Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (SEOG), and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (MSS/G). Such awards do not have to be repaid. Pell Grant: This grant is provided by the Federal Government based on financial need. The amount is derived from uniform methodology, using family and student financial information. All students applying for financial assistance at GVLC are required to apply for this grant. Golden Valley Lutheran College President's Scholarship: This scholarship is available to the gifted student who has demonstrated outstanding leadership in a given field and attained an unusual degree of academic excellence. A recipient must be ranked in the upper five percent of his or her high school or college class and be willing to provide leadership in music, sports, theatre or other college related activities. The President's Scholarship may be awarded without regard to financial need, but if a recipient has a demonstrated financial need, the Federal and State guidelines for financial assistance must be followed. The amount of the scholarship may vary depending upon circumstances. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant: Awarded by the Federal Government through the College, these funds allow GVLC to make awards of $200 or more to students who show financial need based on uniform methodology. Golden Valley Lutheran College Gift Aid: Includes all awards granted for scholarship, athletics, Christian service, drama and music as well as the GVLC financial need grants. These awards are based on demonstrated excellence in specified areas and financial need as defined by the ACT (American College Testing) Family Financial Statement. The GVLC Gift Aid awarded to new students is based on their high school achievement, while the Gift Aid awarded to returning students is based on participation and achievement while enrolled at GVLC. One-third of the award is credited to the student's account each quarter. Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program: Available to qualified Minnesota residents each year depending upon financial need. All Minnesota residents who apply for financial aid at GVLC are expected to apply for this aid. Other Grants: There are a number of grants and scholarships available from other sources. The student is encouraged to consult his or her high school counselor and the Director of Financial Aid at GVLC for other federal, state, and community-sponsored scholarships and grants. FINANCIAL AID 25 Deferred Payment loans National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - Federal NDSL Loans are available to students who have financial need and have been accepted for admission to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Repayment and interest do not begin until nine months after the student completes his or her studies. The interest rate is 5% (APR), and repayment may be extended over a ten-year period. Part of the loan is forgiven if the student enters certain fields of teaching or specified military duty. Guaranteed Student Loans: The Student may borrow up to $2,500 per year from a bank and the federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college. The borrower pays the principal and 9% (APR) interest during the repayment period. When a bank will not give the loan, the student may borrow up to $2,500 per year from the Minnesota State Student Loan Program. First year students are limited to $1,500 per loan, but may apply for a second loan under the $2,500 limit. The federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college. The borrower pays the principal and 9% (APR) interest during the repayment period. These loans are processed through the GVLC Financial Aid Office. Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students: When necessary an application can be made for a Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS). The parent can apply for up to $3,000 per academic year to be used for educational expenses. The interest rate on this loan is 12% (APR) and repayment must begin 60 days after disbursement, with terms to be worked out with the lender. The Financial Aid Office has a list of private institutions which are participating in this program. Our list, however, is incomplete and parents are free to inquire at the lending institution of their choice. Lutheran Brotherhood Loan - If a member of the student's family holds a Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance policy, a student may borrow up to $2,500 per year from the Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society at the same terms described under Federal Insured Student Loans. Student Employment College Work-Study Program - Golden Valley Lutheran College participates in State and Federal Work-Study Programs. The student's eligibility depends on his or her financial need and individual skills. Student Part-time Employment - The College offers a variety of campus jobs with moderate pay. In addition, there are numerous parttime employment positions available in the Twin Cities and surrounding suburban areas. The Student Employment Office maintains a listing of opportunities available. 26 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Procedure for Applying for Financial A :...J tÂ·â¢uu Any student wishing to apply for financial aid must first make proper application through the admissions department and be admitted to the College. The basic forms used to determine financial aid need are the Famil)"' Financial Statement (FFS) from ACT, or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) from CSS. Many qualified students fail to receive financial assistance because they neglect to get their financial statements submitted on time. Minnesota residents must file their FFS by April 1, 1983 to be eligible for priority consideration from the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. As soon as all pertinent information has been assembled, the Financial Aid Office sends the student an aid package. The student must accept the aid package within 15 days to be guaranteed the funds. Students are expected to contribute part of their summer earnings toward the cost of education. The Federal Government also has established an amount that each family is expected to contribute to the educational expenses of a son or daughter. We believe that Federal and State assistance programs, plus the financial aid available through Golden ValJey Lutheran College, places two years of quality college education within the reach of all who desire it. Scholarships The AAL Lutheran American Minority Scholarship Program is available for any Lutheran American minority person who is a member of a Lutheran church, or is an immigrant who has been sponsored by a Lutheran organization and is attending Golden Valley Lutheran College. In any case, the recipient must be a member of a Lutheran church. Scholarships range from $200 to $1,000 and can be renewed each year. The A.Al Lutheran Campus Scholarship Program is for students who hold a certificate of membership and insurance from the Aid Association for Lutherans. The awards are based on academic achievement, Christian character and professional promise. The Berean Scholarship is given annually by the Bereans, an organization composed of the wives of the faculty and staff members at the College. FINANCIAL AID 27 The David Bjelland Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. David Bjelland because of her late husband's keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The Ronald Chagnon II Memorial Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Chagnon, Sr. in memory of their son Ron who was a student at Golden Valley Lutheran College. This scholarship is for assisting handicapped students. The Wilson Fagerberg Memorial Scholarship has been established in memory of Pastor Wilson Fagerberg, a long time faculty member in the Department of Biblical Studies at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The Gjernes Scholarship is provided annually through the Martha Gjernes Estate. The James Robert and John William Gustafson Scholarship has been established by Mrs. Thora Tofte in memory of her husband and son. It is awarded to a student interested in Christian service, ministry, missionary work or Bible study. The Haaland Scholarship has been established by Mrs. 0. T. Haaland to be awarded to a student interested in a career of Christian service. The Jackson Scholarship is given by Mrs. Eddie Jackson and the late Mr. Jackson in recognition of their keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The Gunnar I. Johnson Memorial Scholarship has been established by the Johnson family in memory of Mr. Johnson who was the contractor for the construction of the Golden Valley Lutheran College Campus, 1961-1977. The M. T. !..illehaugen Memorial Scholarship is in memory of the late Mr. Lillehaugen who was a good friend and supporter of the College. It is to be used to "help defray the expenses for some good student going into church work, a person with a Christian commitment and one who indicates a good Christian example." The Logefeil Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. Logefeil and the late Dr. R. C. Logefeil who was the school doctor at one time. The scholarship is to be used to aid a worthy student preparing for the ministry, missionary or some full-time service in the Lord's work. The Lutheran Brotherhood Junior College Scholarship is awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement and religious leadership. The Lutheran Brotherhood Graduate Award for junior and senior years at a Lutheran College is awarded to a sophomore student planning to transfer to a four-year Lutheran college. The Mai Scholarship is an annual scholarship from Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Mai, former students, as an expression of appreciation for what this school has meant to them. The Richard Meh1ig Memorial Scholarship has been established in memory of Ricky Melvig who had wanted to become a doctor but didn't live to realize his dream. It is given to a returning student who exhibits faith, character, and an interest in the sciences. The Nelson Mission Scholarship has been established by Dr. and Mrs. Russell E. Nelson to be awarded each year to a worthy student who has chosen to prepare for full-time work in the area of mission. Dr. Nelson was a faculty member and director of mission at the College. 28 COLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE The Pihl Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs. Charles R. Pihl. Mr. Pihl served as chairman and member of the Board of Regents of the College. The Ponwith Scholarship has been provided by Miss Sadie Ponwith, a former student, teacher, and librarian, and her sister, the late Miss Alice Ponwith, also a former student and staff member. It is awarded to students showing evidence of Christian character, leadership, and scholarship. The Sampson Memorial Scholarship is given in memory of August Sampson, father of Mrs. Russell B. Helgesen, the wife of our Development Director. The Savik Memorial Scholarship has been established by the family of the late Oscar Savik, who was a member of the Board of Regents of the College and advisor to the President. The Tang Scholarship is provided by Dr. Christopher Tang, a former faculty member, and Mrs. Tang in memory of their parents, Mr. and Mrs. Han Ching Tang and Mr. and Mrs. Zi Hui Chang. The Tang Church History Scholarship is given by Dr. and Mrs. Christopher Tang in honor of Anna C. Tang and is intended for a student who has shown excellence in church history courses. The Manda Twete Scholarship has been provided by Miss Manda Twete, a friend of the College. It is awarded to a student on the basis of Christian character and demonstrated need. The Mary D. Wagner Scholarship Fund has been established by Mrs. Wagner for needy and worthy students who are particularly interested in the study of the Bible. ACADEMIC PROGRAM 29 ACADEMIC PROGRAM Golden Valley Lutheran College grants three types of two-year completion awards: the Associate in Arts Degree (Liberal Arts and Transfer Program), the Associate in Arts Degree (Specialized Program), and the Junior College Certificate. A one-year Vocational Certificate is awarded for completion of a selected one-year vocational curriculum. Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution which allows a student to concentrate in the areas of general education, Biblical and theological studies, or a specific vocation. Students who plan to earn a four-year degree are encouraged to satisfy general education requirements while attending Golden Valley Lutheran College. When this suggestion is followed, students may concentrate on their major and other requirements during the last two years of college. General education courses invite the student to learn about the world, the scientific method, the society in which he or she lives, the fine arts and humanities, and the eternal values perceived in Biblical and theological studies. General Academic Information Credit load and Student Classification A normal credit load consists of 16 hours per quarter. Exceptions to this credit load will be considered in consultation with a student's academic advisor. Permission to take more than 18 credits must be granted by the Academic Dean. Individuals enrolled for 12 or more credit-hours per quarter are considered full time students. Individuals with less than 12 credit-hours are considered part-time students. A student who has earned less than 45 cumulative credits is classified as a freshman. A student who has earned 45 or more cumulative credits is classified as a sophomore. The auditing of courses is not encouraged since classroom capacities are needed by students interested in earning college credit. Auditors are required to do all work assigned by the instructor and tuition costs are the same as costs for credit. 30 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Grading and Honor Point System A student's grade point average is computed at the end of each quarter. The grade point average is determined by dividing the number of earned honor points by the number of earned credits. Honor points are computed by the following scale: Honor Points Per Credit Grade Superior 4 for A.A. Degree A Above Average 3 for A.A. Degree B 2 for A.A. Degree c Average Below Average 1 for A.A. Degree D Failure F 0 for A.A. Degree I W WF s u Incomplete* Withdrawn** Withdrawn, failing** Satisfactory*** Unsatisfactory*** 2 for J.C.C. only *Incomplete work, must be made up satisfactorily by the end of the fourth week of the next term the student attends. If a student desires an extension beyond four weeks, he or she must secure approval of the instructor involved and must petition the Scholastic Standing Committee for the extension. If the work is not completed, the grade becomes an F. **Withdrawals after the third week of classes and through mid-term are indicated by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and after the mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or Fas determined by the instructor. A student may not drop a course after final examinations begin. ***The grading system of Sand U is used only for those courses which are taken to meet the requirements of the Junior College Certificate. An S counts as two honor points per credit for the Junior College Certificate only and will not be credited toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The U grade yields no honor points or credits. Academic Honors An Honors List composed of those students who have earned a grade point average of 3.00-3.49 is compiled at the end of each term. Those students who achieve a grade point average of 3.50 or better are included on the Dean's List. ACADEMIC PROGRAM 31 Academic Progress In accordance with policies established by the administration and faculty, a student will be counseled in relation to academic progress toward the Associate in Arts degree: (a) when a student's grade point average is less than 2.00; (b) when his or her transcript shows two or more grades of I (Incomplete) in one quarter. If a student's grade point average falls below 1.50 he or she will be placed on academic probation until the grade point average is raised to 1.50 or above. The College reserves the right to dismiss a student if his or her academic performance is regarded as unsatisfactory. Eligibility for Varsity Sports Eligibility rules for participation in varsity sports at Golden Valley Lutheran College conform to the National Junior College Athletic Association eligibility rules. In general, in order to participate in a varsity sport, a student must be a full-time (12 credits) student during the qualifying and competing quarter. During the qualifying quarter, he or she must earn a grade point average of 1.5 or better in at least 10 hours of course work listed in the College Catalog. Freshmen enrolled at GVLC in their first quarter of college are exempt from the qualifying quarter requirements. A student's eligibility is reviewed each quarter and all hours of a complete course (subject) must be counted in computing a student's grade point average. (See NJCAA Eligibility Rules.) No student shall be certified on an eligibility list until the College has received the final transcript indicating the high school graduation date and any college transcript(s), if another college has been previously attended. The responsibility to obtain any such transcripts rests upon the individual student. Credit by Spedal Examination Under special circumstances, a student may seek to gain credits or exemption by special examination, in accordance with specific departmental policies. Transfer Students The actual number of credits earned at other institutions are entered on the student's record, but transferred credits and grade points are not included in the computation of the grade point average. Class Attendance Each student is responsible for regular class attendence and for completing work as required in each class. With respect to unexcused absences, excused absences, or make-up work, it is the student's responsibi I ity to learn the policy of each instructor. The instructor's policy is usually stated in the course outline. At the discretion of the instructor, a student may be withdrawn from a course for an excessive number of unexcused absences or uncompleted assignments. 32 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Independent Study A maximum of six credits in Independent Study may be applied toward the Associate in Arts Degree. The student must meet the criteria established by the department and have the approval of the chairperson of the department in which he plans to do the study. Standards require a 3.0 average in the department in which Independent Study is taken, a limit of four credits per term in Independent Study, and a demonstration of relevance to the student's academic objectives. Independent Study applications are available in the Registrar's Office. Bible and English Requirements All students enrolled for eight credits or more are required to take at least one Bible course each quarter that they attend classes at the College. A student who transfers from another college is not required to complete the full 18 credits in Bible but is required to take one course each quarter while enrolled at the College. All Bible core courses listed in the Department of Biblical Studies will satisfy this requirement. All degree seeking students are required to register for English until the sequence, English 111and112 - College Composition, and English 113 - Introduction to Literature, has been completed. Placement in English 100, 110, or 111 will be determined by specific English Placement tests administered to all new students during student orientation in the fall, or at the time of their registration for winter or for spring quarters. Co-Curricular Activity Credits A total of nine credits in co-curricular activities may be applied toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The three credits of required physical education are not included in this category. Co-curricular activities include all music ensembles, Theatre Practice, Christian Service, additional physical education activity courses after the three required courses are completed, and activity credits that a transfer student might bring to the College. With regard to co-curricular activities other than varsity sports, a student who earns a grade point average of less than 1.5 for a quarter may have co-curricular activities curtailed or programs of study reduced, at the discretion of the Scholastic Standing Committee. Orientation and Registration All students must report to the College for Orientation Days as indicated in the calendar in this catalog. The orientation period includes a series of placement and personality tests which are used to provide a more effective placement and counseling service for students. Both new and returning students are required to register on the days indicated in the calendar. Registration is not completed until the student has made settlement for the quarter charges at the Bookkeeping Office. ACADEMIC PROGRAM 33 Changes in Registration Necessary changes to eliminate conflicts and to correct evident mistakes in registration may be permitted during the first ten days of classes, with the written approval of the academic advisor. A Change of Course Permit for this purpose may be obtained in the Registrar's Office. After the tenth day, no regularly scheduled classes may be added except by special permission. Repeating a Course A student may repeat only courses in which a grade of Dor F has been received. The intention to repeat a course must be certified at the time of registration for the course. If a student repeats a course in which a Dor F grade has been received, only the more recent grade and credit earned will be included in the computation of the grade point average. Both grades, however, will remain on the student's permanent record. Withdrawals from the College A student who wishes to withdraw from the College during any term, must make application for this action in the Office of the Registrar. Failure to comply with this regulation may deprive a student of refund privileges and result in an F grade in all classes. Partial refunds on fees already paid will be based on the date the application was signed and returned to the Registrar's Office. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 35 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The responsibility rests with the student for seeing that his or her program includes all requirements for graduation. Applicants for admission should study the requirements for graduation outlined in this section of the catalog and plan their college program as a whole as early as possible. A student who is in doubt about how certain requirements are interpreted should consult with his or her academic advisor, the Registrar, or the Academic Dean. When circumstances might warrant a justifiable modification in a requirement, a petition (obtained from the Registrar) should be submitted to the Committee on Academic Affairs. 36 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Associate in Arts Degree: liberal Arts and Transfer Program This program is designed for students who intend to gain a general knowledge of the arts and sciences and who intend to transfer to a fouryear college or university for completion of a Bachelor's Degree. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements of this degree are: 1. Completion of the divisional requirement as outlined below. The further requirements in a selected curriculum are recommended and the student should attempt to fulfill them. 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science Natural Science CREDIT HOURS COURSES 18 Bible Core or alternatives 9 12 8-12 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 English 111, 112, 113 Business 200, 210 and all Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation and Social Service courses All Natural Science courses except Mathematics 100, 101 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses. (One credit only per varsity sport) GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 37 Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program This program is designed for students who intend to seek employment after two years of college or for those who intend to pursue an education of a specialized nature. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements for this degree are: 1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below plus the additional requirements of a selected curriculum. 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science CREDIT HOURS COURSES 18 Bible Core or alternatives 9 6 Natural Science 4 Creative Arts 3 Physical Education 3 English 111, 112, 113 All Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service courses All Natural Science courses except Mathematics 100, 101 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses. (One credit only per varsity sport) 38 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE The Junior College Certificate This certificate vvill be avvarded to those students who cornplete two years of work on a curriculum but do not satisfy the requirements for an Associate in Arts Degree. The requirements for the Junior College Certificate are: 1. Completion of a minimum of 88 credits including one Bible Course or alternative per term. 2. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 1.00. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. The One-Year Vocational Certificate This certificate will be awarded to those students who fulfill the following requirements: 1. Completion of 46 credits (including one Bible Course or alternative per quarter) with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C average). 2. Completion of the requirements of a selected curriculum. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 39 PROGRAMS OF STUDY Details of the curricula listed below are outlined on the pages which follow. The student should select a curriculum and be familiar with its requirements before registration. The College reserves the right to change curriculum requirements when the necessity arises. A. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program 1. Basic Liberal Arts 2. Basic Science 3. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Biblical and Theological Studies 4. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Business Administration 5. Pre-Professional Programs a. Education (Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Special Education) b. Physical Education c. Music (Pre-Bachelor of Arts) d. Recreation Leadership e. Classics f. Law g. Agriculture h. Forestry i. Pharmacy j. Medicine k. Dentistry I. Nursing m. Corrective Therapy n. Occupational Therapy o. Physical Therapy B. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program 1. Social Service 2. Music (pre-Bachelor of Music) 3. Law Enforcement 4. Computer Training and Electronics Technician 5. General Secretarial 6. Legal Secretarial 7. Medical Secretarial 8. Office Administration 9. Parish Secretarial 10. Church Staff Work 11. World Mission C. Curricula leading to the One-Year Vocational Certificate 1. General Secretarial 2. Legal Secretarial 3. Medical Secretarial 4. Office Administration 5. World Mission 40 COLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE A. Curricula leading to The Assodate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program 1. BASIC LIBERAL ARTS This curriculum is recommended for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college. The courses listed below fulfill the normal two-year general education requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree. Since many colleges require one or two years of foreign language or variations of work in some of the fields, the student and his or her advisor will make the relevant selections in relation to the student's future plans and the school to which a transfer is planned. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Speech Social Science Natural Science Creative Arts 18 9 3 12 8-12 6 Physical Education 3 Foreign Language Electives 0-15 14-33 Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 or 120 Business 200, 210 and all Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service courses. All courses except Mathematics 100, 101 All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses See department listings Courses in special field of interest 2. BASIC SCIENCE This curriculum is recommended for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college for degrees in science or technology. The student, with the aid of his or her advisor, will make the relevant course selections in relation to his or her future plans and the school to which a transfer is planned. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Speech Social Science 18 9 3 12 Natural Science 41-51 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 Foreign Language 0-12 Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 or 120 Business 200, 210 and all Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service courses. Selections from Mathematics (except 100, 101), Biology, Chemistry, and Physics All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses German 101, 102, 103 recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 41 3. LIBERAL ARTS WITH CONCENTRATION IN BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES This curriculum is recommended for those who want to combine their general studies in the liberal arts and sciences with a more extensive program of Biblical and theological studies. The Bible core sequence may be supplemented by more extensive offerings in the study of the Bible, Theology, and Applied Christianity. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Speech Social Science Natural Science Creative Arts 27-36 9 3 15 8-12 6 Physical Education 3 Foreign Language Electives 0-15 0-21 Bible Core or alternatives, Theology 121, 122, 123; selections from New Testament English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 or 120 Business 200, 210 and all Social Science courses except history 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service courses All courses except Mathematics 100, 101 All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses Greek 101, 102, 103 recommended See department listings 4. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This curriculum offers courses to satisfy requirements for two years of a four-year degree program. Admissions requirements for junior-year status at four-year institutions vary. Students should be guided by the program requirements of the universities to which they plan to transfer. Advisors will assist in planning a program that will meet the four year college's lower division requirements. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Speech Natural Science 18 9 3 8-22 Social Science 12 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 Business Administration Required Courses Business Administration Electives General Electives 21 0-16 0-12 Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 required All courses except Mathematics 100 or 101; Mathematics 102, 110, 120, 200, 201, Biology 111, 112, 113 recommended Business 200 & 210 required; Sociology 100, Psychology 202-203 recommended All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses Business 101, 102, 103, 120, 150, 160 Business 110, 140, 170, 230, 270 recommended (Electives in Business Administration should be selected after consulting the four-year college's requirements) See department listings 42 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 5. LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULA FOR STUDENTS INTERESTED IN SPECIFIC PROFESSIONS a. Education Students planning to teach on the elementary or secondary level will need a minimum four-year program in the Liberal Arts or Sciences and the teacher education courses required for a certificate. The curricula outlined below fulfill requirements for a Minnesota certificate for the first two years. Completion or any one of these curricula leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Elementary Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Geography 100 Biology 113 History 201, 202, 203 Physical Education 120, 130 Private lessons in piano and voice are Psychology 202, 203, 210 recommended Secondary Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Psychology 202, 203, 210 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 Emphasis on a special field of interest Special Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Psychology 202, 203, 210 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 PROGRAMS OF STUDY 43 b. Physical Education A four-year degree is required to teach physical education. The first two years of this program may be taken at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The curriculum outlined below will earn the Associate in Arts Degree and provides the necessary prerequisites leading to the Minnesota teaching certificate. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 Bible Core or alternatives English 9 English 111, 112, 113 Social Science 15 History 121, 122, 123, 201, 203, or Sociology 100, 110, 210 or Psychology 202, 203 recommended 16 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Natural Science 17 Physical Education 110, 120, 130, 200, Physical Education 210 and including three one credit Physical Education activity courses 6 All courses except Applied Music, Creative Arts Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Electives 11 See department listings c. Music The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lower division requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree with concentration in music. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 Bible Core or alternatives English 9 English 111, 112, 113 Social Science 12 History 121, 122, 123 recommended Natural Science 8-12 Selections from Biology or Mathematics (except Mathematics 100, 101) 3 Three one credit Physical Education Physical Education activity courses 36 Music 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; Creative Arts Applied Music - 6 credits, Ensembles - 6 credits 2-6 See department listings Electives d. Recreation Leadership A program designed for persons desiring a career in recreation leadership or related recreation fields. The program leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and is transferable to many four-year recreation programs. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 Bible Core or alternatives 9 English 111, 112, 113 English Speech 3 Speech 100 or 130 Social Science 12 Sociology 100, 110, 212 or Psychology 202, 203 recommended 8-12 All courses except Mathematics 100, 101 Natural Science Physical Education 110, 120, 200, 210 and Physical Education 15 including three one credit Physical Education activity courses 15 Recreation Leadership 110, 120, 210, Recreation Leadership 220, 230 6 All courses except Applied Music, Crea'tive Arts Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 2-6 See department listings Electives 44 COLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE The College has established specific preliminary training for students desiring entrance into certain professions. Students interested in these professions should consult the appropriate college catalogs and discuss plans with their faculty advisor, and the Registrar to insure proper course selection. Completion of one of the following curricula leads to an Associate in Arts Degree and satisfies the basic requirements for the first two years of the particular professional program. e. Classics The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: f. law The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: g. Agriculture The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: h. Forestry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: i. Pharmacy The Basic Science Curriculum and including: j. Medicine The Basic Science Curriculum and including: k. Dentistry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: English 221 History 111, 112 Anthropology 100 Greek 101, 102, 103, 300 German 101, 102, 103 Recommended Speech 100, 120 History 201, 202, 203 Political Science 100, 200 Psychology 202, 203 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Business 200, 210, 230 Speech 100 or 120 History 201, 202, 203 Geography 100 Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Business 200, 210 Mathematics 102, 103, 110, 200 Biology 111, 112, 121, 222, 223 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physics 102 Business 200, 210 Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113, 231 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Mathematics 102, 103, 201 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physics 102, 103 One year of foreign language when necessary Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physics 102, 103 PROGRAMS OF STUDY I. Nursing The Basic Science Curriculum and including: m. Corrective Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: n. Occupational Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: o. Physical Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: 45 Psychology 202 Sociology 100 or 110 Biology 111, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102 Physics 102 German 101, 102, 103 Recommended Speech 100 or 120 Psychology 202, 203 Biology 111, 232, 233 Physical Education 120, 130, 200, 210 Speech 100 or 120 Psychology 202, 203, 210 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102 Physical Education 120, 130 Speech 100 or 120 Mathematics 102 Physics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Physical Education 120, 130 Psychology 120 or 210 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 recommended 46 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE B. Curricula Leading to The Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program 1. SOCIAL SERVICE This program is designed to train the student to assist the professional Social Service Worker in areas of reception, group care, case work, teacher assistance, recreation, therapy and rehabilitation. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. The program is designed for students who wish to find employment after two years in college. Required Coursers and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English 9 Speech 3 Social Science 27-36 Natural Science Creative Arts 4 3 Physical Education 3 Electives 16-25 Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 120 required; Speech 150 recommended Psychology 202, 203, 210; Sociology 100, 110, 120; Social Service 101, 102, 103 (Social Service 201, 202, 203 recommended) All courses except Mathematics 100, 101 All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses Physical Education 120, 130, Recreation Leadership 220, Sociology 210 recommended 2. MUSIC (Pre-Bachelor of Music) The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lower-division requirements for the Bachelor of Music Degree. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English 9 Social Science 6-9 Natural Science 4 Physical Education 3 Creative Arts Electives 51 0-1 Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 121, 122, 123 recommended Biology 113 recommended Three one credit Physical Education activity courses Music 111, 112, 113, 121, 122, 123, 131, 132, 133, 211, 212, 213; Applied Music -6 credits; Ensembles - 6 credits See department listings PROGRAMS OF STUDY 47 3. LAW ENFORCEMENT The following curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and law enforcement, leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and provides a foundation for a career in law enforcement. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Speech Social Science 18 9 3 12 Natural Science Physical Education 4 6 Creative Arts 3 Law Enforcement 23 Electives 14 Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 or 120 Political Science 100, Psychology 120, Sociology 100, 110, 120, 210 or 212 recommended Biology 113 recommended Physical Education 120 and including three one credit Physical Education activity courses All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Law Enforcement 100, 110, 120, 130, 150, 160, 170, 180 See department listings 4. COMPUTER TRAINING OR ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN Cooperative educational programs are available between Golden Valley Lutheran College and Control Data Corporation for training as computer technicians and programmers, and between GVLC and Northwestern Electronics Institute for training in the field of Electronics Technician. Students spend at least one academic year at the College and complete a specified course with Control Data or Northwestern Electronics. A maximum of 45 credits from these institutions will be accepted toward the Associate in Arts Degree. Completion of the entire curriculum leads to the AA Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Electives 9-12 9 6 10-15 3 3 0-21 Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 13 History 123, Sociology 100, 110 or 120 recommended Mathematics 102, 103, Physics 102, 103 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100 recommended See department listings 48 COLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 5. GENERAL SECRETARIAL Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining instruction in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and secretarial skills, leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and prepares the student for a career as a general secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science 18 9 6 Natural Science Physical Education 4 3 Creative Arts 3 Business/Secretarial Science Electives 38-48 1-11 Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 All courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service courses All courses except Mathematics 100, 101 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business (110 or 160), 120, 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211, 213 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 may be required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended 6. LEGAL SECRETARIAL Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and legal secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and prepares the student for a career as a legal secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science 18 9 6 Natural Science Creative Arts 4 3 Physical Education 3 Business/Secretarial Science Electives 42-52 0-7 Bible Core or alterantives English 111, 112, 113 All courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service courses All courses except Mathematics 100, 101 All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre, 120, 140 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 213 231, 232, 233. (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 may be required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 49 7. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and medical secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and prepares the student for a career as a medical secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business/Secretarial Science Electives 18 9 6 8-12 3 3 38-48 0-7 Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 All courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service courses Biology 111, 232 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 213, 221 222, 223 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 may be required depending on background of the student Secretarial Science 220 recommended 50 COLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 8. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION This two-year curriculum offers a variety of business administration and office skills courses for the student interested in an entry-level business position. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English 9 Social Science 6-12 Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 4-8 3 3 Business Ad ministration 14-20 Business/ Secretarial Science Electives General Electives 19-35 0-16 Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 All courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service courses All courses except Mathematics 100, 101 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business 101, 102, 120, 150. (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 may be required depending on background of the student) Selections from Business and Secretarial Science courses See department listings 9. PARISH SECRETARIAL Completion of this curriculum, which combines training in Biblical studies, secretarial skills and liberal arts, prepares the student for the position of Parish Secretary, and leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English 9 Social Science 6 Natural Science Physical Education 4 3 Creative Arts 3 Business/Secretarial Â· Science 32-42 Applied Christianity 16 Electives 0-1 Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Courses in Psychology or Sociology, including Psychology 120 All courses except Mathematics 100, 101 Three one credit Physical Education activity courses All courses except Applied Music Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211, 213 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 may be required depending on background of the student) Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 221, 230 Secretarial Science 220 recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 51 10. CHURCH STAFF WORK The following curriculum provides training for the responsibilities of a church staff worker. The responsibilities that may be assigned to a church staff worker often fall into the following general categories: parish education, youth work, visitation, and parish secretary. Completion of this curriculum leads to an Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies Theology and Church History English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Secretarial Science Applied Christianity Electives 18 9 9 3 6 4 3 3 3-9 25-27 1-9 Bible Core or alternatives Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200 English 111, 112, 113 Speech 140 Psychology 120, Sociology 120 Biology 113 recommended Three one credit Physical Education activity courses All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Secretarial Science 102 (101, 103 may be required depending on course background of student) Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 201, 20~ 203, 211, 221, 223, 230 Sociology and Psychology courses recommended 11. WORLD MISSION Current trends indicate that the Church's need is for candidates with bachelor's degrees or with training in specialized fields such as Bible and theology, medicine, education, business, agriculture, electronics, aviation or secretarial skills. Interested students should plan for extended and thorough preparation. The curriculum outlined below combines concentrated Bible study, a liberal arts background, an introduction to the missionary task, and opportunities for a variety of contacts with people directly involved in church work in various parts of the world. Completion of the two-year curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies Theology English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Christian Service Applied Christianity World Mission Electives 18 6 9 3 12 8-12 3 3 2 9 6 0-13 Bible Core or alternatives Theology 121, 122, 123 English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 or 110 or 200 All courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service courses Biology 113 recommended Three one credit Physical Education activity courses All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Christian Service 110 All Applied Christianity courses Mission 100, 110, 120 See department listings 52 COLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE C. Curricula leading to the One-Year Vocational Certificate 1. GENERAL SECRETARIAL Completion of this one-year curriculum, com- bining instruction in secretarial skills and Biblical studies, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Busi n ess/Secreta ria I Science Electives 33-40 0-3 Bible Core or alternatives A one credit Physical Education activity course Business (110 or 160), 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 111 may be required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-Year General Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. 2. LEGAL SECRETARIAL Completion of this one-year curriculum, combining Biblical studies and legal secretarial courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Business/Secretarial Science Electives 32-39 0-4 Bible Core or alternatives A one credit Physical Education activity course Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 232, 233 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 111 may be required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-year Legal Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 53 3. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL Completion of this one-year curriculum, combininng Biblical studies and medical secretarial courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Natural Science 4 Physical Education Business/Secretarial Science Electives 1 28-35 0-4 Bible Core or alternatives All courses except Mathematics 100, 101 A one credit Physical Education activity course Business 150; Secretarial Science 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 221, 222, 223 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 111 may be required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-year Medical Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. 4. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION Completion of this one-year curriculum, combining Biblical studies and office administration courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies Physical Education 9 1 Business/Secretarial Science 10-16 Business/Secretarial Science electives Electives 20 0-6 Bible Core or alternatives A one credit Physical Education activity course Business 150, Secretarial Science 110, 123 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 may be required depending on background of the student) Selections from Business and Secretarial Science courses See department listings Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. 5. WORLD MISSION Completion of the one-year curriculum leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Theology and Church History English Social Science 9 6 9 Physical Education Christian Service Applied Christianity World Mission Electives 1-2 6-12 6 0-5 Selected from N.T. 101, 103, 110, 120, 130, 140 Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200 English 111, 112 Philosophy 211, 212 or 213; Political Science 200 or Anthropology 100 or 110 A one credit Physical Education activity course Christian Service 110 Applied Christianity 130, 140, 150, 211 Mission 100, 110, 120, 200 See department listings 55 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS The descriptions of courses are arranged according to divisions. The course numbering system is as follows: The first digit of the course number indicates (1) freshman course, (2) sophomore course, or (3) special course for advanced students. The second digit indicates the standing of the course within the Department. The third digit indicates the term in which the course is offered - (1) fall quarter, (2) winter quarter, (3) spring quarter, and (0) flexible scheduling. The College reserves the right to cancel classes with inadequate enrollment or to change course offerings when the necessity arises. I. DIVISION OF BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES A sequence of Biblical courses has been established to provide maximum coverage of Biblical concepts by students taking the minimum Bible requirement. The Bible Core courses are: N.T. 101, 103, 110, 120, 130, 140, 202, 203 O.T. 102, 201 Greek 101, 102, 103 History 102 English 230 The Bible Core Sequence is as follows: FRESHMEN N.T. 101 or 120 Fall Quarter O.T. 102 or N.T. 140 Winter Quarter or History 102 N.T. 103 or 110 or 130 Spring Quarter SOPHOMORES O.T. 201 N.T. 202 N.T. 203 or English 230 A student may substitute Greek 101, 102, 103 for 9 credits of re qui red Bible Core courses. DEPARTMENT OF BIBLICAL STUDIES O.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament 3 credits The covenant purposes and acts of God as they appear in the historical record of God's people in the Old Testament, with some reference to the continuation and fulfillment of the covenant promise in the New Testament, especially the Gospel of John. Student may not receive credit for both O.T. 102 and History 102. O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah 3 credits An historical survey of the last two centuries of the Kingdom of Judah and a study of the prophecies of Isaiah and Jeremiah as they reached their fulfillment in the Messiah of the New Testament. N.T. 101 Luke-Acts 3 credits A study of the life of Christ and the fundamental teachings of the Christian Church through the student's personal involvement with the text of Scripture. 56 COLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles 3 credits The structure, historical setting, purposes and content of Paul's Epistles to the Galatians, I Corinthians and Prison Epistles are studied vvith an en-1phasis upon their relevance to our day. N.T. 110 The Gospel According to Matthew 3 credits A brief survey of the Jewish, Greek and Roman backgrounds, a short introduction to the Gospels, and an intensive study of the life and work of Christ in the light of Old Testament prophecy. Offered alternate years. N.T. 120 Epistle to the Hebrews 3 credits A study of the fulfillment of Old Testament prophecy in Jesus Christ and His supremacy and finality. The student is involved with the inductive method of studying the Bible. Offered alternate years. N.T. 130 General Epistles 3 credits An inductive study of the Epistles of James, Peter, John and Jude with special attention paid to their unique features as compared to other New Testament epistles. Offered alternate years. N.T. 140 The Gospel of John 3 credits An inductive study concentrating upon the Person and work of Jesus Christ as seen uniquely in the theology of John. N.T. 202 Romans 3 credits An intensive study of the Epistle to the Romans, considering its background, doctrinal content and inspirational message, and emphasizing the doctrine of justification by faith with its implications for the Christian life. N.T. 203 Apocalyptic Literature 3 credits A survey of the struggle of the Church against Rome, 70-100 A.O. and the central Christology of the Book of Revelation with student interpretation and evaluation of study results. Bible 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Study of special Biblical problems or areas suited to students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND CHURCH HISTORY Courses in this department cannot be substituted for the Bible requirement. Theology 121 God's Way of Salvation 2 credits A study of justification, sanctification and the Christian hope of eternal life as set forth by the Scriptures. The course utilizes the inductive method. Theology 122 The God of Redemption 2 credits A study of the Scriptures and other sources utilizing the inductive technique and with concentration on the attributes of God, the incarnation, the Person and redemptive work of Christ, the sanctifying work of the Holy Spirit, and the relevance of faith in the Triune God in relation to the great fact of redemption. Theology 123 The Church and the Means of Grace 2 credits A study of Scripture and collateral readings using the inductive technique with respect to the means of grace and the role of the Church as custodian thereof. Theology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Study of special theological problems or areas suited to students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. Church History 200 Religion in Modern America 3 credits Survey of the role and importance of religion in the United States with emphasis upon changing conditions and practices among the various religious groups and upon the Lutheran heritage. Especially for the Church Staff Work Curriculum. Church History 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special problems and areas of study in Church History. Department approval COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 57 ii. DIVISION OF COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Placement in English 100, 110, or 111 will be determined by specific English Placement tests administered to all new students during student orientation in the fall, or at the time of their registration for winter or for spring quarters. English 100 Basic Composition 1 credit for Junior College Certificate only Designed for the student needing individualized instruction in basic sentence and paragraph construction. Successful completion of the course (passing grade) is necessary before the student can enter English 110 and then the required English sequence (English 111, 112, 113). This course meets three hours each week. English 110 Basic Composition 3 elective credits For students entering college who need intensive work in mastering basic academic skills in English Composition. Successful completion of this course (passing grade) is necessary before these students can enter the required sequence of English courses (English 111, 112, 113). Students are granted elective credit toward the AA Degree, but since this course may not transfer to four-year colleges, students are advised to take more than the normal 92 credits. Students in this course are required to attend four hours of class and/or laboratory sessions each week. English 111, 112, 113 (A, B, C, D, E or F) College Composition and Introduction to Literature 3 credits per course The regular series of courses in freshman College Composition English 111 and 112 place emphasis on the students' development and competence in English writing skills and their ability to understand and respond to selected readings. English 113 offers study of specific genre, themes and/or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and may include studies in the Immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction. Nine credits of College English are required of all students (with the exception of one-year vocational students). Normally, College English courses must be taken in sequence. English 120 Directed Study in Journalism 1 credit per term (maximum of 3 credits) Students are involved in the production of a major publication, including exercise in layout and design, copywriting, photography, and editing. English 130 Creative Writing 3 credits Students are given the opportunity to write poetry, short stories, essays and other literary forms. Topics such as literary criticism and marketing are discussed. Students read and evaluate each other's work. English 210 Topics in Literature 3 credits Study of specific genre, themes and/or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and may include studies in the Immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction. English 211, 212, 213 American Literature 3 credits per course 211: The New Garden of Eden: The 17th & 18th Centuries 212: The Snake in the Garden: The 19th Century 213: The Garden Becomes a Wasteland: The 20th Century English 221, 222, 223 World Literature 3 credits per course Chronological survey of major writers, works, genres, themes and movements in world thought and literature from ancient to modern times. Fall Term: Ancient East, Greece, Rome and the Middle Ages. Winter Term: Renaissance, Neoclassical and Romantic Literature. Spring Term: The Modern Age (1850 to the present). 58 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE English 230 Literature of the Bible 3 credits Students do extensive reading of the narratives, poems, and apocalyptic writings primarily from the O!d Testament. Emphasis is placed on reading the selections as pieces of literature. English 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 cedits per term Special study programs to fit student needs and interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Speech 100 Fundamentals of Public Speaking 3 credits A study of the basic concepts used in organizing and delivering speeches. Emphasis on preparing and giving informative speeches. Speech 120 Interpersonal Communication 3 credits Study of the concepts of interpersonal communication patterns and the characteristics of ineffective and effective communication behavior. Speech 130 Oral Interpretation 3 credits Theory and practice of the techniques of selecting and performing literature orally. Students will study methods of analyzing literature, and will develop techniques for reading prose, poetry and other literary selections. Speech 140 Communications for Parish Workers 3 credits Development of skills in these areas: Interpersonal, for use in visitation and informal counseling; Group, for use in leading study groups and committees; Public Speaking, for use in addressing congregations and other large groups. Open to first year or second year church staff work students. Offered alternate years. Speech 150 Small Group Communications 3 credits Participation in and analysis of behavioral and work norms in small groups. Includes a study of leadership roles, conflict resolution patterns, and the decision making process. Prerequisite: Speech 120 or instructor's approval. Speech 210 Public Speaking 3 credits A study of theories and ethics of persuasion. Practice in the art of speaking to persuade or actuate. Prerequisite: Speech 100 or instructor's approval. Speech 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Research or other creative projects within a speech communication discipline. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES German 101, 102, 103 Elementary German 4 credits per course Fundamentals of grammar, vocabulary, pronounciation, writing, reading and speaking; reading of some simple German prose and poetry. Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent registration in English 111. German 201, 202, 203 Intermediate German 3 credits per course Review of Elementary German and further study of literary selections; emphasis is on speaking, reading and writing German during the winter and spring terms. Prerequisite: German 10"!, 102, 103 or two years of high school German or instructor's approval. German 210 Directed Readings in German 2 credits per term (maximum 6 credits) Students become familiar with selected works of German literature, and increase their reading speed and comprehension of German. Department approval necessary. German 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. May be taken any ,._,..... .. ..,..... n..-....-..-..-t.....-. ... n t "'>.-....r.rr..\1'"ll naracc".lr\1 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 59 Greek 101, 102, 103 Elementary Greek 5 credits per course Theoretical and practical. study of elementary Greek grammar; readings and parsing of selections from the Book of Acts and other selections. Instructor's approval necessary for first year students. Greek 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. Additional Languages-Arrangements can be made for the study of other languages, such as Spanish, French, and Russian if students can provide their own transportation. Interested students should contact the Academic Dean. Ill. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY, POLITICAL SCIENCE AND GEOGRAPHY History 102 History of Ancient Israel 3 credits Survey of the history of Ancient Israel and the development of the religious insight of the Hebrew people. Attention is also given to the importance of Mesopotamia and Egyptian contributions to the literature of the Bible. Student may not receive credit for both O.T. 102 and History 102. History 111 History of Ancient Greece 3 credits Survey of Greek history and culture from the Minoan period through Hellenistic times. History 112 History of Ancient Rome 3 credits Survey of Roman history and culture from prehistoric times through the late Roman Empire. History 113 History of Medieval Europe 3 credits Survey of European civilization from the transformation of the Roman Empire through the fifteenth century. History 121, 122, 123 History of Western Civilization 3 credits per course Survey of the development and accomplishments of Western Civilization with emphasis on institutional, intellectual and spiritual aspects. Fall term: Late Medieval, Renaissance and Reformation. Winter term: Early Modern Europe. Spring term; Modern Europe in a World Setting. History 201, 202, 203 History of the United States 3 credits per course Survey of the history of the American people with primary emphasis on their social, intellectual, political, and economic growth. Fall: Pre-Colonial through Early National Period; Winter: War of 1812through Reconstruction; Spring: 1877 to the present. History 230 Topics in History 3 credits Topics in history of special interest to students and instructors, such as the history of women, ethnic histories, period histories, movement studies or institutional histories. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor. History 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special historical periods and problems; research into particular areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Political Science 100 American Government and Politics 3 credits Study of the principles and structure of Federal Government in the United States and of political issues of the current scene. Political Science 200 Modern Political Thought 3 credits Comparative study of Communism, Fascism and Modern Capitalism in the light of the contemporary Christian thought. 60 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Political Science 210 Topics in Political Science 3 credits Topics in political science of special interest to students and instructors, such as comparative political thought, practical politics, foundations of democratic thought or study of political institutions. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor. Political Science 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Research into special areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Geography 100 Human Geography 3 credits Survey of the basic tools and concepts of geography and the distribution patterns of physical and human environment, plus emphasis on selected areas. Geography 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special interests and area studies. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND HUMANITIES Philosophy 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 credits Introduction to the functions and problems of philosophy with more detailed consideration of the problems of knowledge, existence, freedom, good and evil. Philosophy 103 Logic 3 credits A study of the principles of correct reasoning with emphasis on the recognition and assessment of arguments. Equal consideration is given to informal and formal logic. Philosophy 200 Topics in Philosophy 3 credits Philosophical problems and topics of special interest to particular students. Philosophy 201, 202, 203 History of Western Philosophy 3 credits per course Survey of the important men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks to the present. Fall term: Ancient philosophy. Winter term: Medieval philosophy. Spring term: Modern philosophy. Offered alternate years. Philosophy 211, 212, 213 Philosophy of Non-Christian Religions 3 credits per course A study of the philosophical systems of the major religions of the world, exclusive of Christianity. Fall: Introduction to Philosophy of Religion, African and other traditional religions, Islam; Winter: Review of Philosophy of Religion, Judaism; Spring: Eastern religions (Hinduism, Shinto, Taoism Confucianism) with special emphasis on Buddhism. Philosophy 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Study of special philosophical problems or areas appropriate to the students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. Humanities 200 Travel and Study 1 to 3 elective credits Cultural enrichment through travel. Tours guided or arranged by faculty members. Substantial papers and reports required. Normally this course counts as elective credit. Credits may be used to fulfill divisional requirements upon divisional approval. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONAL ORIENTATION Psychology 120 Psychology of Adjustment 3 credits Development of a knowledge of psychology that will be useful in attaining more effective personal living and relationships with other people. Psychology 202, 203, General Psychology 3 credits per course Study of the more significant facts and principles in the field of human behavior, provides a basic introduction to several areas of specialization in psychology. Prerequisite for Psychology 203: Psychology 202. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 61 Psychology 210 Child Development 3 credits Study of human growth and development from conception through preadolescence. Review of research and theories. Prerequisite: Two or more terms of college work completed or instructor's approval. Psychology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Personal Orientation 100 Individual Work in College Study Skills one credit per term granted for Junior College Certificate only. Arranged on an individual basis for students desiring to work on a single aspect of study skills, mathematics, reading, spelling or vocabulary development. Personal Orientation 110 Efficient Reading 1 elective credit Arranged on an indi'vidual basis to enable students to develop skills in vocabulary, reading comprehension, and reading rate for success in college and later life. Personal Orientation 120 College Vocabulary Development 2 elective credits Designed to introduce students to basic principles of vocabulary development. Aimed at general vocabulary as well as the specific vocabularies of various academic disciplines. Personal Orientation 130 How to Study 1 elective credit Practice of methods of study developed from information based on research and student experience. Concerned with efficient and effective methods of concentration, use of time, taking lecture notes, textbook reading, organizing material, preparing for and taking examinations. Personal Orientation 160 Fundamentals of Spelling 1 elective credit Designed to provide the student with a systematic approach to spelling; the course will utilize a self-paced, audio-tutorial format. Personal Orientation 170 The Research Paper 1 or 2 elective credits Designed to provide the student with the skills necessary to create a research paper; the course will utilize the self-paced, audio-tutorial format. The end resu It of the course will be the production of a research paper for another class. Prerequisite: English 111 or instructor's permission. Personal Orientation 200 Career and Life Planning 2 elective credits Designed to teach skills for making career decisions appropriate to the student's values, needs, aptitudes, skills or talents, interests and goals. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL SERVICE AND ANTHROPOLOGY Sociology 100 Introduction to Sociology 3 credits Study of the structures and functions of society and culture as seen through sociological perspectives; focus is on selected problems, social organizations and socialization in the context of change. Sociology 110 Social Problems 3 credits Survey of contemporary social problems with development of the students' understanding of the processes involved in historical, social and cultural change. Sociology 120 Marriage and Family 3 credits Study of the life cycle, mate selection, marital adjustment and parent-child relationships; to provide practical help for those interested in preparing for marriage from a Christian point of view. Sociology 130 Urban Field Experience 1 credit per course (maximum 3 credits) Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to orient students to the urban setting. Different offerings of the course will focus on different topics. Hours arranged for lectures and laboratory periods. 62 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Sociology 210 The Urban Center 3 credits Introduction to the problems of modern cities, urban ecology, urban institutions and the urban way of life. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or instructor's approval. Sociology 212 Minority Group Relations 3 credits Study of minority groups, especially Native and Black Americans, and the problems of the contemporary scene. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or by permission of the instructor. Sociology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special sociological problems and areas of study to fit the students' interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Social Service, 101, 102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, 204 Internship 1-3 credits per term Practical experience and observation in working with social service agencies; orientation and help in choosing vocational goals in different areas of social service. Designed for the Social Service Curriculum. Anthropology 100 Introduction to Physical Anthropology and Archaeology 3 credits Survey of the field of physical anthropology and the archaeological methods used in the study of prehistory. Offered alternate years. Anthropology 110 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3 credits Survey of the field of cultural anthropology with the study of the varieties of the human race, their origins, cultural characteristics, and spiritual orientation. Offered alternate years. Anthropology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special anthropological problems and areas of study to fit the students' interests. Department approval necessary. IV. DIVISION Of MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 1 credit granted for Junior College Certificate only Review of arithmetic, factoring, the fundamental algebraic operations, rational expressions, linear equations, roots and radicals, quadratic equations. Class meets three hours per week. Mathematics 101 Intermediate Algebra 3 elective credits Introduction to basic mathematical concepts, sets, the number system, factoring, fractions, inequalities, linear, and quadratic equations. Students are required to attend three hours of class and an additional fourth hour each week in the skills center. Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra. Mathematics 102 College Algebra 5 credits Algebraic operations with real numbers, linear and quadratic functions. polynomials, combinations, binomial theorem, probability, mathematical induction, analytic geometry, matrices and determinants. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 103 Pre-Calculus 4 credits Functions and inverse functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, trigomometric functions and trigonometric identities, solution of triangles, complex numbers, polar coordinates and analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Mathematics 102 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 110 Introductory Statistics 4 credits Study of basic statistical concepts: probability, sampling, normal distribution, statistical estimation, and hypothesis testing. Problems are applied in the fields of business, social and physical sciences. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 100 Basic Algebra COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Mathematics 120 Finite Mathematics 63 5 credits Computing with BASIC computer language. Principles of counting and probability, business mathematics, matrices and inverse matrices, Markov chains, linear programming includfng simplex method. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 200 Elements of Calculus 5 credits A short course with applications in biology, business and social sciences. Short review of algebra. Continuity and the limit of a function. Derivative and its interpretation, maximum and minimum problems, antiderivative, the definite integral, exponential and logarithmic functions, functions of several variables. Prerequisite: Mathematics 102 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 201 Calculus I 5 credits Short review of algebra, introduction to plane analytic geometry. The derivatives of functions and their applications. The integration of simpler functions and the applications. Prerequisites: Mathematics 103 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 202 Calculus II 5 credits Differentiation and integration of trigonometric and logarithmic functions. Techniques of integration: by parts, by change, of variable, by approximation methods, etc. Parametric equations and polar coordinates. Applications to geometrical and physical problems. Prerequisite: Mathematics 201 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 203 Calculus Ill 5 credits Vector treatment of three-dimensional analytic geometry, functions of two or more variables, multiple integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, and differential equations. Applications. Prererequisite: Mathematics 202 or instructor's approval. Mathematics 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Physics 100 Environmental Physics 4 credits Survey of physics as related to the environment and everyday experiences of the physical world. The concepts in mechanics, heat, sound, light and atomic physics are developed non-mathematically. One double lab per week is devoted to student projects or to experiments in laboratory. Primarily for non-science majors. No prerequisite. Physics 102 General Physics I 5 credits Study of physical principles in mechanics, fluids, wave motion, and heat, with applications to practical situations. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in various technical areas. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or instructor's approval. Physics 103 General Physics II 5 credits The fundamental physical concepts in electricity, magnetism, optics, and nuclear physics will be studied using practical applications. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in technical areas. Prerequisite: Physics 102 or instructor's approval. Physics 120 Field Experience in Physics 1 credit per course (maximum 4 credits) Hours arranged for lecture and laboratory periods. Physics 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. 64 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 111 Life Studies 1 4 credits Introduction to biology ~~ life versus non-life, cellular design and process} organism types (unity amidst complexity), energy sources, yields,.and efficiencies in life systems. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. Biology 112 Life Studies II 4 credits The individual life pattern - cell regulation and division, sex cell formation and union, genetics and embryology, intercellular effects and immune response, physiology and neuromechanisms. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. Biology 113 Environmental Biology 4 credits Traces exploration - conservation - ecology - consciousness through perspectives of behavior, populations, ecosystems and biosphere understanding and application. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. Biology 114 Field Ecology and/or 4 credits 4 credits Biology 115 Invertebrate Zoology Wilderness camping experience during the month of June at the 120-acre North Woods Field Station. Ecosystems analysis and survey of invertebrate phyla with field equipment and techniques - team-taught small group with mobile lab. Wilderness survival and ecorecreation (scuba, rock-climbing, sailing, recording animal sounds, photography, astronomy, geology, wildlife and forestry employment opportunities). Prerequisite recommended: Biology 113. Biology 120 Field Experience in Biology 1 credit per course (maximum 4 credits) Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to provide career guidance and development to better direct educational and occupational planning. Hours arranged for lecture and laboratory periods. Biology 121 Plant Studies 4 credits The study of plant cells and tissues with a survey of the major phyla of the nonvascular plants and their adaptions to the environment. Some field studies and taxonomy of the local trees and fall flowers. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Biology 222 Introduction to Botany 4 credits The study of major phyla of vascular plants and plant growth, regulations, reproduction and photosynthesis. This course will give experience in the green house environment. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112 or 113 or instructor's approval. Biology 223 Introduction to Ecology 4 credits The study of the structure and function of an ecosystem with field studies of at least two major ecosystems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or 113 or instructor's approval. Biology 231 Microbiology 4 credits Practical application of bacteriological techniques in analyzing disease parameters, public health measures, agricultural and industrial usefulness of the smallest life systems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or concurrent registration in Biology 111. Biology 232 Anatomy 4 credits Gross and microscopic structure of the human body from a functional standpoint utilizing charts, models, skeletons and manikins. Cat dissection to demonstrate mammalian anatomy. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or instructor's permission. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Biology 233 Physiology 65 4 credits Organ systems of the human body. Laboratory exercises include blood typing, recording of the heart beat, respiration, muscle contraction, experiments on digestion, urinalaysis, coordinated with a brief study of the anatomy of each system. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 232, or instructor's permission. Biology 243 Genetics 4 credits An introductory course in the principles of heredity will begin with Mendelian genetics, and then progress to cell division and reproduction, molecular structure, DNA, protein synthesis, gene expression, mutagenesis, and conclude with population genetics, genetic engineering, and variabilities. Emphasis will be on human inheritance. Three lectures and one double lab period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111 or instructor's approval. Biology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Chemistry 100 Environmental Chemistry 4 credits Study of the environment and the role chemistry plays in life. Topics of current interest such as storage of atomic wastes, food additives, air pollution, solid wastes and the development of the environment are discussed, along with the chemical principles required for a more thorough understanding of them. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. Primarily for non-science majors. No prerequisite. Chemistry 101, 102, 103 General Chemistry 4 credits per course Chemistry 101 is introductory, including measurement, reactions, stiochiometry, atom structure, molecule bonding and structure, equilibrium, acids and pH. Chemistry 102 has topics of states of matter, periodic table and properties of elements, industrial applications, organic and biochemistry. Chemistry 103 stresses environmental concerns, redox and electrochemistry, chemical analysis, nuclear chemistry, energy, and consumer chemistry. Laboratory sessions parallel the lecture topics, with experiments on measurement, scientific method, separations, equilibrium, acid-base, electrochemistry, polymers, organic reactions, biochemistry, gas laws, qualitative analysis of ions, and water analysis for dissolved oxygen and hardness. Chemistry 101, 102, 103 must be taken in sequence. Three lectures and one double period of laboratory per week. Chemistry 201, 202, 203, Organic Chemistry 4 credits per course Study of structure, reactions and nomenclature of both aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, halides, alcohols, ethers, carboxylic acids, aldehydes, ketones, and amines. The latter part of the course deals with larger functional groups such as keto acids, etc. Considerable time will be spent on l.R. spectra and N.M.R. spectra to help identify compounds. Three lectures and one double lab per week. Prerequisite for Chemistry 201 is Chemistry 103 or instructor's permission. Chemistry 201, 202, 203 must be taken in sequence. Chemistry 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. 66 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE V. DIVISION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION LEADERSHIP DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education 101, 102, 103 (Activity Courses) Fall Winter 101E 1011 101) 101A 101 N 101S 101D 101T 101V Bowling Conditioning Cross Country Football Karate Soccer Swimming Tennis Volleyball 102R 102B 102E 1021 102Q 102N 102V 102G 102K 1 credit per course Spring Badminton 103L Baseball Basketball 103E Bowling Bowling 1031 Conditioning Conditioning 103W Golf Cross Country Skiing103N Karate Karate 103X Softball Volleyball 103P Swimming Weightlifting 103T Tennis Wrestling 103U Track 1030 Women's Self Defense 3 credits Physical Education 110 Introduction to Physical Education Study of physical education and athletics in the schools, and the philosophy and basic principles of physical education and recreation leadership. 3 credits Physical Education 120 Health and First Aid Study of modern concepts and practices of health applied to the individual and community. Also includes the American Red Cross First Aid Course. 2 credits Physical Education 130 Drugs and Chemical Dependency Study of the personal use and misuse of dependency on tobacco, alcohol, drugs and other chemicals. Identification of users and information regarding the resources and help available to people. Designed to meet certification requirements. Physical Education 140 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) 1 elective credit The procedure used when cardiac arrest occurs. Course includes instruction and Official Certification in the skills of CPR. Physical Education 160 Football Officiating 1 elective credit Philosophy, principles and problems of officiating at football games. Interpretations of game rules and officiating procedures. One lecture period per week. Laboratory hours arranged by the instructor. Physical Education 170 Basketball Officiating 1 elective credit Philosophy, principles and problems of officiating at basketball games. Interpretations of game rules and officiating procedures. One lecture period per week. Laboratory hours arranged by the instructor. Physical Education 180 Baseball and Softball Officiating 1 elective credit Philosophy, principles and problems of officiating at baseball and softball games. Interpretations of game rules and officiating procedures. One lecture period per week. Laboratory hours arranged by the instructor. 3 credits Physical Education 200 Individual and Dual Sports Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating individual and dual sports. 3 credits Physical Education 210 Team Sports Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Physical Education 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 67 DEPARTMENT OF RECREATION LEADERSHIP Recreation Leadership 110 Introduction to Recreation and Park Leadership 3 credits Examination of the history and development of park and recreation movement; professional and service organizations; orientation to the professional field. Recreation Leadership 120 Introduction to Recreation Programming 3 credits Introduction to the directing and leading of recreation work and the writing of recreation programs. (YMCA, YWCA, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, churches, community centers, etc.) Recreation Leadership 210 Camp Craft 3 credits Basic skills and practical experience in various phases of camping and outdoor education. Recreation Leadership 220 Leadership in Social Activities Techniques of leadership in social games, parties and outings. 3 credits Recreation Leadership 230 Internship 1 to 3 credits per course Practical experience under the direction of full-time workers in the fields of parks, recreation management and Y.M.C.A.-Y.W.C.A. VI. DIVISION OF CREATIVE ARTS DEPARTMENT OF ART Art 100 Introduction to Visual Arts 3 credits Introduction to visual art through the study of aesthetics, philosophy, techniques and history of art. Includes attending art exhibits and other cultural events and researching personal ideas as they relate to the world of art. Art 101, 102, 103 Art History of the Western World 3 credits per course Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture as they relate to history and culture in the Western world. Fall Term: Pre-history to Early Christian. Winter Term: Middle Ages to Baroque. Spring Term: Nineteenth Century to Present. Offered alternate years. Art 110 Two Dimensional Design 3 credits A basic study of the principles of design together with the discovery of design sources in nature. Art 121 Basic Drawing 3 credits Exploration and use of various drawing materials and methods. Emphasis on the development of visual perception and personal aesthetics. Art 122 Drawing 3 credits An extension of Art 121 with more extensive experiences in the manipulation of visual elements and pictorial structure. Prerequisite: Art 121 or instructor's approval. Art 123 Drawing 3 credits Continuation of Art 121 and 122. Students learn to see design and form relationships and experiment with a variety of drawing media. Subject matter includes still life and the figure. Prerequisite Art 122 or instructor's approval. Art 130 Printmaking 3 credits An exploration and study of wood and other materials for making prints in monochrome and color. Art 140 Watercolor 3 credits An introduction to the watercolor medium with emphasis on compositional and technical problems. Subject matter includes still life and landscape. 68 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Art 202, 203 Painting 3 credits per course Basic experiences in the use of oil and acrylic to acquaint the student with the rnediurns and to encourage the developrnent of personal imagery and technique. Prerequisite: Art 121 or instructor's approval. Art 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special study for advanced students based upon the proposal of the student in consultat'1on with the 'instructor. Department approval required. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Music 100 Introduction to Music 3 credits The development of perceptive listening through the study of representative musical works, their styles, structure and relationship to cultural history. For non-music majors. Music 111,112, 113 Theory 4 credits per course Course sequence in music theory developing the student's knowledge and skills in part writing, keyboard sight-singing and ear-training. Includes studies of the science of sound, the rudiments of music, intervals, triads and inversions, survey of non-harmonic tones and seventh chords. Music 111, 112, 113 must be taken in sequence. Music 121, 122, 123 History of Music 3 credits per course Survey of musical thought and achievement from primitive origins to the twentieth century. Intended for music majors but may be taken by any student upon approval of the instructor. Offered alternate years. Music 131, 132, Choral Conducting 2 credits per course Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of vocal problems, score and clef reading, baton technique and transpositions. Meets three periods per week. Offered alternate years. Music 133 Instrumental Conducting 2 credits Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef reading, baton technique and transpositions. Meets three periods per week. Offered alternate years. Music 211, 212, 213 Advanced Theory 4 credits per course Study of Baroque composition including detailed study of non-harmonic tones, seventh chords, altered chords, modal harmony and two-, three-, four-part counterpoint. Also includes a survey of music styles from the Baroque to the present with a concentration on twentieth century techniques of music composition. Prerequisite: Music 111, 112, 113 or instructor's approval. Music 211, 212, 213 must be taken in sequence. Music 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special projects for advanced students. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. APPLIED MUSIC Applied Music 110A Voice 1 credit per term Study of vocal technique and literature. Emphasis on sacred literature including oratorio, with time devoted to Italian and German art songs. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 1108 Piano 1 credit per term Instruction in piano performance, including study of techniques through scales, arpeggios and other exercises. One half-hour lesson per week. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 69 Applied Music 110C Organ 1 credit per term Graded course in organ playing beginning with study of manual and pedal techniques. Literature studies include examples from all periods of music. Renaissance to Neo-Classic. Service playing problems also are studied. One halfhour lesson per week. Applied Music 1100 Brass 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a brass instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110E Percussion 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a percussion instrument or instruments. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110F Strings 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a string instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110G Woodwinds 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a woodwind instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110H Guitar 1 credit per term Graded instruction on guitar. One half-hour lesson per week. ENSEMBLES Music Ensemble 110A Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir 1 credit per term Open to all students by audition, but Â·limited to 65 members. Examples from all periods of music literature are selected for performance. Besides numerous concerts in and around the Twin City area, an extended tour is made each spring. The choir meets four periods per week. Music Ensemble 110B Golden Valley Singers 1 credit per term Open to all women students of the college. Study and presentation of treble choral music, both accompanied and a cappella. The chorus meets four periods per week. Music Ensemble 110C The Madrigal Singers 1 credit per term Twelve students selected from the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir. Literature used includes Madrigal and Carol. Numerous concerts are given through the year. Music Ensemble 1100 Symphonic Choir 1/2 credit per term Open to all members of the student body and the community. Music Ensemble 110H Band 1 credit per term Open to all college students by audition. The group performs literature from all eras and styles. A tour is organized each year. The band performs regularly for College convocations and presents formal concerts each quarter. The pep band and stage band are formed from this group. The band meets four periods per week. Music Ensembles 1101 College-Community Orchestra 1 credit per term Open to all qualified students and community members by audition. The orchestra performs standard orchestral literature each quarter in addition to accompanying the College choirs at Christmas. Small Ensembles 1 credit per term Students are given opportunity to participate in small ensembles (trios and quartets, instrumental and vocal). The ensembles perform regularly for convocations, concerts and at local church services. Membership is by audition or consent of director. Music Music Music Music Music Ensemble Ensemble Ensemble Ensemble Ensemble 110J Brass Ensemble 110K Percussion Ensemble 110L Stage Band 110M String Ensemble 110N Woodwind Ensemble 70 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE 3 credits Study of Theatre as a performing art. The aestheticfunction of theatre and its ro!e Theatre 100 Introduction to Theatre in Western culture will be discussed, as well as the role and function of the various theatre artists such as actor, director, and designer. 3 credits Theatre 110 Beginning Acting An experiential course which focuses on honesty in characterization through various means including theatre games, improvisation, and the development of scenes. Theatre 120 Theatre Practice 1 elective credit per term (maximum of 3 elective credits for A.A. degree) Participation in College sponsored theatre productions. Open to students assigned performing or technical roles. Instructor's permission required. Theatre 130 Elements of Technical Theatre 4 credits A basic introduction to both design theory and design execution in the theatre. Emphasis placed on the technical aspects of scene design, lighting, costuming and sound. Prerequisite: Theatre 100 or instructor's permission. Theatre 140 Mime 1 elective credit A physical exploration of the art of mime, focusing on internalization, illusion technique, and the performing of sketches. This class will meet two periods per week. Theatre 200 History of Theatre 3 credits An examination of the phenomenon of Theatre Arts from a historical perspective. Emphasis will be placed on a particular period. The historical development of both dramatic literature and staging techniques will be examined, as well as the influence of other historical events upon them. Prerequisite: Theatre 100 or instructor's permission. Theatre 210 Advanced Acting 3 credits Intense scene study directed toward the development of a personal technique of honest characterization through various periods and styles of plays. Prerequisite: Theatre 110 or instructor's permission. 4 credits Theatre 220 Directing for the Theatre An introduction to the role and function of the director in modern theatre. Emphasis will be placed on the elements of the director's craft as well as his relationship to the other theatre artists. Preparation of scenes and exercises will culminate in a final scene or a short one-act play. Prerequisite: Theatre 100 & Theatre 110 or instructor's permission. 1 to 3 credits per term Theatre 300 Independent Study Special projects for advanced students of research projects within selected theatre disciplines. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 71 VII. DIVISION OF BUSINESS AND VOCATIONAL STUDIES DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS Business 101 Accounting I 4 credits Study of fundamental principles and procedures of accounting; classifying and reporting data on balance sheets and income statements. Business 102 Accounting II 4 credits Continuation of Accounting I; analyzing financial statements and analytical functions of accounting; partnership and corporate accounting. Prerequisite: Business 101 or instructor's approval. Business 103 Accounting Ill 4 credits Accounting as a planning and controlling tool in the decision-making process of management; funds statements; cost accounting: job order and process cost. Prerequisite: Business 102 or instructor's approval. Business 110 Personal Finance 3 credits Fundamental concepts of personal financial management: insurance, budgeting, credit, savings, investments, retirement and estate problems and consumer concerns. General Education course open to all students. Business 120 Introduction to Business 3 credits A survey of the ownership, organization, management, major functions, environment, and ethics of American business. Aimed at assisting students to establish more specific career goals in the field of business. General Education course open to all students. Business 140 Business Mathematics 3 credits Application of mathematical skills to practical business situations. Topics include: fundamentals review, percentages, interest, discounts, payroll, taxes, profits, losses, stocks, bonds, and insurance. Business 150 Business Communications 3 credits General principles of effective communication in business; writing of various types of business letters and reports; stress on vocabulary and the mechanics of language as applied to writing business reports and letters. Business 160 Introduction to Computer Science 3 credits An introduction to computers, the role of computers, current uses in business and education, and functions in terms of hardware and software. Business 170 Introduction to Programming 3 credits Computers, programs, and construction of algorithms-fundamental programming and computing systems. Basic and Pascal language. Business 200 Principles of Economics - Macroeconomics 4 credits National income economics, gross national product, indicators of economic activity, the money and banking system, monetary and fiscal policies to fight inflation and unemployment, principles of world economics, international trade, and the balance of payments. Business 210 Principles of Economics - Microeconomics 4 credits Supply, demand and price; competition, monopoly, oligopoly, and anti-trust policy. Pricing of the factors of production and distribution of income. Prerequisite: Business 200 or instructor's approval. Business 230 Business Law 4 credits Relationship between the citizen and the business world. Topics include contracts, bills and notes, courts, bailments, partnerships and corporations. Business 270 Marketing 3 credits Examination of the total marketing process, including the distribution of goods and services from producer to consumer; processes of retailing, wholesaling, pricing and government regulations. Offered alternate years. Business 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. 72 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE DEPARTMENT OF SECRETARIAL SCIENCE Secretarial Science 101 Personal typewriting 3 credits Mastery of the keyboard and proper technique of typewriting. Not open to students with one year of high school typing except instruct-or's app~oval. by Secretarial Science 102 Typewriting II 4 credits Students build speed and accuracy in straight-copy typing, and increase their skills in composition, rough-draft typing, editing production and analysis of the following components of typewriting communication: business letters, memos, manuscripts, business reports, business forms and tables. Prerequisite: Secretarial Science 101 or permission of instructor. Secretarial Science 103 Executive Typewriting 4 credits This course emphasizes performance at the executive level requiring sustained high-level production speed with the ability to edit, organize, solve problems and produce high-quality work. Speed and accuracy in straight-copy and production work are stressed. Prerequisite: Secretarial Science 102 or permission of instructor. Secretarial Science 110 Office Accounting 4 credits General office accounting procedures; payroll records, tax records, records of a physician and an attorney. Practice Set which will include basic accounting cycle. General Education course open to all students. Secretarial Science 111 Elementary Shorthand 4 credits Fundamentals of Forkner Shorthand Theory for beginning students or for students who have had less than one year of ~orkner or Gregg Shorthand. Secretarial Science 112 Intermediate Shorthand 4 credits Emphasis on speed, accuracy and vocabulary. Prerequisite: Secretarial Science 111 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 113 Advanced Shorthand 4 credits Advanced dictation and transcription. Prerequisite: Secretarial Science 112 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 123 Office Machines 3 credits Instruction in the use of electronic printing calculators, electronic display calculators, CPT (Cassette Powered Typewriter) plus study of practical business computations. Secretarial Science 203 Administrative Office Procedures 2 credits A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis on obtaining a job, records management (filing) and business attitudes. No prerequisite. Secretarial Science 211 MachineTranscription 2 credits Emphasis on transcription techniques, both from machine and textual material. Transcribing machines are used. Prerequisite: Secretarial Science 103 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 213 Shorthand Transcription 2 credits Refresher course for Gregg and Forkner students with emphasis on speed building and transcription techniques. Prerequisite: Secretarial Science 113 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 220 Supervised Work Experience 1 credit per term Credit for work experience in an office-type environment. Students must register during quarter in which they receive credit. Applications must be approved by secretarial science department in advance. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 73 Secretarial Science 221 Medical Office Procedures 2 credits Study of medical records, medical law, medical societies, medical insurance, medical filing, medical telephoning techniques, medical appointments, and general medical office duties. Secretarial Science 222 Medical Terminology 2 credits Study of medical terms used in the branches of medicine; emphasis on prefixes and suffixes; use of medical reference books. Secretarial Science 223 Medical Transcription 4 credits Study of the principles of medical machine transcription for all branches of medicine. Typing of medical summaries, reports and letters. Medical cassette tapes are used. Secretarial Science 232 Legal Terminology and Transcription 4 credits Study of legal terms used in probate, real estate, litigations, wills, estates, partnerships and corporations. Secretarial Science 233 Legal Office Procedures 4 credits Study of procedures and legal forms involved in probate, appeals, real estate, litigations, wills, estates, partnerships, and corporations. Secretarial Science 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT Law Enforcement 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 credits Survey of the history and principles of law enforcement in American society, the criminal justice system, courts, state and federal agencies. Law Enforcement 110 Law Enforcement Operations and Procedures 3 credits An overview of the relationships between the police and community and the era of crime prevention, the elements of verbal and non-verbal communication, and their role in effective law enforcement procedure. Law Enforcement 120 Juvenile Problems & Justice 3 credits An overview of the principles of the juvenile justice system, its laws, problems, and procedures. Law Enforcement 130 Criminal Evidence and Procedure 3 credits Criminal evidence for police, types of evidence, criminal procedures in various courts, arrest, search and seizure, collection of evidence, interviews and line-up procedure. Law Enforcement 150 Criminal Law 3 credits The development, application and enforcement of local, state and federal laws that deal with criminal behavior, including a study of the Minnesota Criminal Code. Law Enforcement 160 Constitutional Law 3 credits Study and analysis of the United States Constitution and its amendments that pertain to law enforcement. Also studied are Federal and State legal decisions that apply to law enforcement problems. Law Enforcement 170 Psychology for Law Enforcement 3 credits An introduction to the psychological aspects of the Law Enforcement profession with particular attention to the personal and professional adjustments demanded by this career. 74 COLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE law Enforcement 180 Report Writing 2 credits Interviews and Interrogation Designed for Law Enforcement students. The course will have intensive work in the techniques of interviewing and interrogations, fieid note taking, criminal investigative and follow-up report writing. law Enforcement 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special projects and research into areas of student interest in the fields of law enforcement. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED CHRISTIANITY Christian Service 110A, 1108, 110C Christian Service Projects 1 credit per course per term Student assignments to various projects provide in-service training in various phases of Christian work. Regular reports to the department are required. Applied Christianity 122, 123 Christian Education 3 credits per course Winter term: Study of the human relations of the teaching-learning process, acquaintance with the age of ability differences, and individual potential of children. An in-depth child study will be made by each student. Spring term: Study of the objectives of Christian Education and practice of teaching methods. Applied Christianity 130 Youth leadership 3 credits Study of the needs and goals of youth leadership in the church, and of the philosophies, organizational structures, resources and materials of the youth organizations and departments of the major Lutheran synods. Applied Christianity 140 Christian Ethics 3 credits Study of ethical standards of Christian conduct and their relationship to the self, family, society, church and state. Emphasis is placed on the student's practical questions concerning right and wrong. Applied Christianity 150 Evangelism 3 credits The evangelical task of the church is recognized as of prime importance, and the responsibility of the individual Christian to personalize the Gospel within the parish and community is stressed. Applied Christianity 201, 202, 203 Christian Education Project 1/ 2 to 11/2 credits per term Maximum of 3 credits. Classroom orientation and practical teaching experience under supervision. Applied Christianity 211 Christian Education Seminar 3 credits Study of materials available in the field of Christian Education; discussion of teaching experiences (Applied Christianity 201); acquaintance with methods and materials in adult Christian education. Applied Christianity 221 Church Staff Work 1 3 credits Study of basic principles and their relationship to professional ethics, professional relationships, the ministry of the laity, the organization and functioning of the parish, techniques of visitation and public relations. For parish workers, parish secretaries, and lay assistants. Applied Christianity 223 Church Staff Work II 3 credits Study of strategies and models for the development of programs designed to meet a congregation's particular needs. Applied Christianity 230 Church Staff Field Work 1 to 3 credits Practical experience in the various aspects of parish work through personal supervised field work with the cooperation of local congregations. Twenty-four hours of work are required for one credit. Applied Christianity 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Mission 100 Introduction to Mission 75 2 credits Study of the theology of mission, some basic principles of communciating the Gospel to non-Christian people, and some current practices in the work of the Church in various countries of the world. Mission 110 History of World Mission 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the nineteenth century. Mission 120 History of World Mission 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the twentieth century. Mission 200 Mission Internship 1 to 6 credits A flexible program of study designed to provide the student opportunities for contact with people directly involved in church work in various countries of the world. Students may study and serve under the supervision of experienced missionaries at times to be arranged. Mission 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits per term Special projects for the student who has a serious interest in some aspects of the world mission of the Christian Church. Department approval necessary. 76 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE DIRECTORY Board of Regents OFFICERS Chairman/ THE REVEREND MAYNARD L. NELSON Vice Chairman/ TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN Secretary/ LOUISE SUNDET Treasurer/ ALLEN A. METCALF, JR. MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS EVONNE ANDERSON ALC, Farming, Homemaker Halstad, Minnesota DR. LAWRENCE M. BRINGS Regent Emeritus ALC, Chairman of the Board T.S. Denison & Co., Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota EARL BURANDT LC-MS, Engineer Honeywell, Inc. Golden Valley, Minnesota MARK S. DALQUIST LCA, President Maid of Scandinavia Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND MICHAELE. DOBBINS LCA, Pastor Holy Cross Lutheran Church St. Paul, Minnesota MRS. NORMA HAYER DOLLIFF ALC, Officer and Director F.C. Hayer Company Edina, Minnesota THE REVEREND JOHN P. FOLKERDS LCA, Pastor Zion Lutheran Church Buffalo, Minnesota THE REVEREND VERNON D. GUNDERMANN LC-MS, Pastor Beautiful Savior Lutheran Church New Hope, Minnesota THE REVEREND RICHARD F. HOLY ALC, Administrator St. Olaf Residence Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND PAUL R. IDSTROM ALC, Pastor House of Hope Lutheran Church New Hope, Minnesota TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN ALC, Counseling Services, Homemaker Edin?, Minnesota DR. MARLIN J.E. JOHNSON LCA, Specialist in Internal Medicine Quain & Ramstad Clinic Bismarck, North Dakota WOODROW P. LANGHAUG ALC, Vice Chairman of the Board Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota ALLEN A. METCALF, JR. ALC, President, Metcalf Mayflower Moving Co. St. Paul, Minnesota THE REVEREND MAYNARD L. NELSON ALC, Pastor Calvary Lutheran Church Golden Valley, Minnesota RAY NORLING ALC, Executive Vice President Willmar Poultry Co. Willmar, Minnesota ELMER N. OLSON ALC, Past President Elmer N. Olson Co. Minneapolis, Minnesota PAUL G. PETERSON LCA, Manager Higher Education Support Fraternal Division Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota DIRECTORY 77 RUTH E. RUPP LCA, Owner Rupp Industries Burnsville, Minnesota MYRON H. BLANCH/Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1979- LOUISE SUNDET LCA, Homemaker Excelsior, Minnesota ROY BLOOMQUIST /Radio Director B.A., Wisconsin State University, Superior, WI; Augustana Theological Seminary, Rock Island, IL; Maywood Seminary, Chicago, IL 1961- RALPH 0. THRANE LC-MS, Vice President and Director of Acquistions and Mergers The Pillsbury Company Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND LAUREN E. YOUNGDALE LCA, Chaplain Fergus Falls, Minnesota THE REVEREND CARLETON E. ZAHN LC-MS, Pastor Peace Lutheran Church Robbinsdale, Minnesota LEGAL COUNSEL ROBERT M. SKARE, ATTORNEY Best & Flanagan Minneapolis, Minnesota Administration BERNT C. OPSAL/President J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON/ Academic Dean JOHN V. GRONLl/Dean of Students RUSSELL B. HELGESEN/Director of Development MARILYN J. ADAMS/Registrar LOIS STRAND/Financial Aid Director ALTON C.O. HALVERSON/Director of Public Relations THOMAS R. HANSON/Director of Admissions VIVIAN WIEMERSLAGE/Business Office Manager Faculty VERNON J. BITTNER/Counselor B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B.D., Northern Baptist Theological Seminary, Chicago, IL; S.T.M., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.D., San Francisco Theological Seminary, San Francisco, CA 1978- WILLIAM BOLM/Physical Education, Recreation,Cou nselor B.S., Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, Ml; M.A. (Physical Education), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN; M.A. (Counseling), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN 1971JOHN L. BREKKE/Sociology B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, MN; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1975ROGER W. BROWN/Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN 1979DOUGLAS CAREY /Voice B.S. and M.Ed., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1978JACQOL YN CHERNE/English, Applied Christianity B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1967, 1970 MICHAEL J. CRAWLEY /Karate A.A., Inver Hills Community College, Inver Hills, MN; B.A., Business Administration, Metro State University, St. Paul, MN 1980 GERALD L. DAHL/Sociology B.A. Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL; M.S.W., University of Nebraska, Lincoln, NB; member of Academy of Certified Social Workers. 1975- 78 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE SONJA M. DAHLAGER/Business and Personal Orientation B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1979STEVEN W. DOVE/Physical Education, Philosophy B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN and St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1981PAUL E. DRANGEID/Biology, Physical Education B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.S., South Dakota State University, Brookings, S.D.; graduate work at: Colorado School Mines, Golden, CO; University of Chattanooga, TN; University of West Virginia, Morgantown, WV; University of Vermont, Burlington, VT; Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, PA; Boyce Thompson Plant Research Institute, Yonkers, N.Y.; Ripon College, WS; Knox College, Galesburg, IL. 1979WILLIAM P. EFFERTZ/Law Enforcement B.B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; advanced study, FBI Academy, 1976JANICE EGGERSGLUESS/Business Education B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College St. Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1969JEANNE EKHOLM/Music B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN 1978JAMES D. FREEMAN/Theatre B.A., University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho; M.A. and Ph.D. course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1982JANICE GRAVDAHL/Business Education B.S., Bemidji State University, Bemidji, MN 1972- JOHN V. GRONLl/Dean of Students, Philosophy, Biblical Theology B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; M.A., Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, WA; additional graduate study, Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary, Berkeley, CA; D. Min., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1976RUTH A. HALVERSON/Journalism B.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud MN; additional study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977LEE ANNE HANSEN/English, German B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; Graduate School, University of Munich, Munich, Germany; finished courses for Ph.D., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1973ALLEN L. HANSON/Chemistry B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN; M.S., Ph.D., State University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA 1980THOMAS R. HANSON/Director of Admissions B.S.B, University of Minnesota, Minapolis, MN; M.B.A., Rensselaer Polytecnic Institute; Troy, NY 1982JOHN HASTINGS/Residence Hall Director, Biology, Personal Orientation A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; B.A., University of Minnesota, Duluth, MN; additional study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1981DOROTHY L. HAUGEN/Physical Education B.S., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL 1978PAUL T. HIRDMAN/Sociology, Psychology, Counselor A.A., Waldorf College, Forest City, IA; B.A.; Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Ph.D., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1979- DIRECTORY JUDY HYLAND/Applied Christianity B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, CA; College of Chinese Studies, Baguio, Philippines 1981JEAN JOHNSON/Business Education B.S., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 1974PATRICIA M. JOHNSON/English, Speech B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, Georgetown University, Washington, D.C. and University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1981PRI I DU Kl I VE/Physics, Mathematics B.A., Berea College, Berea, KY; M.A. University of Buffalo, Buffalo, NY 1973MARK KROLL/Computer Science Bachelor of Mathematics, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Course work completed for E.E. Masters and Ph.D. in Mathematics, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1982GAIL LANDO/English B.A., Wisconsin State, Eau Claire, WI; additional graduate study, St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1972PHYLLIS LARSON/English, Mission B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, MN; course work completed for Ph.D. in Asian Studies, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1973RICHARD LAUE/History Political Science B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota; additional graduate study, University of Strasbourg, France. 1966SEVERT LEGRED/Physical Education B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., Mankato State College, Mankato, MN; additional graduate study, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL. 1969- 79 LUTHER LERSETH/Biblical Theology, B.A., Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. Dakota; B. Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1978ALLEN C. LINDHOLM/Law Enforcement B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; J.D., Hamline University, College of Law, St. Paul, MN 1981HERBERT G. LODDIGS/Biblical Theology, Greek B.A., Wagner College, Staten Island, NY; New York University, Hartwick Seminary, Brooklyn, NY; C. Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; additional graduate study, College of Chinese Studies, Baguio, Philippines; School of Chinese Studies, Hankow, China; Princeton Theological Seminary, Princeton, NJ 1957KATHLEEN D. LOGAN/English B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., Loyola University, Chicago, IL 1982WILLIAM E. LUNDQUIST/Physical Education B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1966PATRICK D. McGOWAN/Law Enforcement B.S., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN 1981HAROLD E. MOORE, JR./Business, Director of Counseling Services B.A., University of Denver, Denver, CO; J.D., University of Denver, College of Law, Denver, CO; additional study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN 1980PA TRICIA NORTWEN/Piano B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota 1967- 80 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE BERNT C. OPSAL/President B.A., Upsala College, East Orange, NJ; B. Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paui, MN; Biblical Seminary, New York, NY; M.A., New York University, New York, NY; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Litt. D., Concordia College, St. Paul, MN 1954MAHLON PITNEY /Psychology, Counselor B.A., Macalester College, St. Paul, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1970MARLO F. PUTZ/Biology B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1968JAMES C. ROBERTSON/Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A. course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1976PAUL 0. ROM ST AD/Theology B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1981AL SCHOBER/Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.S., Purdue University, Lafayette, IN 1971DOROTHY SEAGARD/Music, Voice and Choral B.M., Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ; graduate study, Chicago Opera Guild; Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1962JOHN C. SEAGARD/Music, Choral, Organ B.M:, M.M., Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; Lutheran Bible Institute; Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ; Chicago Opera Repertoire Guild; additional graduate study, Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY 1962RICHARD M. SERENA/Librarian B.S., Columbia University, New York, NY; M.L.S., Columbia University, New York, NY 1976- MARYS. SICILIA/ American Studies, Personal Orientation and Speech B.S., Northwestern Coiiege, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Ph.D., course work completed University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977PAUL W. SIEMERS/Theatre B.A., Bethel College, Roseville, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Ph.D. coursework completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1981ROGER SNYDER/Music, Band and Orchestra B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977MARI LYN A. ST ALH El M/English and Librarian B.S., University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire, WI; M.S., University of Wisconsin, Stout, WI 197.6MARLIN STENE/ Applied Christianity B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B. Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, IA; Barrett Biblical Seminary, post S.T.M. work, 1977GERALD SWANSON/ Art B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.F.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1972KA THRYN SWANSON/English B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneappolis, MN 1971CAROL J. TOMER/Residence Hall Director, Mathematics and Philosophy; B.A. Luther College, Decorah, IA; additional study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1980LOIS UTZINGER/Music B.A., Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota; M.M., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Ml; additional graduate study, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Ml; University of North Dakota, DIRECTORY 81 RUSSELL A. VIKSTROM/Biblical Theology, Applied Christianity B.A., Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; M. Div., Augustana Seminary, Rock Island, IL; additional graduate study, Biblical Seminary, New York, NY; Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1953- Student Services Personnel JERRY M. WALLEVAND/Biblical Theology B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; B.A., Luther College, Decorah, IA; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Ph.D., University of St. Andrews, Scotland; graduate study Edinburgh University, Edinburgh, Scotland 1982- JULIE A. ELHARD/Residence Hall Director, CSA Coordinator B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON/ Academic Dean, Biblical Theology B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; C.T.; Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Biblical Seminary, New York, NY; M.A., New York University, course work completed for Ed.D., New York University, New York, NY 1974- DEON M. LIEN/Residence Hall Director B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN CHERYL M. ECKSTAM/Housing Director, Counselor B.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro, Greensboro, NC; M.Ed., University of Virginia. Charlottesville, VA MARK W. HOVREN/ Residence Hall Director B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN; additional study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN LOIS NYSTUL/Director of Health Service R.N., Fairview School of Nursing, Minneapolis, MN; B.A., Metropolitan State University, St. Paul, MN DOUGLAS L. SILL/Manager, Student Union A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; additional study, South Dakota State University, Brookings, SD; Dunwoody Institute, Minneapolis, MN; St. Paul Bible College, St. Bonifacius, MN SALLY TA VERNI ER/Security Officer A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN 82 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE INDEX Academic Honors ................ 30 Academic Program ............... 29 Accreditation .................... 9 Activity Credits .................. 32 Administration ................... 77 Admissions Procedures ........... 17 Adult Students ................... 18 Affiliations ....................... 9 Agriculture ...................... 44 Alcohol and Drug ................ 13 Anthropology .................... 62 Application Fee .................. 17 Applied Christianity .............. 74 Art .......................... 67, 68 Associate in Arts Degree ...... 36, 37 Athletics ........................ 14 Attendance, Classroom ........... 31 Automobiles ..................... 13 Band ........................ 14, 69 Biblical and Theological Studies .................... 41, 55 Bible Requirement ............... 32 Biology ...................... 64, 65 Board and Room Costs ........... 20 Board of Regents ............ 76, 77 Books and Supplies .............. 22 Business ..................... 41, 71 Calendar ........................ 4 Chapel .......................... 13 Charges by Quarter .............. 20 Chemistry ....................... 65 Choir ....................... 14, 69 Christian Service ................. 74 Church History .................. 56 Church Staff Work ............... 51 Classics .......................... 44 Co-curricular Activity Credits ..... 32 Computer Training ............... 47 Corrective Therapy ............... 45 Costs ......................... 19-22 Counseling Services .............. 11 Course Descriptions ........... 55-75 Dentistry ........................ 44 Deposits and Fees ......... 17, 18, 20 Directory ..................... 76-81 Dormitories ..................... 12 Drama .......................... 14 Economics ....................... 71 Education ....................... 42 Electronics Technician ............ 47 Eligibility for Varsity Sports ........ 31 Employment, Student ............. 25 English ...................... 57, 58 English Requirement ............. 32 Entrance Requirements ........... 17 Faculty ....................... 77-81 Fees ..................... 17, 18, 20 Financial Aid .................... 23 Foreign Language ................ 58 Forestry ......................... 44 General Guidelines ............... 9 General Information ............. 7 General Secretarial ........... 48, 52 Geography ...................... 60 German ......................... 58 Gift Aid ......................... 24 Grades and Honor Points ......... 30 Graduation Requirements ........ 35 Greek ........................... 58 Health Services .................. 11 History .......................... 59 History of College ................ 7 Housing Services ................. 12 Humanities ...................... 60 Incomplete Work ................ 30 Independent Study ............... 32 Institutional Objectives ........... 8 Instrumental Instruction ...... 68, 69 Insurance ....................... 12 Junior College Certificate ......... 38 INDEX Law ............................. 44 Law Enforcement ............ 47, 73 Legal Secretarial ............. 48, 52 Liberal Arts, Basic ................ 40 Library .......................... 12 Loans ........................... 25 Location of the College ........... 7 Mathematics ................. 62, 63 Medical Secretarial ........... 49, 53 Medicine ........................ 44 Mission ............... 51, 53, 74, 75 Music .............. 14, 43, 46, 68, 69 New Testament Studies ....... 55, 56 Nursing ......................... 45 Occupational Therapy ............ 45 Office Administration ........ 50, 53 Old Testament Studies ............ 55 Orchestra ................... 14, 69 Orientation ...................... 32 83 Science, Basic .................... 40 Scholarships ..................... 26 Secretarial Curricula ........... 48-52 Secretarial Science ........... 72, 73 Social Life ....................... 12 Social Science ................... 59 Social Service ................ 46, 62 Sociology .................... 61, 62 Special Examination .............. 31 Speech .......................... 58 Student Government ............. 12 Student Life ..................... 11 Student Services Personnel ........ 81 Study Skills Assistance ............ 11 Theatre ......................... 70 Theological Studies ............... 56 Transcript Fee ................... 20 Transfer of Credits ............ 9, 31 Transfer Students, Admission of ... 18 Tuition .......................... 20 Unsatisfactory Academic Progress . 30 Parish Secretarial ................. 50 Part-Time Students ........... 19, 29 Payment Plan .................... 21 Personal Orientation ............. 61 Pharmacy ........................ 44 Philosophy of College ............ 8 Philosophy ...................... 60 Physical Education ........... 43, 66 Physical Therapy ................. 45 Physics .......................... 63 Political Science .............. 59, 60 Probation, Academic ............. 31 Programs of Study ............. 39-53 Psychology .................. 60, 61 Recreation Leadership ........ 43, 67 Refunds ......................... 21 Registration ..................... 32 Registration, Changes in .......... 33 Religious Life .................... 12 Repeating a Course .............. 33 Room and Board Costs ........... 20 Vocational Certificate ............ 38 Withdrawals from Class ........... 30 Withdrawals from College ........ 33 Women's Athletics ............... 14
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar for Full Credit Courses ............................................. .................................................. November 8-11 Interim Registration December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration January 3.. First Day of Interim Class 19:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add January 4 . . January 17.. Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends .............................................. ................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 10.. Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 12.. Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses First group of half credit courses ends January 14.. January 17.. Second group of half credit courses begins January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 26.. January 28.. Interim ends ......... ...................... ................................ ........................... ...................... ....................................................... The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition. International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the following departments: Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish - Europe: The Rhine Frontier History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 16. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. 6/l nterim Courses - 16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1 ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I. Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17 Life Drawing ART 247 - 4001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I........ Room: O M 17 Europe January 3 - 28 Art in London and Paris ART 378 - 4006 Instructor: Mary Swanson This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums, galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art. Fees: $1995 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 103 - 4009 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works. Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science prerequisites. I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study. Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course. The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room. Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What are the rights o( r h unhorn? ~ Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than s II soTves?Is euthanasia ever justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices. Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class participation and examination results. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205 .. 8/l nterim Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4010 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed. Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Room: 205 Time: I . . ...... Immunology BIO 386 - 4011 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111,112 Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205 Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry CHM 113 - 4014 Instructor: Earl Alton way of learning Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~ some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows: Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F Lab - 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F - 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th.. Room: S 318 ...... Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences CHM 301 - 4015 Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems. Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions, entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand ia membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular structures. Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class examinations. Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus Time: I. ....... Room: S 318 Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems ECO 451 - 4013 Instructor: Satya P. Gupta I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions. Grades will be based on one report and an examination. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent Room: L 1 Time: 1 1 . . ...... Discovery in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375 - 4018 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior t o the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced l O / l nterim Theories of Learning Disabilities EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017 Instructor: Barry Franklin This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80 years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by major theorists and practitioners in the field. The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin Cities. This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or behavioral disabilities. Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019 EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020 EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021 EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022 Instructor: Marie McNeff Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Room: L 6 Time: I . . ...... People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4027 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10 The American Short Story ENG 241 - 4028 Instructor: Toni Clark This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee of approximately $10 for films. Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2 Literature Performed in the Twin Cities ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030 Instructor: Richard B. Sargent During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances, and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions. There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to do an additional research paper. Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction) ENG 362 - 4097 Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream. Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details. Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced 12/l nterim Europe: January 3 - 28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333 - 4032 Instructor: Donald Steinmetz I Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. Cost: $1690 Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Beginning Norwegian Nor 111 - 4033 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4034 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29 . Mexico: January 3 - 27 Basic Conversational Spanish SPA 113 - 4031 Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations, as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211. Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 -4076 Instructor: Staff Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4036 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: Health 320 Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3 14/l nterim Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475 -4035 Instructor: Al Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12 - .. . Coaching of Basketball HPE477-4078 Instructor: Dave Boots Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3 Coaching of Hockey HPE478-4079 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24 Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4037 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23 .. 20th Century South Asia HIS 162 - 4038 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations. Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1 Hawaii January 3 - 27 Hawaii: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian (Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will be required readings. Cost: $1895 Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Grading: P/N only 16/l nterim The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4041 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings, a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Room: M 22 Time: 11.. ...... Being and Becoming Well in American Culture INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term. We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American culture and individually determine what it has to offer. To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers. We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips. Room: O M 25 Time: I.. ...... South Africa: Historical Mirrors, Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum INS 270 - 4045 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented, yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in molding a multi-cultural society? The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations. Room: M 23 Time: I . . ...... Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914 INS 275 - 4042 Instructor: Grier Nicholl Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters, photographers and architects. How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities. Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period. There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects. Distribution: Urban Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21 . Brush Up MAT 103 - 4093 Instructor: Bev Durkee This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108 18/l nterim An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links r to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22 Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming MAT 144 - 4049 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination. (See instructor if you have not taken this examination.) Distribution: Math-Physics Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112 Memorization for Musicians MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054 Instructor: lames D. Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prerequisites: Basic music study Distribution: Music-Art Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 REL 364 - 4086 Instructors: Larry Fleming Philip A. Quanbeck The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical. theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip (Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one r of the supplernenlary group sessions. 1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. This course may not be used toward a music major. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23 Europe January 3 - 28 Music in London and Paris MUS 378 - 4045 Instructor: Robert Karlen rt These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck, Berlioz, and Stravinsky. Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers, Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Cost: $1995 Distribution: Art-Music Grading: P/N only 20/l nterim Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091 Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12 Philosophy of Love - PHI 145 4056 Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination. There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses. Distribution: History-Philosophy Room: O M 22 Time: I.. ...... 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester PHY 322 1 4057 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance, laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327 - 4058 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21 The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being POL 177-4060 Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to 1983 as substantive focus. Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the development of constitutional law. Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions. Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation. Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status. Distribution: Political Science-Economics Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24 . 22/l nterim Mexico: January 3 - 27 Theories of Social Change and Revolution POL 383-4059 Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals, Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered. Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Distribution: Political Science-Economics Grading: P/N only U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives POL 495 - 4084 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include: A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and (2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers. B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are used i n two different regions of the world. The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy recommendations. Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they would implement their recommendations. Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL 158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair. Distribution: Political Science or Economics Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24 . . The Psychology of Personal Adjustment PSY 101 - 4061 Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class participation and one individual project or paper. This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Grading: P/N only Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1 24/l nterim The Male Jail PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096 Instructor: Lyla Anderegg A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was a real man." A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the American Male, circa 1982. Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of materials, added involvement in the community. Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information gathering and written test. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2 Learning PSY 357 - 4063 Instructor: Grace Dyrud Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction. Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2 Theology of Play, Games and Sport REL 328 - 4064 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has a "play" structure. I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books, one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the "intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games. Prerequisites: One course in Religion Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy REL 364 - 4086 MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck Larry Fleming The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical, theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions. 1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366 - 4092 Instructor: Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18 Practicum in Human Services SWK 257 - 4065 Instructor: Doug Perry An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss selection of agency and structure of this course. ~ of problems for which people seek Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies, ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof i nsrlf ~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field. Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123 . Social Services with American lndian People SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066 Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people. A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation. Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day. This course carries only 1/2 course credit. Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim. prerequisites: Sociology 383 Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25 Field Work 111 SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status . . . . Room: M 24 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th.. .. I nterim/27 The Sociology of Law SOC 220 - 4068 Instructor: Diane Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations. Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16 The Human Potential Movement and Identity: A Sociological Analysis SOC 394 - 4089 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an examination and a paper. There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241 Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285 - 4072 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Stage 2 Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. ....... Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174. 28/l nterim HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah) Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food (condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff (Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration materials. GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center) A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost: $400. POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n Memorial 117A. SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Badminton HPE002-4081 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Melby Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Volleyball HPE002 -4082 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby Racquetball HPE 002 - 4083 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport. Time: 9:20.. Melby ...... International Studv Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Interims Abroad January3-28,1983 Cermany Hawaii The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction German 333 - Donald Steinmetz Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here e TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft modern Germany and France h a ~ their romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure r ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere . Germaris and French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c" rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne. Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc c socier) of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv. Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl ~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and historical sites o i iise counfries J r e readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of competence. . Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . . Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15 ... Cost: $1690. London and Paris History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~ stale. h Focus on hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences. ~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w F i~h cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~ n sessions ~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;. Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement. Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un, noni.; U* division, sophomore standing and consent of Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795. instructor . Mexico Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO i WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca): a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Art in London and Paris Theories of Social Change and Revolution Art 378 - Mary Swanson Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums. galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h museum that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists, b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of ,\LC" d ,""'.,"' V" U C - . ~ . . Y L C . . ....A,-, .."I,., I.. C " < . I _.-bYIICI, .-.. C L , , " , , .,-..,. style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995. be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource, conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular. Music in London and Paris Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi Franck and Stravinsky. Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers. Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none . . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995. Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Basic Conversational Spanish Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15 i sderisnecl h tor sludents w h o have already covered the ~ and are ready t o put their strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3 k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill be regular in-class sessions, small group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~. atrending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities Program in Global Community February 3 - May 2- B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M , ex~co Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n , r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd l Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15, 1982 ACTC HECUA Programs udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC) ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms The SPAN Program Semester or Year Abroad A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen + ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr ~ p h ~ ~or~jso an-h r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller ; CaUwin London and He~delberg,the University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of t y Sev~lle, Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es in A v i p n , France International Business See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog. Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries: Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall. Scholarships, Deadlines Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be accepted until the last day of class. Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20 -612-330-1206
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1982-1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Psychology Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage 2 Theater 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-TunnellRarnplSkyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square C.Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp .'- Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenuegnd left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Campus M a p - 2 Introduction - 5 Facilities - 7 Admission - 8 Costs and Financial A i d - 12 Student Life - 24 Academic Information - 30 Brief Facts - 44 Course Descriptions - 45 Registers - 132 Index - 143 Academic Calendars - 146 Winter at Augsburg is also for snowmen Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts c o l l e e s combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting, Augsburg i s one of the few, very special Christian cnlleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission Statement adopted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents in 1977. Mission Statement Augsburg i s an accredited four-year Iiheral arts college o f The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities merropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran orlentation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, , cultural and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellecrual freedom in the search for knowledge i n i t s disciplines, responsiveness ro the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith. the liberal artsand excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal ancf free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is primarily committed to providing opportuniti- for a broad background in a variety of subject areasas well as personal development. The college challenges srudenrs with a portion of the knowledgcand ~ h o u g hwhich t has been formative within human historv and culture through a wide variety OF ideas, di5ciplinesand selected professional and pre-professional programs: assists students in developing intellectual skills a5 we'll a 5 in selecting a career: and encourages within stutients the attitudes and skills necessary to prepare them to be learners rhroughour their lives. Excellence in theacademic programs hascharacterized and i s a conrinued goal of r he rollege. Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us for care, exploration and understanding. & a Christian comrnunitv the college embraces a wide ran e of religiousexpression and par~icipation.As part of its academic program ,4ugs urg weks to give all its students a n inlormed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious herilage. In addition to this intellectual rask rhe aim of thecolbege isto helpsludents understand the Christian faith as relevant for t h ~ i own r experience and for partic~parioni n r h e commitment to the role of the Christian community in rhe modern world. t Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The qualiry of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by i t s location. However, the college i s also aware that it has a responsibility ro contribute to ihe larger communitv. In doing this, the college directs several of i ~ sprograms specificallv ar the metropolitan serting, provides area5 of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers irself as an educational resource for a variety of new srudent populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,a3 Augsburg'~home three vears later, in 1872. The first college students were enrol[ed in 1874 and rhe first c o l l ~ ~ e graduation was in 1879. The school was officially named .4ugsbur College i n 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with T e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luthrr Theological Seminary in St. Paul thar same war. Continuiny lies with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's ~ u ~ s h u r g Room and in replication of rhe original sign for Old Main. From Fjord lo Freeway, a randTd history of the College and itr peopleduring the first 100 years, by AuqsburgJ.s Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the Collcge Bookstore. f Location and Campus Augsbur '5 campus i s located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy square, tReiirrt of155 parks in ihen'Ciryof Lakes."The University of Minnesota Wesr Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 91 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Y. Reaching the Twin Cities is eas Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport inc ude American, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, united, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It i s the olicy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, nationa or ethnicorigins, age, marital status,sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendmentsor Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions polides, educational programs, activities and employment prac~ices.lnqu~riesregarding compliance may be directed to the ~ndividuals listed in the Communications Directory inside the front cover or to t h e Directory of the Office of Civil Rights, Departmenr of Health, Eduration and Welfare, Washington, D.C. f The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Au sburg College i s fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges anBSecondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB). Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named i n honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed i n 1960. O l d M a i n (1900) i s home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled i n 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named i n honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 t o 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named i n honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts t o the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed t w o t o a room, with their o w n lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named i n honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student housing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building o n campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, t w o rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department i n the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named i n honor of 1. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with t w o large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly O l d Music Hall, was redesigned i n 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace i n the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located i n or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Freshmen Students - 9 Early Decision - 10 Early Admission - ID Transfer Students - 10 Former Students - 11 Special Students (Non-Degree) - 11 International Students - 11 Interests can be explored in a variety of classes Admissions Augsburg CoIleRp jeeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will enahle t h e student to h e n e f ~ !fram and contribute to the college community. Each applicant is 'udged on individuat merit without regard for race, creed, sex. age, dirabiliry, and naiinnal or ethnic origin. Augsburg's admissions office 51aff members are available to help srudents and parents with college planning. The 4drnissions Ofiice is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. t o 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Vis~torsare asked to write or call the Adrnirsion3 Office (611) 330-1001 prior to the visir. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour. class visita~ions.and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts A n official transcript from the h i h school i s required of freshman applicanrs. Freshman applicanrs who are i t i l l f i e h iihool studenti at ihe rime of application should have their nost receni transcript sent, f n l l o w ~ dbv a final transcript upon graduarion. Graduate Examination Degree scores [G.E.D.) mav he presected instead of the hiph srhool transcript, 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious academic performance, it may be included with the application or xscussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions requests may be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by N o v e m b e r 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision i s based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. This application i s available i n the Admissions Office. A $100.00 non-refundable tuition deposit i s required by January 15 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may by granted admission t o begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish t o transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit i s granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, t o grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and t o require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better i s required o n previous college work. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree i n Nursing must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return i-t t o the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript f r o m the college(s) you have attended i s required. Transfer student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent t o the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily o n their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there i s personal information that rnav have affected the applicant's revious college performance, il mav be includrd wifh rhe application or &cursed personally with an admissions counselor, Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decic~onis made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. An accepted student isasked to makea $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1: or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted by the Admissions Office upon request. Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendance a t A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A student who has s ) during the absence from Augsburg must have an attended any other ~nst~turian official transcript sent from eac oneto the Registrar'sOffice. Returningstudentsdo not pay the application fee. i, Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent t o the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the rocedures for applying as an international student. You may contact the Director calling (612) 330-1001 or addressing your correspondence to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis M N 55454 U.S.A. py 12/Costs and Financial Aid Costs 1982-83 - 13 Fees - 14 Deposits - 14 Payments - 15 Refunds - 15 Application - 16 Gifts - 17 Loans - 18 Student Employment - 19 Sponsored Scholarships - 19 Student employment options include Food Service crews Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College.The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1982-83 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1982-83 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,820.00 This rate applies to all full-time students e n r e r i n ~in September, f 981. Students are considererl full-time when thev take thrce or more courses dus~ngthe semester term5 for a ~ o t aof l seven or more courses in the rchool vear. The charge includes ruition. general fees, facilities, fees. suhscript~onto student publications, and admission to college-sup orted events. concerts and lectures. The amount 1s payable in two equal insla Iments a t the beginning of each semester. P Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course. ............................. 670.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course.. ......................... 335.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 1,207.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week). ........................................ 1,070.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Late Registration (per day after classes begrn) . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 10.00 5.00 .... 35.00 Film Making (Interim) . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ......... 20.00 ckys Life Drawing (Interim) Nursin Credit Valifation Tests . . . . . . . . Locker Rental (for commuters) Re istration Chan e after first 5 (cancelkdd/change grade optlon, or combrnatlon at one tlme) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Cinema Arts Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720.00 20.00 ....... 5.00 Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after t?rst, whrch i s free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Special Examinations (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course credrt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00 Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ... 10.00 Theater Technical Production . . 35.00 .............. 35.00 Radio-Television Production Student Teaching Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $175 - 225 per year. Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00 Required of all resident srudenrs a t rhe time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing ass~gnrnent.Applied to t h e room charge. Keu. cclrlrract5 mav be r ~ r m i n a t e d for Fall or Spring Term by notifyin the O f f ~ c eof Student Life rn writing by the tirst davof registralion. Thp rpsident wi I be responsible for all costs incurred due to [ate cancellation or lack ofproper notltication. It thp new contract is canrelled prior to lulv 1 for Fall semester or lanuarv 1 for Spring Semester, 535.00 will he iorieired irom rhe $100 deposir as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited i f cancellation ir after these dares. 7 . Breakage and Fine . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . . . , ..... . .... . . . .. . ... .. . . .. . 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges I ~ r t e r .( 4 ) Deferred Payments, an individual contract with a private commercial aaencv which operates independently of the College. Multiple year as well as sin le year contracts are available. An information letter and brochure will be rnaiFL. Refrr a[so to the Parent Loan Program (PLUS) on page 18. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of loan funds administered by the College (National Direct/Defense Student LoansNDSL), are current according to established repayment schedules. Refunds Cancellation from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop to part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% -through 90% - f r o m the 80% - f r o m the 70% - f r o m the 60% - f r o m the 50% - f r o m the the first five days of classes. sixth through 10th day of classes. 11th through 15th day of classes. 16th through 20th day of classes. 21st through 25th day of classes. 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term. N o refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made o n a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Student%who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund af interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participare i n a n approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Studenr Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund i s determined. 16/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-secondary education may wet1 be one of t h e more significant invenments that an individual or a family will make ~na n entire lifetime. Because this is thecase, proper planning and wise choicesare important, not only in the selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized In paving he related expenses. Augsburg College. through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to he! provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary an8advir.ory, that will prorect arcerr to a quality edurarion i n rpiie of increasing costs. Finanrial assistance a w a r d ~ d~ h r o u g hA u g b u r g i s a combinat~onof scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies i n providing various aid rograms. For the academic year 1981-82 ap roximately 90% of all students at Augs u r received ~ srh~larrhi~r, laanr nnBpait-time employmenl totalling over S~CIOO.OOOfrom all aid sources. g The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The amount of assistance for which a student is eligible i s determined with the help and analysis of tlie Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American CollegeTesting Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service {CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income. assets. number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untirthe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial S r a ~ e r n e n (FFS) t or Financial Aid form (FAFI from a high school or college financial aid office. Comptere the applica~ionand send i t ta the processing agency after January1bur before March 7 for priority cons~deratlon. Minnesota residenrs must complete the FFS which includes t h e a pl~cationfor the Minnesota State Scholarrhip/Cranr Program. (To be considere2 ure code 6500.) Augsburg's code on.the FFS is 2080. For nun-Minnesota resid~ntsusing tlte FAF. Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you areaccepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package i s required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial A i d / l 7 New Students - Early Decision This i s for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. 'Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissrons Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by Januarv 1. 2. For confirmation of the tinancial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-~Uinnesotaresidents) must be completed after prior calendar year i n c o m ~infarmation is available. This is after January 1 but before March 1. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid available are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Aupsburg College. students are ur ed to invertigare the possibility ofrrholarihipr, g r a n s and loans thar might beavaiEbie in their own camrnunities. It could be worthwhile t o check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clu bs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid , through Vocational Rehabiliration, Education Assistance for V e r e r a n ~ Educationaj Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance Presidents Scholarships- Awarded to incoming freshmen based on high academic achievement, personal qualities, a personal interview, and an essay. Several full tuition and half tuition award winners are annually designated by the President of Augsburg College. Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarshi and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota r ~ r i d e n r swho have iinaniiarneed. For 1982-83, they range from $100 to $1050. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. 18/Financial A i d Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant - 4 federal program administered by t h c Colleye. To be ~ l i g r h l r a, person m u ~ r :(1) be a L.5, c ~ t i z e nor permanent reqidcnt: ( 2 ) have s u i f ~ r i e n tf~nancial need as detincd bv rhe program and d ~ r n o n s t r a ~ rt3v d rhe FFS (or FAF); (31 bc c a p a b l ~of maintaining satisfactory a r a d ~ m i cstanding at rhe College; and (4) he accepted for admision. Pell Grants - A federal program that provides Pell Grant awards to students who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 is $1670, minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. The grants are based on need as determined by the program guidelines. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the appropriate Pell Grant office. Bureau of Indian Affairs kholarships/Grant -American Indian students who meet t ~ d r r aand l stare requrremenr5 mai appIvfar Bureauof Indian Affairs,Tribal and/or Indian State Scholarship monies. S l u d ~ n r smust bc r i degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a fcdcrallv recognized tribc, lndian grants supplement all other rourccs of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American Indian Program Director or your tribal agency. Loan Assistance National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - join1 Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the Cotlegc for studenrs who demonstrate financial rligrbility. Loans arp interest free during your education. N o inrerest accrues nor do avmenrs have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled a l least halfiime. Slrnple interest of 5':. and repilvmenr of the principal (at ihc minimum of 5311 a rnnnzh) begin ~ i months x afrer vou leave schoot. Repavment rnav extend u to 10 vears. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. She maximum whic may be borrowed for undergraduate sturiv is $6,000 R Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) and Minnesota State Studmt Laan - Programs backed bv either t h e f ~ d e r aor l state governmen?. Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state povernrnent in stares which provide w c h programs. LVhile the student is attending a t least half-time, rhere i s na inrerest charge. Beginn~ngIanunrv 1.1981. simple annual interest of gom+ on the loan balance and repavrnent of the principal begin six months after you leave schunl. Repaymen1 rnav extend up 10 10 wars. The maximum loan is $7500 ppr year w i t h the cumulative undergraduate rnaximun~of $12.500. "Ipplications are available a t the college. sc3rne banks, and the Minnesota Stare Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan - Fcderal pro$ram with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan pro ram, but restriaed to applicants accepted or enrolled in t h e program leading tot i e baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n ~ e d and be registered full rime. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. i: Parent Loan Program /PLUS) - PLUS i s a new loan program to help parents meet collcge cost5. Parents m a v borrow up to 53,000 per year with a n rlggregate rnaxtrnum ot $15.000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursrmerlI a t a simple interest rate of 14"r)and a minimurn paymcnl af '550 per month. Application forms are available at 4upsbur College or the lending rnstitutions. .%ppEicarions are normally filed with thc hanf or t h i i d,t 1n5titution with which vour farnilu.has a n account. A Student Employment Augsbury College provides work opportunities for studenrr with proven financial need who are at least one-half time srudenrs. Assignmenr is made o n the basis of need and potential compezence in performing the duries assigned. Part-time work p r o v i d e d by r h College ~ i s considered financial atd. just as scholarships, loans, and grants. A mavimum of 1 5 hours of on-campus emplovment pcr week i s recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t k College r o provide some part-time work opportunities. Aid Association for Lutherans Work Service Program - A special program of off-campus placement in Lutheran congregations, with work assignments made at the discretion of the congregation, which will support the life and mission of the congregation. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to Augsburg students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation - A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to two deserving junior/senior students. M. J. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College established in 1979 by members of his family. One or more David J. Formo Scholarshi scholarships will be a w a r f e d a n n u a ~ lto ~ a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence i n academic and extracurricular performnce Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those i n music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o b e distributed t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - established i n 1963 by a bequest of J o h n G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students. Tozer Foundation kholarships - u p t o 51000 ~ a c h - awartfetf on the bas~sof scholarsh~p, p e r ~ o n d l i t vand , n t r r l . I l i n n e n must be junior nr senior students ivho a r e residents of the Slate of hllnnesota bur nor reridents of Pine. Kanahec or Xashinpron Counties. Separate application re uired oi srml-itnallsts selertrtl hv rhe irholarshlp comrnirre~.FFS must be sent to Twr.r Foun4datlon rod^ 65--) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving junior o r senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students w h o are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, w h o have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship - awarded t o able and deserving students who-are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving senior. M i n o r i t y Student Scholarships/Grants Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded American minority students w h o show financial need. annually t o Lutheran Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 t o be awarded t o a Black student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically t o a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities w h o are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships students. - awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually t o t w o minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded t o students preparing for full-time service careers i n the church. Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student(s) i n t h e senior class w h o is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparingforthe Christian ministry. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship- awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshir - awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior/senior'student recommended by t e scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway t o be awarded anriually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen MemorialScholarship- awarded annually t o an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. - Paul Dahlen Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player o n basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner MemorialSchrrlarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ in athtetlcs or music. She award IS "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/or "oi h ~ g Christian h character". The tthleticscholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference ror basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference given to wrestlers. Biology Biology Scholarships -established i n 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major i n Biology, Natural Scienceor MedicalTechnology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. Reid Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education. GertrudeS. Lund Memorial Scholarship - One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o a junior or senior majoring i n Business Administration. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - given to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement i n the field of Chemistry. Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry 5cholarship. Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Federick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. Dr. W. M. Silndsfrom Chemistry Scholarship. Walter Cordon Schell Memorial Chemislrv Scholarship. Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term i n which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley M o d e r n Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. Aspecial application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who i s planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - awarded annually to a history major. The Rev. and Mrs. 0.1.Haukeness Award - given to a senior student for excellence in the study of history. H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career i n the field. Library Science Library ScienceScholarship -established choosing librarianship as a career. in 1971 to honor one or more outstandingstudent(s) Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring i n mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. Matheinatics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/orinstrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of over;~ll academic success. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Edwin W.and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship-awarded to music majors preparingforcareers in church music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarshippromise i n the field of music. awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding Schubert Club Scholarship - awarded annually to a music therapy student. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a rnajor/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore physics. J.Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring i n Political Science Political Science Scholarship - A n political science. award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student i n the general field of Christian Sociology. 24/Student Life Religious Life - 25 Student Government - 25 'Athletics - 26 Student Activities - 26 Student Services - 26 Center for Student Development - 27 Intercultural Center - 27 Health Service - 28 Food Service - 28 Residence Life - 28 Student Rights - 29 ' D a y in May" - a Spring celebration Student Life/25 Student Life Your experiences in rhe classroom are the primary aspecr of your colle e life, but learning and development also occur i n formal and informal aaivitiesof t e College and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living a t Augsburg can add dimension to your education. &, Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academicand social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, QUr worship life i s characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bibhe studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and ]usrice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, and plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression i n chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and hear the Word proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. W e seek ro develop a graduafly change and church. we encourage the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center t o be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student government i s the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relatfenship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide input into t h e decision-making process a t Aug~burg.Student government also sponsorsand direasstudent aaivities, protectsjtuclent righrs, and provides the means fordisclrisiansand action on a l l issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government i s organized info the executive branch, the legislative branch, and t h e judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elea their r e resentatives in !he fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are posr;lble ram proqram planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. li you want to get in~oliled,contact the President or Vice President of the student society in their offices in the College Center. /' Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we~fasi n the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities i n various fields. 26/Student Services The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activ%yo n campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augshur Echo, and the yearbook, the Augburgian, are on the lower level. l s n y of the c l u f r rhat unite clarrroom or non-clasrroorn related intererrs meet in r h e Center. KC,MR, fludent-operated nan-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and t h e surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located i n Mortensen Tower. There are several opportunities for partici ation in music and drama. In addition to appearing an campus and in the city, t e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform o n national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater a n 5 department. R lntercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n 8 is a member of both the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA) and the National Co[legiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Men annually compete in football. soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, track Pc field. and $oftball. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services kugsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the cont~xZin which l ~ a r n i lakes n ~ place i s a crirical tactor in a t h i ~ v i n optimal g growth. Knowled e grows from mare than intellectual endeavors. Expandin iela~ionships,e r p 6 r i n g v ~ i u e r ,identifying Me styles, develnping auranomy an ~nterdependence, finding purposeand commitment -all combine with in~ellectual content and skills to produce the desired educarional impact of the collegc on its 3 students. The Division of S t u d ~ n thifairs has been created to sup' ort this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the t i n e of trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Educat~on.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to pIan. SEMAPHORE was designed tb act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, Intercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your firrt academic year and pre-register for classes. You and your parents ger acquainred with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stav in thcdormitorv, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many quesi~omyou have about college life. Career Plannin and Placement. You rnav be uncertain about where you want to be when you finis r your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a lour-year career development plan to help vou assess yourself. explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry inlo the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review rheir interests with a counselor. ? Human Devefo ment Seminars. A serles of informal "mini-courses'' are offered each year to herp you grow in understanding of yaurrelf and vour relatinnrhip ro orhers. Such topics a s PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships], y. JobSeeking, and Sexuality are Issues i n Men'< and Women's I d ~ n t ~ rAssertiveness. available. Information on current offerings and opparrunityto register are provided several times during t h e year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studving, n o t e - t a k i n ~and , testing by attendine one or more of the workshop5 offered. You a150 win have an opportunity to meet with a counselor T O diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult t o cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personalhnterpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Director provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates Black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed lnternational Student Adviser. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside A v ~ n u ~ a c r o rhc s s strcer from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service. and prescriptions a r e availab[e through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check \,our iarnily health coverage toc3etermine if you are included; if n o r , a studen7 health insurance plan is avarlahle. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Thechinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center,features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes t h a ~a srudentk aabilitv to respond to the learning r conditions, a variety of l~ousing environmen r depends, i n art, upon his or h ~living aliernatives i i provided. TEe residence hall program i i designed to promoterrudcnt growth throu3h relationships with other students and being an acjive parricipant in yroupdeci51on-makin?. Each restdenc~unit h a s o n e o r m o w Resiclent Staff who are able to factlitare the process of group living asnell asdiscuss personal concernswith Individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students enpaye a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studentc r ~ c e i v eroom assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All res~dentstudcnts must 3ign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 i n order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1will be provided housing only if space i s available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, i s an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunitv to f r v R r O U p living. Grou 5 of upperclass men or women share living space, house ieiponribil~rier.and coo!ine. Houier are loca~edin the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation ii TO avail vourself of the opportunitv to bid far a house as a Special lnteresr House. Groups of 5tudents have c r ~ a t ~evciting d projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals o n such ropics as Environmeniat Concerns, Men's and Women's A w a r e ness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads,and lamps. Laundry facilitiesare available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopled a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has providecl lor due proces5 in matters of disciplinarv action, grievances. and grade appeal. The judicial Council i s clecred by s~udenzsandIacultvand serve5 tocondua hearings and review matterr of concern. 4ny student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures forcomptainr should rontaa the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in romptianre with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Studenrs have the right t o inspect all official records, filesand data which pertain ro them and w h ~ c hare maintained i n the Officeof the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before lanuary 1, 1975. or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on the inside front cover of this Catalog. 30/Academic Information Degrees - 31 Academic Calendar - 31 Faculty - 31 Library, Audio-Visual, Computer - 32 Divisions - 32 Majors & Minors - 33 Teaching Licensure - 34 Certification Programs - 34 Pre-Professional Programs - 34 inter-Institutional Programs - 36 Study Abroad - 37 Honors Program - 38 Internship Program - 38 Continuing Education - 38 Registration - 38 Graduation Requirements - 39 Hats off to the graduating seniors! Distribution Requirements -40 Grading - 41 Auditing Courses - 41 Grade Point Average - 42 Classification - 42 Advanced Placement - 42 Advanced Standing - 42 Probation and Dismissal - 42 Dean's List - 43 Graduation with Distinction - 43 lndependent/Directed Study - 43 Veterans - 43 Brief Facts - 44 Course Numbering - 46 Prerequisites - 46 Academic Information/31 Academic Information Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide studen~swirh a broad liberal arts backgrount! - In the humanities, the natural sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major studv i n one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own course af study with the help of facult! advisers. Augsburg graduates are expecred to bc able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns. and 20 have some understand~ngof cultures outside the United Stares. General recreational activirres roursej acquaint students with and e uip rhem for lifetime sports. Courses In religion assist i n reflection on the ~ Church rhruugh i t u d v a i i a h e l i r i r rcrlprure.and mission. meaning 0 7 t h Chrlrrian Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science dcgrees. The B.S. degree i s a w a r d ~ dto graduates with majors in Medical TcchnoEoyv, Music Therapv. Nursing and Social Work. Majors in music may select the program lor the achet tor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields rcceive the Rachclor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14weeksseparated by a 4-weekJanuary Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration). Ianuarv Interim i 5 particularly intended to be a time for both srudenrs and facuttv to ernplov styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the r ~ g u l a rtrrm. The Interim cafalog. publishetj in the fall of each year. I S d i ~ ~ r i h l r t etod a l l ~tudentsand i s available bv contacting the tnterim Ofiice. In addirion to classes offcrcd on campus, there are a variety of travel oppor~unitieswilhinthe IJnited Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many In~erirnoptions. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 14 t o 1. Faculty membersserve as academicadvisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental listing, u i t h f u r t h ~ rinformation in the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and triendjy student library assistants make the library a favorite place to 5tudy. The main library houses over 138,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films, Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff providesstudents with assistance 10 meet diverse informainstruction in the use of the library, standard ref~renceservice, tion needs includ~ng guidance in pursuing term paprr topius, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements arr made for access by srudentr with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Computer Resources Augsburg has a PDP 31-60 with central memory of 256 kilobytes and terminals at several campus locations. The College also has several Apple S I microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer, and KIM-1 laboratory microcomputers. Augsburga150 has a access to large computers through both Minnesota Educational Computer Con5ottium and the University of Minnesota. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum i s offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions or administrative and instructional purposes. B Humanities - Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, ~sychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Rosalie V. Clark (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors and Minors/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by theend of the fourth semester and earlier i n some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. M a j o r s available at Augsburg are: A r t History Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Mathematics M i n o r s available at Augsburg Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies' East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English M e d i c a l Technology3 M e t r o - U r b a n Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso h y Physica~Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social W o r k Sociology Speech Studio A r t Theater Arts Transdisciplinary are: Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Library Science Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Special Education Speech Studio Art Theater Art It i s possible for students t o complete other majors through the ACTC. Students w h o wish t o complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 -Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students t o take beginning and intermediate courses i n Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital 34/Licensure, Certification Teaching Licensure Teaching Licemure programs are offered at Augsburg i n Elementary Education, Kindrrpartcn. Prekindergarten, and thp iolrowing t i ~ l d sin 5econdarv Education: English-Languag~Arts. Frrnch, German, Health. Lite Science, Mathematics, Physrcal Science (Chcrnis~rvor Physics), Scienc~(Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech. Theater Arts. and in the special areas of Art (K-121, MUSIC[K-12). and Phvsical Education (K-72). h minor i50ffered i n L~brilrvSci~nre.Students planning TO teach an the secondary level h a t e advisers both in the Education department and t h e area of their academic rnajor(~I. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art -requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Charrperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women. Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical educatian. The pro ram i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used i n The American Lutheran C urch certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. t - Provides the background for performing systematic assessmentsof programsfor social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher information, contactthe Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each held to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended thar students who want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Phy~i- 727, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psychology, 1course. Requirementsat other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dualdegree program of liberal arts and engineering in c o o p ~ r a t i o nwith t h e Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri,and the M~chiganTechnological University i n Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on the course requirements i n t h ~ sThree-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law - Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoe!. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law i n the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student ~ h o u l dbe aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education t o repare for study in medicine. A t Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments eave majors specially der~ynedior pre-medical students. Barh require Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), Matnematics 124, 125; and Physics 124, 122. The Chernisrry major also requires Chemistry 353,361, one advanced course, seminar. and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires Biology 117,112,491 and one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355,473,474),1440, 471,476), with 353 recommended. Designed t o meet the Univenity of Minnesota requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351.352; Econarnicsl22,123; English 111 andasecond course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122: electives from humanities, literature and the arts to futfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparatron includes Religion 111, 221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy: and Creek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine a1 the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: English.? courses; Mathematics 124; publics eaking,l course; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,112; Pfysics 121,112; Economics, 1 course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, histor , political science, psychology or sociology courser ta fulfill the rest of the Jstribution requirements. Requirements a t other universities may vary. 36/1 nter-l nstitutional Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private collcgps library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, he ,%ugsbur~ community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 138,000 books, periadicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an exchange, except for private ins~ructionin music and some independent studies. SPP Independent Study For further details. Students mav elen to participate i n zhe cooperative program to ~ a i n new p~rzpecrives,to get berter acquainted wirh the other school^, or ro undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. Thc c o l l ~ q e shave c o a r d i n a t ~ dcalendarr. The interim term mav also be l a k e n on another campus. .4 regularly scheduled busshutt les students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses i n computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Study Abroad/37 Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate i n Air Force ROTC at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo) or the South American Urban Semester (Bogota) programs. Both programs are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions. ' Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. lnternational Business Program - See under Business Administration, page 53. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College i n London and Heidelberg; the University of Bath, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland; the University of Seville, Spain; and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates i n the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad a topic of one'schoice during the following summer,and the writing of a paper upon return. 38/Academic Policies Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish-to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options i n completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Benjamin Cooper, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program i s a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normafly register for four courses a semester and onecourse in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5courses,~tudentsmu57 contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule i s published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sc ool Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. FI Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms Interim Office, Memorial 230, Interim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Freshmen and transfer students have an opportunity to pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students have an opportunity to pre-register duringtheiall for the spring and duringthespring for both the fall and the following spring. All students must confirm their registration at rhe beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangemenrs. Arthough a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, registrarlon i s encouraged at the regularly scheduled rime. Special fees are charged for late cegistration. Special feesalso are c h a r g ~ sfor cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after t h e f1r51 f ~ v edays of a semester. Students are urged not to abandon murscsfor which thev are registered, since this results i n a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done i n the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel from College form IS rerurned to t h e Office of the Registrar. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified i n the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. .4t least 71 courses musr he upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not m a r e ~ h a n13 may be in one d c p a r ~ m e n t except , i n certa~napproved majors for !he B a c h ~ t o rof Science/Arts degrec. 1: for the Barhelar of Music ancl Bachelor of Scienre in Musrc Jhera v degrees, and 18 In the Bachclor of Science i n Nursing degree. The course rota must tnclude t h r e ~ In~erimsfor student5 w h o s ~complete academic work 1 5 a t Augsburg. Far rransfer students, the course toral m u ~includc t one less inrrrim course than the number of vears at 4ugsburq. F No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35rotal courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources 4CHR) courses: ? courses bv inde ~ n d e n t / directed study; 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade o Pass tP). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these lirnirs: 2 in the major except Elemcnrarv Education and Nursing; 1 i n the minor if approvcd by the department chairperson. P Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Office of the Registrar about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 40/Distri b u t i o n R e q u i r e m e n t s 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematin-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Sorio ogv English-Speech. Communication Rc Theater Arrs Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (I11 and 112) of one foreign language at Aufsburg. Students who test above the Illlevel of a foreign language will take one ad ~ t ~ o ncourse al at placement level in that language o r t w o courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies - Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement i n courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are-offered with grading oprions - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or rhe Pass/NonCreditsystem.in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade o tion with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorabc on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are raded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional s y s t ~ m English . Illis grafed P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, gnd Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence " Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. r2n incomplete qrade mav be given ontv in the case of extreme emergency. To rcceive it, a siudent must file a pelifinn with he Carnmirtee on Student Sfanding staling the reasons for the rtqucrt, the plan and d a t p tor removing it.and comments from the insrructar If permission is granted, the i n c o r n p l ~ tmust ~ be removed during the foTlowing scrnester, ar i t becomes rhe grade s u b m i t t ~ dbv the teacher along wirtl rhe incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an independent o r d i r e r r ~ ds1udvcour5eor internship that is to be spread aver more than enesemester. Strch a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of S wi[I remain on the t ~ c o r dIf. X i s given, the course must be registered for a s 1 Y In the lollowing term tn order that credit and a grade may be a5sipncdm A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) i s based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed i n the G PA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the be inning level i s granted to students with scores of 3.4, and 5 a n t h e CEtB Advanced Wacement Program Test. ~ d d i t i o n a l credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of rhe Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who havesuccessfuIIycompleted a college level course and who have scored high on he Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credir on the basisof scorer. received on the College Level Examination Proyam (CLEF) ofiered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should b~ addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed ort schotastic probation at the end of t h e term i f his or her athie~ernentis unsat~sTac~ory. A student who has been on probation two or morc C O ~ S P C U serncjrera ~ ~ ~ C is subject to di;rn~ssal at the end of tlie term. Dismissal f r o m the College is not automatic. Each c a w I S reviewed bv the Committee on Student Stand~ng.A student who has a poor a c a d ~ m i crecord mav b e s~rongtyadvised to withdraw before t h e end of the term. ,4 studenr who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. A student will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as a freshman for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from robation if their classification changes to sophomore and ihev h a v e not earnexadditional zero grades. Students placed on probation as a sophomore for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Study Options, Veterans/43 Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportun~tiesforconscientioussrudents who demonsrrate sufficient background and preparation i n a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Somed~partmentsalsoofferan opportunity for directed stud!: on a lower division level. A srudent who resisters for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete i t in one semester but may extend i t into the next term by permission of the instrucror. In such ca5es.a grade of X isgiven a t theend of the f l r 5 t term. and zhestudentwill registerapain forthe course to receive the final grade. Student3 interested in registering for directed or independent study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Srudents may cross-register for inde endent studies at another ACTC school only when the majorfield in which rheinBcpendenl study i s proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs a~tarhed.Requests for exception to this policvshould be made directly to their own academic dean. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after anv period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a t least three courses per term, the rntnirnum for classification as full-time students, It i s the responsibility of each veteran to report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it i s for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need ro three courses w i r bc n p o r ~ e d meet the requirements ol the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 46/Departments, Courses Departments and Course Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, the student should consult the inctructors of the courses. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless anerher frrquency isspecified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim and Summer School are published in separate catalogs. A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Afull course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Coursesthat must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed i n the caurse descrip~ion.A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Consent of the instructor is indicated in some course descriptions by this sign: (#) Art Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be i n 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required t o begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement i s possible with portfolio on approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses. Consult wirh Department of Education for requirements i n education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificatein Art: 8art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts i n the urban and world setting. Concern for thevisual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems i n representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print hIakhg I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media includingetc hing,silk-screen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.:225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:llB) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition i n various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman Period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, Fall, 1982) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Spring 1983) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1983-84) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Alternate years, 1983-84) Biology Neal T h o r p e (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major - Option 1: 7 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f t h r e e groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students i n t e n d i n g t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f five groups: (I) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476; Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106), 351 and 352. Students w h o plan t o teach i n secondary schools o f t e n select this major. Licensure f o r teaching i n Minnesota also requires t r e e courses i n earth a n d life sciences. Students p l a n n i n g t o teach are advised t o consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353. Minor: 5 courses, including Ill, 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106). Honors Major: GPAof 3.5 in biology and 3.0overal1, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man havea niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?(3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources?What are the implicationsof genetic research,scientificracism, socio-biology, and inequities i n thedelivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 Special Topics i n Biology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequenceexcept by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Fall 1984 and alternate years) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1983 and alternate years) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Fall) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1984 and alternate years) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasison the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116: Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1983 and alternate years) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 52/Business Administration & Economics 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring i n biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & Economics Amin Kader (Chairperson), JamesE. Billings,Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Kenneth Rich, Edward M. Sabella. Business Administration Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,263, 379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one f r o m 258,391, 392). At least three upper division courses a r e required. Far thoseplanningcareers i n accounting, completion of thetwo remaining courses i n thesequence 381,382,483, 484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and compuTer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Finance: 9 Business Administrat ion courses (101,102,731,267,262,373,379, 478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,257, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 702,131,145,250, 261, 340, 379, 410, and 373 or 4781; 5 Economics courses (722. 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychotogy 371,373; Sociology 241 and 373 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is srronglv recommended. Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261, 330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 o r 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 i s strongly recommended. Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above. Business Administration & Economics/53 M a j o r in l n t e r n a t i o n a l Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101,102,131, 135,261 a n d 399 o r 499 a n d two f r o m 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123, 379); Political Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses (or demonstrated proficiency) f r o m o n e o f t h e following: Arabic. C f i n e w , French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated w i t h t h e foreign language courses) f r o m 103,104,222,322,323,324,331,332,440,474; 8 International C o r e counes, i n c l u d i n g ~nternsh~p or i n d e p e n d e n t stud Core courses must be taken abroad (England and Germany, aiherr ro be addYedi. Erceprionr may b e p e r m i t t e d with department a proval General descriprions follow. Students who plan to major in lnternafionaPBusin& should mnract t h e depanment's international adviser. Amin Kader, as s o o n as possible t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. lnternational C o r e Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations -The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysisof international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiarie; and parent company; ~r~anizational'behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 to b e Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms'of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation. lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors i n diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance -The relevance of international finance; participants i n the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. 54/Business Administration & Economics Minor: 6 courses, inchding Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373, 379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have corn feted the major i n Busine5s Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and !usines, Taw counes offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Phyrici general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed theabove requirements arequalified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Acceuntancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Notes: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order t o carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these have been offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation. 101 Principles of Financial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring) 135 Introduction t o Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and tech~ologicalfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Spring) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (Fall) 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall) 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) Business Administration & Economics/55 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Fall) 263 lntermediate Accounting II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand) 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Fall) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course creditsthrough an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition thestudent will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 430 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: Junior or Senior or #. Spring) 56/Business Administration & Economics 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and Institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1983) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Economics Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122,123, 251, 258, 454 and three other upper division); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence i s very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Applied konomics: I] Economics courses 1122,123,251,258,454 and 445 or 453 and t h r e e other upper division); Business Adrninistrarion 101, f 02, 379, 479: Philosophy 130; Mathemafics 124,125, 215, 224, 2'14. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Admrnistration 379. Thestudent isstrongly encouraged to take ather Economics course^. in addition t5 those I isted above. Combined Major in Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258 and one upper division); 6 Business Adm~nistrationcourses (101, 102,261,373,379and one upper division). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to take additional courses both i n business administration and economics. Minor: .Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Business Administration & Economics/57 Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major f i e l d o f concentration. the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History o f Economic Thought, Research Methods f o r Economics, a n d Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d Decision-Making w i t h f i n i t e Markov Chains, Notes: I n addition t o Economics 120,122 a n d 123 w i l l satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 w i l l satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement. Students w h o Ian t o major i n t h e d e a r t m e n t are strongly encouraged t o select a department alviser as soon as porsibre i n o r d e r t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topirs. (Economics 120 i s a basic course designed for those studenrswho dn not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Ecunomirs major or minor. Students who plan to major i n Business Administration andfor Economics should instead enroll i n 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken i n the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122or 120. Economics 122and 123 may betaken i n either order.or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 58/Business Administration & Economics 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role i n relation t o aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices i n business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: Econ. 251 or equivalent or #. Spring, O n Demand) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122 or equivalent or #. O n Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Chemistry Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra Olmsted Graduation M a j o r in Chemist : 175,176, (or 105,106) 35I,352,353, 361 and one advanced c a u n e which may inxude Biochemistry; participation i n seminar; Physics 127,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisires, students shoul plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 i n the freshman year and Physics 121,122 in the sophomore year. d' American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which rhould be taken during the sopromore year). Reading ability i n German equivalent to one semester also required. Teaching Literrsure: Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352, 353,361, 362,482,491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised t o consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition, medical schools expect at least t w o courses (and usually more) i n biology. Students should consulr members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their coilege career. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (105, 106), 353 and t w o other chemistry courses above 300 (Biology 367 may be one of the courses). Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer o r course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed beforeenrolling in thegiven course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade o f 2.0 or higher t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term o f a two-term course i n registering for the second term. Placement i n 105 or 115 i s determined by the score o n the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry i s a prerequisite for 115. 105, 106 Principles o f Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students w h o need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers i n allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. O p e n also t o students in the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications t o human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major o r minor i n chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both Chemistry 109 and 105 o r 115 nor can credit be earned for both Chemistry 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry A n intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. Thesecond emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, math placement. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis o n mechanisms and multistepsynthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includestrace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116. Fall) 361, 362 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states o f matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 399 Internship Opportunity for off-campus experience as a chemist. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or #. Spring) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience beforegraduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Juniorstanding). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding) 62/East and Southeast Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers two options: 1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japaneseare tought on one of the five ACTC campuses, o r Augsburg students maytake Chinese coursesat Harnline University. Therealso i s a contracrual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Xrian Studies Department for Chinese and lapanese language coursps. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hon kong and Singapore. Summer inrii~uterare ava~lablei n ihe Paeple'r Republic ofChina and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedureto register for any of thesecourses or t ravel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Ma'or in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic col ege Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. I Minor in East Asian Studies -5 courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. I t is designed t o be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from History 322,323,324; one from Philosophy 355, Religion 356, Sociology 241; one from History 474, Political Science 351,363, 382; and one from History 226,399,495,499. History 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modern China (See under Department of History) 324 Modern Japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines t o apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) tconomics See Business Administration and Economics Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Prekindergarten, and Secondary Education. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg College. Orientation t o Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and licensure Requirements: M i n i m u m of 8.5 education courses (255, 351. 383, and two profesrional semesters); Health Education 114,775; Library Science347, 358; Academic rnlnor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic rninor,and grades of P in srudent teachin courres required for Iicensure; fulfill requiiementr of Minnesota Board of Teac\ing 5 MChR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, forjuniors, includes341,352,353.381,382, 384. [Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses. The secand professional semester includes 481,482 and eleaives (483.484,478,499). Kindergarten License R e uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 385 and student teaching at t%e Kindergarten level. Prekindergarten Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Sociology 231; Prychology 351; Elementary Education 325, 425, 483 or 484 (160 hours of student teach~ng).For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h~s/her life in relat~anro the eifects of present-dav society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innova!ions,Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other ~nrerventionsandcompensatorvprograms.Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of ~ e a c h i n Reading ~ Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources in theteaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352,353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learningsettings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent r-egistrationin 352, 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 Prekindergarten Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsand two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 481,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 lndependent Study ('/2 or 1 course) Study of specific areas i n education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet a!! specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure.This consultation is, recommended in addition to conferring with rhe student's major field adviser. ticensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for admittance and acceptance into the Depanment of Education teacher licensure program. This may be made before, concurrently or after the Orientalion course. Application formsare available in the Education Department oRice. Belare applving for admission, studentsshauld receive approval from the department or division of 'their declared major. A student ma take education courses after the Orientation course only i f he or she has been adYmiited into the program of the Department of Education: (2) GPA of 2.0 everalt,2.Qin required education couries,and at least 2.5 i n the major and minor; (3) Applicarion for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (41 Completion of Minnrsota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 i n H u m a n Relations through hugrburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses 0%t h e education program: Psychology 105: Health Education 114, 115; Educatian 265,354,388,478, specia I methods i n thrl area of t he student's major, and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching ar required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota L-icensurefor Teaching in SecondarySchaols: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): 11) 5.A- or 8.5. degree; (21 College major or minor in a teaching area; (33 Fulfill hlinnesota Board of Teaching 5 :MCAR 3.011 in Human Retarions Isucces5ful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirerncnr); (4) Psvchologv 105: (5) Health Education 114,115: (6)2.0 GPA i n professional education courses and a ? i n required s ~ u d e n t teaching courses, 2.5 GPA in major or minor. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one o f t hese areas follows the secondary educarion program even though he or she plans to reach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special arras will take three courses i n studen1 teaching and do some student teaching at both rhe secondary and elemen~aryrevels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 367,361: rhe Physical Education major i o r 365: and t h e music major for 373. Arl and Physical Education reacher education programs lead to licensure in K-12. Music teacher education programs lead l o liccnsure in r h e following areas: ( 7 ) Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12): 121 Orchestra (K-121 and Classroom Music (5-12): (3) Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and C[assroom Music (5-11). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement of at least four "good" and three "minimal" ratings on the Modern Language Association Competency Tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. The results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education. The Professional Term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-time term in professional education, Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term aspart of the professional work, kstudent taking two courses i n student teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. AII studenrs are expecred robe ~nvolvedfull-time i n theactivities of tRe prOfR5iOI?a~ term. 265 Orientation t o Education i n an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigate5 various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction t o Special Education (See Special Education) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 265, Psychology 105) N o t e o n Special M e t h o d s Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: 265, or Elementary Education 255, and 354or may be taken concurrently with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching i n a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures i n science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history i n secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on thestudy of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society The emphasik in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention t o urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Special Education Barry Franklin (Coordinator) M i n o r : 6 courses, including 282,491; Psychology 351,357; one course chosen from Health and Physical Education 354, Music 110 (Interim) or 395, Psychology 362, Secondary Education 385 (Interim), or Social Work 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from Linguistics 289, Psychology 352 or 359, or Secondary Education 388. Biology 103 i s recommended as an additional course. 282 lntroduction to Special Education lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the mature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education I A supervised field placement i n a facility for an,exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall) Engi neeri ng/69 Library Science Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, James Olson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquistion, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation.( Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Services and Sources Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 Independent Studv Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical University (Houghton, M ichigan),in a Three-Two Plan of studies which w i l l ena l e a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an e n ineering baccalaureate degree f r o m Washington University or Michigan Technokpical University in a five-year period. 6 The first three ears are spent a t Au sbusg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Stu ents accepted into t e program are guaranteed admission to the en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, haveaB average, an8 are recommended by a designated representative of Augrburg College. d E Students receiving financial aid who are participants i n the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. M i n i m u m Course Requirements for Admission fo the Three-Two Plan: Math 124, 125,224,226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,176; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124,725 and Physics 127,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser i s encouraged. English Richard Sargent, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark, John Gidmark, Ann Goodwin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Grier Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood Major: 9 English courses above 717, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in British literature,oneon literature before1660 (for exarnpie,331 or438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encauraged ta take Enulish 245 early i n their colllege work and tocrensu~ttheirdeparrmental adviser regular7 A rtudenrwith a double major or r ecial program that involver considerable w o r t in the English departrnenr should apo work closely with an adviser in the department. Major for Teaching Licensure i n English-Language Arts: 10 English courses, includingthose listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366; Library Science 475. Courses i n early American literature, Shakespeare and film arerecommended. I n addition to fie1 ' experience and student teaching required by rhe D e p a r t m ~ n of t Education, majors rvill be required to gain practical experience in teaching writin be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouragec to rake courses toward their major d u r ~ n the freshman and ~ophornoreyears, enroll i n Orientation to Education i n the all term of the sophomore year and applv for teacher education not later than the fall of their iunior year. i n addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. '" B Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall, submit program t o department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee i n senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Noteon Concentration: I n additionto meeting requirementsfor the major, English majors may, i f they wish,develo an area of emphasis,such as British concentration, f American concehtration, worl literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives i n the major, by the designof an independentstudy course that ap lies to the cancentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the epartrnent. English majors should B work closely with their advisers i n developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: English 111 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d b u t n o t a prerequisite f o r a l o w e r division literature course. Prerequisite f o r an u p p e r division course is successful c o m p l e t i o n o f a l o w e r division literature course o r consent o f t h e instructor. 101 Developmental Writing .4preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/hl grading only. 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students'papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community newsstories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artisticqualitiesand the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 lntroduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted t o developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writersfrom colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. -271 European Literature: Homer to Dante Astudy of majorworksof Greekand Roman literature,for example theepicsof Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles, and Euripides, thecomedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1983-84) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships amongthese writersand their influence on one anotherwill be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. 366 Poetry Study of the poem as a concentrated, esthetic form of human expression and experience. The course emphasizes modern American and British poetry, but also includes a generous selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in English and i n translation from selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods, themes, and techniques i s represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry and modern poetry i s examined. (On demand) Foreign Languages/73 368 Modern Drama Slgnlflcant worLr of Ameriran.Rritish, and continental dramatlstsof the twent~ethcentury, wlth emphasls on represen1arlrbcr.from the major movements such as Naturalism, Ex~stent~al~sm, T h e a t ~ rof the Absnrd, and Tran~forrnat~onal~sm Plays by women and mlnorltles are included. [On demand) 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey o i the development of the novel in Engiand from its eighteenth century beginnings up trr the twentieth century. Novels studied wiIl be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, R~chardson,Fielding.Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,Thackeray, Elio~,H~ardy,and Butler. Attention will beqiven to theconditionscontributing to therlseof the novel and its emergence by the twentieth centrrry a5 rhe dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays- comedies, histories,tragedies-with attention tothe development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 English Seminar Course490, a themeor movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (On demand) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley, William Oyler, Madeleine Renaud, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of languagestudy; 311,four years or m o r e of that language. Students should arrange for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a course above the level determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112,212, o r 311. Students who elect t a t a k ~a course below the one in which they are placed by r h e Language Department may d o so, bat grading for such a course must be P/N only. The language requirement will b e satisfied only by completion of the course i n which the studenr was originally placed. Credit and grading far that course may be traditional. 74/Foreign Languages For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg Coltege is required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division nun-kugsburgcourses may be accepted. No fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. For transfer students intending t o major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching Litensure: Teacher candidates in French. German and 5 anish mug consult with the Department of Educalion for specific information an enrollment in rhe program. Methods courses bv language are joinr ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of t h e s ~ n i o year. r A 3 0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition i s a departmental requirement forteachin? majors. Licensur~requires successfulcorn letion of the Modern Language As5ociation Competencv Exam. See Requirements or State of Minnesota ticensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools. p. 66. 8 P Chinese Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French Major: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designedto introduce thestudent with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. Foreign Languages/75 112 Beginning French for hose who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms iscompleted to make possible basic communication, b e g i n n i f i ~reading rkills,and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above o n placement. (Spring) 211 Intermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice i n communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 Intermediate French Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficientskiltsro pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures. habora~orywork. 1Spring1 243 French Literature i n Translation Major representative works of French literarure read in English translation. Through individualized background readingand crass discussion.studen1s become acquainted with artistic qualities and culrvral-hinorical sign~f~cance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. [Offered o n Demand) 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of writien models. [Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political,social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students Theory and practiceof literarvstudies. A theoreticat component (inEnglish) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply rhe elements of theor), rhrough reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French li~erature.Recommended for majors and ~ i n o r s . Open to all qualiiied students. (Prereq.: 311 or Offered on demand) *. 76/Foreign Languages 352 Creativity and Restraint A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and hissuccessors in poetry,and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 450 French Seminar Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th Century literature, poetry). Student presentations i n French. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. O n Demand) 451 The French Novel A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert,Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e d Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n g 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses b e y o n d 212, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization, and t w o electives. A l l courses must b e u p p e r division courses. Study i n Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. Foreign Languages/77 111,112 Beginning German Course 111 i s for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability t o read extended narratives i n simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basicskills into working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructureswith emphasison extending rangeof vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature i n Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (On Demand) 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Earlv Background. Foltows the cultura1 and social development of the German5peaking peoples from the preh~sroricfnda-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Y e a r s h a r (16.131,with emphasison the impact of Roman crvilization, the re-emergenceof German cultural s e l f awareness d u r ~ n gtheMiddle Agesoandthe intellectual and religious upheavals o l the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or Alternate years) *. 332 German Civilization and Culture I1 Survey of significant currents of deveropment which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and swirzerfand since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s cansidered in view oiits roots in fhe intellectual, geopolitical, artisticand scientific history o i the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of lirerarvstudies. Arheorctica~cornponent(in English)treatsfhe basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to bitcrarvanafyj~r.In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected worksof German litesaturc. Recommended far majors and minors Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or Offered on Demand\ =, 351 German Literature through 18th Century Brief survey of hemtt. courtly, Reformarion, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Exrenrive rcadingr and discussions in Classic and Romanticperiods. Readings in German.supplernented by [eaures on the history or German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class djscussrons help to improve students' ability t o express ideas i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or *. O n Demand) 78/Foreign Languages - 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, lung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aimsat developing and refining the student's use of German as avehiclefor expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or#. Alternate years) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramaticworks from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read assymptomaticof perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 499 Independent Study Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg i n history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 Beginning Greek Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours preparation per week required.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) t r e a t r t k baslc principles of IIterature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discuss~ngselected works for foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #. Offered on demand) Japanese Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC Easr Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department. See fast and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Foreign Languages/79 Linguistics 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analvsis and general Iingulstic principles, with focus on [ingutst~c universals (organtzational principles and features common to all language) and psycholinguirric5 (inquiry i n to the mechanicsof language learning and thestructure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questrons will be approached by studying sarnplesof various Languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand minors. (Fall) 311 Theories of Grammar Camparat~vcanalysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research w ~ t h the aim af l[luminaringunderiyingphilosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanarory goals which dlsringuish them. Jhr rheories wi[l becnntrasred with those of adjacenrdisciplinessuch asanthr~pology.psy~fiology,logic,and c~mmunrcation theory to explore ways In which each theory seeks to overcome rhe inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On Demand) Norwegian a n d 499, a n d o n e Scandinavian literature course. I n t e r i m o r summer i n Norway recommended. Major: 8 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g 311,312,331,350,353,411, Minor: 4 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-com osition, o n e i n civilization, a n d o n e i n literature. I n t e r i m o r summer study abroaBencouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses u n d e r Scandinavian Area Studies. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken ratherthan literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for classdiscussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive praaice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. S a m e anention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between tfretwoofilcial languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prercq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 Old Norse An introductlon to thestructure of Old West Norse through thestudy of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old Easr Norseand aspects of the history of four modem Nordiclanguages. Knowledge of oneof the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 80/Foreign Languages 350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical componenr [in English) treats !he basic principlesof IIrerature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis, fn the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or +. Offered on demand) 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings i n contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods e~rendingback ro 01d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable atnention is given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other ScandirBvian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Russian One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Stucfies Program, which re uires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coor%inator. 111,112 Elementary Russian Aimed t o develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an integral part of the course. Foreign Languages/81 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literarure representing various periods and movements are read in English iranslarion. Through background reading and class discussion in English !he strident i s acqualn~edwith the salient artistic qualities and cultural-hisroricalsignificanc~? of thereadings, Credit in thiscourse does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and writlen practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Labnrarorv work. This course i s a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. I P r ~ r e q . :211 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who havea basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversationaT facility, 5tressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and manazine ar~irles.Conducted in 5panish. (On Demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of theSpanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students T h ~ o r y a n dpracticed literarystudier..4 rhcorezical component (in English)treats the basic principles at lirerarurr, literary gerlres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the pracricat component.studenrsapply the theorv through reading, analyzing, and dlscusslng selected works ot Ii~eraturein Spanish. Recammended for majors and minors. Open to all clualrfed rrudents. (Prrrcq.: 311 or i;. o i i e r e d on demand) 352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 82/Geography, Health and Physical Education 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Geography Paul Grauer 114 Human Geography An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. Health and Physical Education Richard Borstad (Chairperson), Ernest Anderson, David Boots, Paul Grauer, Al Kloppen, Doug Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, Marilyn Pearson, Ronald Petrich, Joyce Pfaff, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swenson, Mary Timm Health Education Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biology 103, 108, 111; Chemistry 105 or 109; Psychology 105; Sociology 231, 241. Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; Biology 103; Sociology 231 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of scbool age children. Health and Physical Education/83 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: Physical Education 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests i n health and physical education. (Spring) 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physical Education Major: Health Education 114,115,354,355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350, 351, 471, 472, 474,475; Biology 103. Teaching Major: Health Education 114,115, 354,355; Physical Education 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biology 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: Health Education 114, 115, 354, 355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,472,474,475,485,487, 491,493; Professional Affiliation Block495-496-497-499; Biology 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. All C.T. specialists must be accepted bv the education department for teaching and student teaching in an adapted situation. Approval must be secured by the corrective therapy coordinator. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: Health Education 114,115; Physical Education 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. Coaching Endorsement: 243, 351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching (Independent Study 499 i s an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. N o course credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 84/Health and Physical Education 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim and Spring) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating i n these activities. (Spring, even # years) 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) I 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) A n introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) Health and Physical Education/85 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term, odd #years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim, odd #years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd # years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 cours4 Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd #years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (l/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd #years) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention i s given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350,351; Health Education 354. Summer school only) 487 Neurology and Pathology Astudy of the nervoussystem and the diseasesassociated with it and the nature and cause of disease involving changes in structures and functions. Equal attention i s given to neurology and pathology. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise Exercise techniques as applied to various disabilities, testing muscle strength and range of joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements. Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation and research applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs. (Prereq.: 350, 351; Health Education 354. Summer school only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and personnel management decisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy relations. (Summer School only) 495,496, 497 Professional Affiliation Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485,491 and approval of department.) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Honors Major: G P A of 3.6 in t h e major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before rhe end of the first term of the junior year; two years of aforeign language at the college level (or its equivalent): an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the History 101-104 courses. History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Students are required t o have at least one lower division course before registering for an upper level course. There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty schedules and student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered i n the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by thedirectingfaculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern japan An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development i s stressed. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization i n the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 90/Mathematics/Computer Science Mathematics /Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Leo Lake Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,324. Also required: Computer Science245. The following courses do not count towards this major: 104, 174,121, 122, '131, 242. For teacher licensure in mathematics, courses 351, 373,441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to ronsulr with the Education Department for requirements. Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses, including Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 355, Computer Science 245, 345, 350 and Mathematics 226 or Computer Science 261. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation i n a department seminar. Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, 224. The following courses do not coun! towards the minor: 704,114,121,122,131,242. For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must be selected from 215, 314, 351,373,441. Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including Computer Science 245,261,345,350 and one of Mathematics 355, Business Administration 479, Sociology 363, Computer Science 395, 495. Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course in this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count as a prerequisite. The Placement Test i s given during col!ege orientation sessions and at other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the rest for entrv to courses are: ll {or course 104: [ l l for courses 114,171,122.131,242:lY for course724. Siudents whose score is V, o r who have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Euarn, should consult w i t h the department about appropriate courses to take. Any exceptions t o course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by the instructor. Mathematics Courses 104 Basic Mathematics I I A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalitiec in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not satisfy the general education requiremen1 in ma~hematics.(Spring) 114 College Algebra and Trigonometry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall, Spring) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Fall) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of planeand solid analyticgeometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction t o the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical modelswhich have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending,further study of mathematics. (Fall) 211 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra A study of systems of linear equations, determinants,vector spaces, lineartransformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutionsof ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324, 325 Advanced Calculus I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculusforfunctions of several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions. improper integrals, differential formsand manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324. Spring; 325, Fall) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and,non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods with projective axioms as a basis. (Prereq.: 122or 125. Spring 1984 and alternate years) 92/Mathematics/Computer Science 355 Numerical Analysis (Formerly 361 or Computer Science 355) A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedureoriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, Computer Science 245) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 Internship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983 and alternate years) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses 145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor. 245 An Introduction to Computer Science An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i s done in machine language, assembly language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: Mathematics 125) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 345 Computer Systems Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. lntroduction to operating systems, including batch, time-sharing, and real-time. Continued development of competence in structured programming, algorithms, and assembly language will be emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245) Medical Technology, Metro-Urban/93 395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science Specifictopics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend o n the topics selected. 395 for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms. 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director t o determine project. 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Medical Technology Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser) This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott-Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. I t i s important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Student5 rransferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalenr should expect to s en two vears a t Augsburq before participating in the internship year. The MedicaPTcchnologv major I S nor derignrd for persons who already have the baccalaureate degree from another ~nstitution. f Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367and476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116),351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one course in immunology. Metro-Urban Studies Carry W. Hesser (Director) Major: 15 courses includinglOcore requirements: Economicsl23; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 111, Biology 105, Philosophy 362, Interdisciplinary Studies 233, 260). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: GeneraVLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). 94/Metro-Urban Studies Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: Economics 120 or 123; Political Science 122; Sociology 111, 381; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. 199 lnternship Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: # and Sociology 111 or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer) 399 lnternship Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities; transportation, planning and social services. 399 lnternship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract i s developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. Metro-Urban Studies/95 B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This p r o g r a m is located at t h e University o f Oslo a n d focuses u p o n Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language instruction. 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis i s placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester i n t h e city" p r o g r a m is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses u p o n urbanization a n d development i n t h e Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent 'study. 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco (See MUST 359) 399 Internship (See MUST 399) 499 Independent Study (See SUST 499) Music L. t. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adne Robert E, Beverlev,Michael Brand. haine Bryce,Siephen Cabrielien, Thomas G ~ h e g , Cymhia G o e f i , James D. lohnron, Robert Karl&, MeriTee Klemp, Nicholas Cenz, Paul Lohman. Cynrhia Melson, Robert Metzler, Celeste O'Brien. Alice Preves. Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George S~ahl,Daniel Sturrn, James ten RenseT. Paul Thomas, D a ~ l Tubergen, d Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt See Music Department Handbook for additional and explanatory information guidelines and requirements. Students wishing to major or minor in music must apply to the department. Specific Music Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355, 365 or 375, music elective. French or German. Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476, 354 and one of 355, 365, 375. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Bachelor of Music: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350,457,458,476,499,354 or 355,365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last? years,and junior and senior recitals; French or German. Voicestudy - 2 years of foreign language. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 354, 360, 382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or 476, one of 355,365,375, and 110 Introduction to MusicTherapy (lnterimj.5 anish i s recommended. Other requirements: Biology 703, Education 282: 2 Physica Education (232 and 373 recommended); 3 Psychology and I Sociology, including Psychology 105,362 and Psychology 263 or Sociology 362 (Recommended courses include Psychology 264, 351. 352, 355, 356, 357, and 5ocioIogy 111,121, 231. 241, 362,375); 1 Speech (116 recommended). P Music Minor: 5 courses: 101, 102,260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music: Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Honors Major: Students may qualify f o r graduation honors if they have earned a GPA o f at least 3.0 i n music courses a n d have demonstrated leadership i n performance. H o n o r s may b e achieved by o n e o f t h e following: Senior thesis a n d its defense b e f o r e a faculty committee; presentation o f an additional senior recital o f graduate quality; c o m p o s i t i o n o f a w o r k f o r vocal a n d / o r instrumental ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 15 minutes duration. Application should b e made b e f o r e t h e senior year. Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors) 1. Courses: 101,102, 223, 224, 260, 261. 2. Applied Music: M a j o r Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters; Recital appearance. 3. Examinations: 3 M u s i c Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Applied Music Ensembles: M e m b e r s h i p i s d e t e r m i n e d by a u d i t i o n d u r i n g t h e first week o f t h e fall semester. Times a n d locations are posted o n t h e d e p a r t m e n t bulletin board. These organizations exist n o t o n l y f o r t h e benefit o f t h e musicstudent, b u t f o r any student w h o wishes t o participate: Augsburg Choir Chorale Concert Band Orchestra Brass Ensemble String Ensemble Jazz Ensemble Woodwind Ensembles Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening. Private Lessons: Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students in any area. Music students must register on the traditional grading system and take a jury exam at the end of each semester to fulfill the requirement of private study toward a music degree. Other students may register for private lessons in the same manner or use P/N grading. During the junior and senior year, a student accepted by the Department of Music as a major receives lessons in the area of concentration without extra cost. Instruments are available for rent. JuryExamination: All studentstaking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each semester for a faculty jury. Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminars and guest lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument. Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend a predetermined number of designated music events each year. Recital: One-half recital i s r e q u i r e d o f B.A. a n d B.S. candidates. B.M. students must present f u l l j u n i o r a n d senior recitals. Examinations A l l music majors and minors are required t o pass a Piano Proficiency Test. M u s i c majors must pass t h r e e M u s i c Repertoire Tests, a n d Music minors must pass two. 101,102,223, 224 Theory Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 110 lntroduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways i n which music i s used as a therapy. (Interim) 230 Introduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers f r o m each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature of Music Music of the Romantic and M o d e r n eras, and non-Western topics. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach t o the study of music i n the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand music majors. (Fall) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 t o the present. The study includessuch aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging for various combinations of voices and instruments. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 Instrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational musicactivities t o clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 365 Instrumental Technique Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 lnstrumental Technique Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for thegeneral student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring) 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music I1 Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Varioustheories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relatesto music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Use of music with the mentally retarded and emotionally ill. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of the senior year and i s necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 Music in Therapy Thestudy and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, physically handicapped, geriatric, and gifted populations. (Prereq.: 395) 440 New Music Seminar Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensemblesof varyingsizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work i n a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. N o credit. 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced students upon approval of the f_aculty. 100/NaturaI Science Natural Science Earl R. Alton (Coordinator) Major for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492, and t w o upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, lob), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122 or 124and 125; Physics 121,122. This major i s presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish t o take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission t o most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School, and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully, keeping i n mind the specificrequirementsof the medical schools t o which he o r she intends t o apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser i s recommended. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved t h e Ifcensure program for science teachers and authorized A u ~ s b u r gto recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemrstry (rninorl. grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9). All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Basic courses and i n addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. The program of courses IS designed t o provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for sp~cializationi n an area. The following programs assume t h a t the student wil[ mee? the general education requirements of the college and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. ConsuTt with the Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Early consultation with adviser i s recommended. Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, Ii n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 i n Life Science (Biology Ill, 112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122 and Chemistry 115, 116 or (105,106). To make the program slightly more flexible, i t i s recommended that students with emphasis i n life science have both courses i n earth science and substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122. Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate; 7 Biology courses, including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistry seminar, Chemistry 351,352,353,361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, Physics 245. Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and three additional t o e! selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363,481, 486, 488. Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed i n Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics i n grades 7-12. Science(Grades.5-9): 7 courses,2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Board Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 353; Physics 245). Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for Chemistry, 351,352,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base. Nursing Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Carol Hoffman, Nancy Malcolm, JoEtta A. Vernon, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leadingto a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or d ~ p l o m aprogram in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a currenr license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicrcrbiolagy, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Studenrs must take these courses a t Augsburg or another accredited college or univerritv prios to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission ro the major. I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2 ) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303,304,310,311,325,330, 350, 403, 404, 423, 427: Psychology 355. ,4 minimum grade of 2.0 i n each nursing course and a cumulative CP.4 of 2.5 a t the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses i n interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive to the major. Course5 inrhe nursing major aredesignedso that they may becorn leted within two academ~cyears. However. more than two years may be require to complete t h e total course of study, depending on rhe number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time nudv, but are required 10 complete 13 courses, a t Augsburg College. Students inrerested i n pursuing day, evening, or summer part-time study should consult with an adviser from rhe nursing depastment for program planning. 8 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course i s one of the transitional courses that introduces the student to components of the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process i s emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their applicability to changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junioryear.) 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear.) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. (Fall-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 311 Community Health Nursing II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team i s explored. This course i s primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355) 325 Nursing Process I n this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools i n the nursing process.Thestudent usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major). 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course i s designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junioryear). 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major, Math 121 or a course i n descriptive statistics) 403 Contemporary Nursing 111 This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursingcare. Content includesfamily asa group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration i s given to the emerging role of the nurse i n family health care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum in Nursing I This course i s a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403') 427 Practicum in Nursing II This course i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity i s provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*) 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue i n depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. *If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer Major: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,343,344, and one course in the400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division. Minor: 5 courses, including t w o courses from 241,242,343, and 344. Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors. p r o ram is by recornmendation of the philosophy facuf~y.Suchrecommendations w i l l b e made st rheend of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis o n an approved topicof the student's choice, involvin research above the cour5e level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty ofthe department. Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewasa timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discoverthe grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.) 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of thelBth century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism by men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What i s the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can besaid about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What i s the relation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its laws?What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State?This course studies the key concepts of politics found in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What constitutes scientific knowledge?Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course i n natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what i t means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity,freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May betaken morethan once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from.241,242, 343,344 or #.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies i n the philosophy of particular philosophers,e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242, 343, or #) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics K e r m i t E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, M a r k J . Engebretson a n d 395 plus t h r e e courses above 122. I n Planninglheir coursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely w i t h members o f the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, a n d Physics 721, '122 the freshman year, a n d Mathematics 124 and 226 t h e s o p h o m o r e year. Major: 9 c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g 121,122,245,351,362 Teaching Licensure Major: The same'as t h e major. Students are advised t o refer t o t h e Education Department section o f t h e catalog a n d consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 121,122, and t h r e e courses above 122. Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n independent invertigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense o f t h e w r i t t e n research repbrt. Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later than rhe first t e r n of the senior year. Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter o f Society o f Physics Students proviJes students t h e o p ortuniiiei of membership i n a national physics society a n d o f participating i n t h e pl?ysio cornrnunily on a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n SPS is o p e n t o all students interested rn physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a m i n o r i n physics, have a G P A o f 3.0 i n physicsand overal1,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments areselected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the lifesciences. The course i s designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of thescience and wonders of the atmosphere. The course i s designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course i s designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of elctronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electrjcity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomicand molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanic. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half o f the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103, 111 or 122; and Mathematics 122 or 125) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction t o the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. O n demand) 351,352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single par~irle motion,svsrernsof particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid hndie5, gravttation. kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The clasrical electrornagnet~c f ~ e l dtheory IS developed uslng the vector calculus ~ h r o u g h o u t .Eleclrostat~cs,magnetostatlcs, solut~onof Laplace's and Po~sson'sequations, elecrrrr and magnetic properties of mater~als,and the theory of electromagnet~cr a d ~ a t ~ o n bared on Maxwell's equatlons (3 one-hour lectures Prereq M a t h 226, 362, Fall, 363, Sprlnp) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory A n emphasis nn independent laboratory investigat~ons,including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum ph\,sic~. electronics, ~ l e c t r i c i t v magnetism, , optics, and modern physirs. (2 three-hour laboraton: and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 5pring) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject i s developed from iwo independent vet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopicclassical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Pr~req.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I h development from f i n t principles, including de Brogl~e'spostulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, rvavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and ap- proximation methods. Spec~iicproblems studied include potential wells and potential barriers. the harmonic oscIl[ator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 357,352 Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem i n experimental or theoretical physics, worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniors and seniors with departmental approval. 108/Political Science Political Science M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d f o r that area. Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. Honors Major: The Honors M a j o r in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in t h e major and 3.0overall. Thestudent r n u i r t a k e a n Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and rnun submit, not later than March 1 of the senior vear. an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Studenrs may w o r k with any m e m b e r o i the Departmenr on their Honors Thesis. For specific r q u i r e m e n r s . consult the De artmental Chairperson.Students shoukd apply for the H o n o r s ,Major no later fhan e!t f i r i t term o f f h e j u n i o r year. Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t and Politics (11) Comparative Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory a n d Analysis. A n y course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements. Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e department chairperson o r t h e Social Studies Coordinator. See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making i n the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #. Fall term of election years) Political Science/lO9 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section I V for description. Offered alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of thesoviet Union and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.I 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #). Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) llO/PoIiticaI Science IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed i n Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged i n the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 Internship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) 498 Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive.~\sternaticand integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan commwniry, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: f 0 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg; Physics 103. Nw mare than two courses from among299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required f o r a major. This restricrion applies toward rhe minimum requirement only. The student may actually take more such courses. The major program should include I05 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 i n the freshman or saphomore year, 381 or 399 in t h e junior year and 493 i n the senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser i n the ps cholo6y department and is a proved by the department chairperson. The a v e i a i plan i c d i r e c t e d toward a pasic understanding of the discipline af psvchology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan forthe major should be completed a n d approved by the beginning of the junior year. It i s recommended rhal psychology majors rake additional course work from other areas that will complement and strenpthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, deiteloping a minor in business admintstration, biology, or communication is recommended for many studen~s. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Certificate In Program Evaluation: 5 courses includ~ng264 (orSociology 362). 399, 450: Sociology 362 and 363. These courses are designed to rovide back round and skills to p e r f o r m as a research assistan7 for agencies or i r m s which CI program evaluation or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson for f u r t f i ~ r f details. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used i n psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing i n Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respectto the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983) 353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course i n biology. Fall) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) 359 Measurement Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community serviceagencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology See under Department of Sociology. 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 450 Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation.The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264orSociology 362; Sociology 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Richard Husfloen, Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart, Sheldon Torgerson, Daniel Zemel Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 7 and 495. the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before takrng seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed I1on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,362,399,481,354 or 358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification. Program tor Christian D a y Schoof Teachers: Students pursue one of he regular teacher education programs i n the Department of Education to prepare for licemure by the Stare of Minnesota. In addit~onto the licensure program, five courses i n religion a r e required: 771.221. 362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian D a y School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching i n Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation i s not limited to such schools. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (II1,22'1,356,362,48f, 359 or 358,360 or 483.471 or474,3991; Psychology 105,351,352or 371,485, Sociology 111or Psychology 373, Sociology 231 1; Physical Education 232; Speech 354 or 355,499.This program meets or exceeds rhe educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, bur certification b the church i s a separate function. By addingrwo or three courses from appropriate epartments, thestudent can develop special emphases in parish education. busines management or diaconal work. d Notes: Religion 111 or221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chair. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. 350 Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident i n urban structures. 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 357 Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history i n the early, medieval, Reformation, and modern periods. Some attention will be given to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods i n question.The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life i n its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements i n American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A stucky o f ~ h early e Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such ropics as persecution and martyrdom, the deveIopment of the creeds. Christianity in conllict with GnoSticlsm and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship: also includingthe rhealogy of several earlv Christian leadersand a special unit on the life and thought of Augus~ine.(Spring 1983) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 380 Music of the Western Church (See under Department of Music) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship tothe early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring, 1984) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983) 475 Judaism A survcv of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern tlrnes, with emphasis placed upon the reJigious development. A special interest i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The lewirh Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to kugsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered i n the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion i n thecontext of the tradilional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the dassia in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Spring 1984) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian, Scandinavian Studies/II7 Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator) The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the studenr the broadest possible expowre to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition ro providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as governmenz. international business, or teaching. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course i n Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Liv Dahl (Director) Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses Fisted in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred ro Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, I.e., courses taughtbva Scandinavian languagedepartment or$ubdepartmentregardless of r h e ~ content, r which may he linguistic, literary or culrural. Students graduating with a major or minor must a150 present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies, business administration. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. SeeMetro-UrbanStudies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 312 Old Norse An introduct-ionto the structure of Old U'est None through the study of selections from Old Norse Ifterature. Some attentron given to Otd East Norseand aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the fatter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors and mlnors will have special assignments (Alternate years) 325 Scandinavian Music (See under Department of Music) 118/Scandinavian Area Studies 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinanvian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by JonasLie, Sigrid Undset,Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1982) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjgrnson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required t o do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1981) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (Offered under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 3% Urban Planning in Scandinavia Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (Offered under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science, Studies/lIg Social Science Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) Two emphases exist within the Social Science rnajor: t h e General Major and the Non-Western emphasis. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the o t h ~ major. r General M ajar: 15 courses: 10 required courses (Economics122,123; History 221,222; Geographv 114: ~ociology127,241; ~ s ~ c h o l o g y l O 5 Political ; Science158 and I21 or 170); 4 upper division courses in one of the fo[lowing disciplines: Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology; a statislia course approved by r h e department in which the 4 upper division courses are taken. The student should choose an adviser who i s a member of the department i n which the upper division courses are to be taken. (For supplemenrary information and alternative ways ro f uifill the state-approved competency-based rogram for secondary teacher education, see the following recrion on Social S t u g e i for Secondary Educa~ion.) Non-Western Major: f 4 courses: History 104; 1social science methodofogy course [Economicr, 379, Psvcholog), 264, Sociology 362 or 365); and 12 counes, in at least 4 discipIines, from the follawing: Economicj 122, 258: Hislory 103, 322, 323,324,440, 474; Political Science 351,363,382,461; Phiiosoph y 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent study or interim courses an relevant topics i n History andlar PoliticaF Science. The student planning to fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of rhe Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to reach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the De artment of Education, a competency-bared program designed to provide a broacffoundation in the social sciences. Social Studies Teaching ticensure: 7 courses [Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 222, Political Sc~ence158, Psychology 105, Sociology 121and247) pIusa major in one of ftvef~elds- Economics, History, Pol~ticalSc~ence,~ s y c h o l oy or Sociology O ~ - o r incorporated in a Social Science Major, described in S ~ C T a~ ove). k Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 120/Social Work Social Work Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year. However, ir is strongly advised that the foundation courses required in other departments (see Major, below) be begun in the freshman or sophomore vears. Advisement should also be soughtfrom social work Faculty as t o the sequence of thesecourses. All studentsare adv~sedro rake 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted bv the faculry. Candidacy: Students planning to major i n Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Candidacy status i s required for admission into senior social work courses. Majar: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists oi 257*, 361*, 363*.364*. 467,462,463,464,465,466 and 4 7 :Biology 101': Psvchalogy 10Y,351*. and 35?*; Sociology 121*, 231*, 365, 3rS*, and 383*,Ar least one Conservation of Human Resource; (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A minimum gradeof 2.0 i s required in each upper division social work courserequired in the major. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency.Crime an'd Corrections, Social Miniztries,and Youth are possi ble. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dystunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement i n the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. CompIetion of a concentration i s noted on the transcript. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful completion of Education 388. 257 Practicum in the Human Services With faculty apgrova1,student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as avolunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems of Social Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #. Offered occasionally.) Social Work/'l21 361 Systems of Social Welfare A n examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in rhe U.5. and the roleof social work i n them. Special emphasison analysisof the major assumptions and movements conrrlbutory to the rise of the welfare state; description olaselection of modern service systems, the profession of rocial work, its ethicr, value5, and historical development, Three class periods per week; guest lecrures, research paper. (Sophomore or f. Fall) 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principlesand techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessarv for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. 5pring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361,Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice sk111s through lecture. classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphas~son development of generalist practice skills and c c l e a ~ capproaches. terrures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363and In 364,candidacy status,or=. Concurrent with 462. Fall) 463 Community Development and Organization locality development and social change through community organization, socIal planning, and social actron. Emphasis on: 71 survey o i histar~calforms o l soctal change, 2) understanding the b a r ~ r15suesand strategies relevanr to social protesr and change, 3) examination of the role oi staff, and o i the functions and interrelationships of cornmunip organizat~ons.and 4) knowledge of and actual practice In the essenrial principles and ~echniquesof organizing. (Prereq.: senior or *. Fall) 462,464, Field Work I1 and IV: Progressively responsiblesupervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groupsandlor communities in a 50c1alserviceagency-Ten hours per week, plusonesupportive/discursian seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0 i n 361, 362,364. candidacy status: concurrent with 461 and 467: Fall and Spring) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formularion and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social w o r i practice. Developmenr and implementation will beviewed f~rsthand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. O ~ class P period per week, reading, analytical pape:integratingclasscon~epr~ wilh practical experience. [Prereq.:361.463.and senlor or 2. Spring) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucraticsurvival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied i n the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463, 466, concurrent with 464, or #. Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. ( # half or full credit. Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #) Sociology Gordon L. Nelson (Chair erson), Robert Clyde, JerryGerasimo,Garry Hesser,Anita Kolman, Diane Pike, Joe Torstenson P Major: 10 courses including 121, 362,363, 375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship,independentstudv or upper division interim course i n sociology. This recommendation i s made in the hope that thestudent will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) Honolr Major: The studenr must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Applicarion for honors i n S Q C ~ Q candidacy ~ O ~ ~ shall consist of submission of roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 nf the junior year. Candi acy IS - contingen! upon departmental approval of proposal bv April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for Independent Studv (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be comptcted. Honors degree i n socialogy will be g r a n r ~ dtea candidate i f heJshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. B Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 course including 362 (or Psychology 264), 363, Psychology 399, 450. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for a enciesor i ~ r r nwhich i do evaluationror an employee who can develop an4 maintain ongoing self-assessment programs for a n employer agency. 5ee department chairperson for further details. 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; languageas a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology -. A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus i n addition to regular course offerings or off campus i n conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: #) 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 Research Methods The second course i n a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applicattbns to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention i s focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life -a look atthe trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psychology 105) 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course i s upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources includeextensive readings,simulations,films,and outsidespeakers in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 5 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in rhe major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination i n field of concentration. Application to be made early in t h e senior year. Communication Arts The communicarion major is a flexible in~erdisciplinarvprogram which allows for different emphases- jaurnalism,advertisingand publicreIations, radio-televisionfilm, human relations, and supervisorv management. Program guides for each area are available from the Deparrment Chairperson or rhe Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241,375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 243,350,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor i n English. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students preparing to teach speech i n secondary schoots may specialize i n any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theaterarts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. Thecommunication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Course 116 i s strongly recommended for students in elementary education. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and cdtical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Advanced Writing: journalism (See under Department of English) 225,230 Visual Communications I, I1 (See under Department of Art) 126/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts - - 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 343 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements i n modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved i n effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 7 Theater Arts Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111,116, and 228. Course 111 i s not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, lus Beginning Speech: This major should be supported by several courses i n gterature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,L28,23Z,243,350,360,361,362,366,432,and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. Directin Ernphxis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's r eater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses i n movement, cinema art. and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage management, and 1 internship. f C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 i n Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 i n technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232, 360,361,366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,229, 232,241 or 243,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor i n English. teach in^ Theater Arts Minor For the following: 241,243,350; an Licensure: courses 111,228,232,361,366; partrclpatlon In dramatic productions. one of Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; articipation i n t w o activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n 8 a minor i n English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: i t s organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 128/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Spring, Alternate years) 362 Theater Criticism A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental,and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productionsasfocusfor discussion. (Spring, Alternate years) 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design II Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years) 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater Transdisciplinary, Women's and Minority/l29 Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining approxriate,portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Trans lsc~pl~nary Major enables students t o respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic fields. Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are t o observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Student Standing. Women's and Minority Studies Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, Khin Khin Jensen, James Porter The Women's and Minority StudiesProgram (formerly American Studies) consists of several interdisciplinary courses. The courses listed below fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses i n several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no major or minor i s offered, there is a certificate program i n women's studies. Certificate in Women'sStudies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (ljterature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or Norma Noonan for further details. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 130/Women's and Minority Studies 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of thefamily, education, religion,aesthetics,economics and politics. It i s designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historical origins of women's rolesand status i n human society. Emphasiswill be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American lndian Program office. 260 Contemporary American Indians Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the lndian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected lndian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selectionsfrom women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Board for College and University Services, TALC - 132 Board of Regents - 132 Administration - 133 Emeriti - 134 Faculty - 135 Computer minor opens many avenues 132/Regents, DCUS - Augsburg College Board of Regents Officers Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman James G . Lindell, Treasurer Norma E. Knutson, Secretary Members Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Cowles Media Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Botterniller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Grangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson (1984). Director of Urban & Ethnic Ministries, DSMA of the American Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz, Minneapolis Minnesota Chester Lind (1986). Chairman of Executive Committee, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota James G. Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Gary H. Lohn (1986). Vice President of Employment Preparation Services, Control Data Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. N. Stanley Stake (1986). Minneapolis Minnesota Dr. M e r t o n P. Stromrnen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley Thiele (1986). Senior Vice President Administrative Services, 3M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term. Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Edwin Gunberg, Bethesda, Maryland Gustav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan Ronald Matthias, Director, Minneapolis, Minnesota Administration President President.. ...................................................... Charles S. Anderson College Pastor.. ....................................................... Lowell Brandt Executive Secretary to the President Carolyn Magnusson ................................ Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College.. ............. Richard Green Associate Academic Dean .................................................. Pat Parker Registrar ................................................................ John A. H i l l Assistant Registrar.. ....................................................... Carol Stack Head Librarian. ................................................... Margaret Anderson Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. ........................ Craig Carnahan Director of Audio Visual Services.. ........................................ James Olson Director, American Indian Programs .................................... Bonnie Wallace Coordinator, Black Student Affairs.. ................................... Valerie Geaither Recorder.. .............................................................. Ralph Bailey Interim Director ...................................................... D o n Gustafson International Studies Program Director.. .............................. Mary A. Kingsley International Student Adviser ......................................... Mary E. Johnson Secretary to the Dean ................................................. Joanne Hilliard Finance and Management ........................... Vice President for Finance and Management Wayne Pederson Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services .................... Herald Johnson Associate Director, Financial Aid .......................................... Virene Luthi Director of Personnel .............................................. Bonnie-Jean M o r k Chief Accountant.. ........................................................ Jeff Kosse Manager, College Center.. ............................................ M i l d r e d Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending ................................ Robert Gores Director of Plant Services .............................................. Gerald Johnson Custodial Supervisor ................................................ James Crittenden Maintenance Supervisor.. ................................................. Rob Curtis Grounds Supervisor.. .................................................... Fred Wolter Manager,IceArena ...................................................... JamesCarey Secretary to the Vice President ........................................... Cynthia Lein Development and Public Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................... Gerald D. Bjelde Associate Director of Development.. ..................................... Jeroy Carlson Assistant Director of Development .......................................... Paul Gens Director of Parent/Alumni Relations.. ................................... Janice Rykken Assistant to the Vice President.. ......................................... A. B. Batalden Planned Giving Associate ........................................ Sigvald V. Hjelmeland Director of Public Relations.. ........................................... Lois G. Wollan Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information. ......................... Kay Cady Public Relations Editorial Assistant.. ......................................... Pat Phelps Manager, Central Services ................................................ JillRaschein Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Jeanette Keeney 134/Administration, Emeriti Admissions ............................................ Director of Admissions John B. Hjelrneland Assistant Director ........................................................... Bill Ross Coordinator of Transfer Programs Jeannette Wittrner Admissions Counselor.. Eric Anderson Admissions Counselor.. .................................................. Sally H o u g h Admissions Counselor.. Brian Arvold Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator Charlene Weidenbach ................................... ................................................ ................................................. .......................... Student Affairs Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students ................ Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students (on leave). ......................................Rick Thoni Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement ......................... Patricia Garland Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement ......................... Nancy Medcraft Director of Student Life (Housing) .............................. Linda Schrernpp Alberg Director of Student Activities .............................................. Joan Slater Coordinator, Urness Tower .............................................. Pam Joachirn Coordinator, Mortenson Tower ..................................... Corinne Hofrnann Coordinator, Annex Houses ........................................... Ruth Dinerrnan Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ....................................... D o n Warren Director of Human Development.. ........................................ Judy Essrnan Counselor/Student Development Specialist .............................. Linda Rodgers Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Dorothy Gauger Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary Foundation. 1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M., Manhattan Music School. Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist i n Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. M i l d r e d V. Joel, Professor Emerita, M.A., University of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Esther J. Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. A. M a y o Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music. Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Thut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music. Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fac ~ I t y September, 1981) Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A.,St. Olaf College; MS., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla M a e Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.. Northwestern University. Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Early Childhood Education, lnstructor i n Education. B.S.. MS., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.: University of Minnesota. Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor i n Speech. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B. D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary. Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University. JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer i n English. B.A., St. John's University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chair of Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Lowell N. Brandt (1974). College Pastor. B.A., California Lutheran College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Maria Brown (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor i n Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English, Director of Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California,Santa Barbara. The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages, Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Beverly Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson(1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Larry Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of Minnesota. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., California State University, Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. John Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer i n English. Thomas Gilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Goetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Cotorado. Anne Goodwin* (1981). lnstructor i n English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas. Paul Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. Satya Gupta* (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. 13.5, Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer i n Library Science. Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Roberts. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chalr of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. John A. Hill (1980). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., George Washington University. Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. NormanD.Holen {7964). Professor of Art. B.A.,Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holi (1981), Associate Professor of Rel~gion.B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale Uniuesitv. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chernisrry. B.A.. St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Richard Husfloen* (1982). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma); M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Einar Johnson(1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington. James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Juilliard School of Music. Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Department Chair of Foreign Languages, and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Winona State University. Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration and Department Chair of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo (Egypt); M.S.. University of Michigan. Robert Karlen (1973). Professor of MUSIC. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965)..4ssociate Professor of Fore~gnLanguages. Director of International Programs. B.A., 51. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee Klernp* ('1980F. Studio Artisr/Oboe. B R., Augsburg College. Al Kloppen (19761. Asr~stantProfessor of Health and Phvsical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M A . , University of South Dakota. Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A.. Un~versityof Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S.. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota. Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science. 8.5, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. 8.5, Iowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College. Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M.Ed., Simpson College; M.M., Northwestern University. Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological - Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968). Associate Professor of Historv. B.A., Universitv of Nebraska; M.A., ~, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl* (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College, Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., MS., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University. Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Sandra Olmsted* (1979). Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry. James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor. Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Carleton College; 8.5, M.A., University of Minnesota. Facu lty/l39 Ronald G. Palosaari (1965): Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., University of Wisconsin. Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Colorado; MS., University of Illinois. Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., St. Cloud State University. Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College, Moorhead. Lauretta Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed., Marquette University. Douglas Perry (1976). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Diane 1. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D. Yale University. JamesPorter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies. Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Madeline Renaud* (1981). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Roosevelt University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Sargent (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Exeter, England. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A.. University of Minnesota. Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest. Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois: M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M.. Eastman School of Music. Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D.. University of Minnesota. Paul Sonnack* (1949). Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.. Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago. George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M.. Chicago Musical College. Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College. Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; Graduate, Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Bruce Stuart* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., University of North Dakota; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Minnesota. Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeff Swenson* (1980). Wrestling Coach. B.A., Augsburg College. Jamesten Bensel* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist i n Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota. Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach. Sheldon Torgerson (1981). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary. Joel Torstenson* (1947). Professor Emeritus of Sociology. David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale University; Ph.D., New York University. Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota. Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). lnstructor i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist i n Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette University. David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University. ( O n leave 1981-82) Angela Wyatt* (1981). Studio Artist i n Music/Saxophone. B.S., St. Olaf College. Daniel Zemel* (1981). Visiting lecturer i n Religion, B.A., Brown University; HUC-JIR, N e w York School, M.A.H.L. -e another national CIhampionsh . . Augsburg is an accessible campus in the city Academic Adviser ........................... 31 Academic Calendar 31. 144 Academic Enrichment ....................... I7 Academic Information ................... 31-38 Academic Organization 32 Academic Policies and Procedures.. ....... 3836 Accounting Major .......................... 52 Accreditation 6.44 Adapted Physical Education .................. 83 Administration ........................ 133-734 Admissions ............................... 9-11 Advanced Placement 42 Advanced Standing .................. .... ... 42 Affiliation ................................ 6. 44 Air Force ROTC 3: American Indian Programs 27 Application t o Augsburg ................... 9-11 Application for Financial Aid 16-17 Area Studies East and Southeast Asian 62.63 Russian ............................ ..... . 80 Scandinavian ........................ 117.118 Art History Courses ......................... 49 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) ............... 31.36-37,44 Athletics ................................ 26, 44 Audio-visual ......................... 31-32, 36 Audit Fee .................................. 13 Auditing Courses 41 ..................... ..................... ............................. ........................ ............................ ................... .............. ................ ........................... Biology ................................. 43-52 Black Student Programs ..................... ZT Black Student Union ........................ 17 Board for College and University Services. TALC ..................... .. ... 132 Board of Regents .......................... 131 Board Plans ................................ 13 Books and Supplies ......................... 74 Breakage and Fine Fee ...................... 15 Brief Facts about Augsburg 44 .................. Calendar. Academic ..................... 31. 146 Campus ............................ 2-3.44. 141 Campus Map .............................. 2-3 Campus Tours ............................... 9 Cancellation from College ................... 39 Cancellation of Courses ..................... 39 Career Planning and Placement .............. 27 Center for Student Development (CSD) .... 27. 29 Certification Programs-Art ................ 34. 47 Church Staff Work .................... 34. 114 Program Evaluation ............... 34.111. 122 Women's Studies ..................... 34. 129 Chemical Dependency Program .............. 36 Chinese ................................. 62. 74 Classification ..................... ....... 42 Coaching Endorsement ...................... 83 College Center ......................... 2.3. 26 College Pastor .......................... 25. 133 Communication ....................... 126-127 Communications Directory ......... Front Cover Computer Programming (CDI) ............... 36 Computer Resources ........................ 32 Computer Science ....................... 92-93 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................... . 36. 122 .. .. Continuing Education ....................... 38 Coordinators . Discrimination or Grievance .................... Front Cover Corredive ~ h e r a ~ ~ ......................... 83 Costs 1982.83 ................................ 13 C.P.A. Certification ......................... 54 Counseling and Guidance ................... 27 Course Descriptions/Majors/Minors ...... 46-130 Art, Art History ........................ 47-49 Biology ............................... 49-52 Business Administration and Economics .. 52-59 Chemistry ............................. 59-61 East and Southeast Asian Studies ......... 62-63 Education ............................. 63-69 Engineering ........................... 69-70 English ................................ 70-73 Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82 Geography ......................... ... .. 82 Health and Physical Education ........... 82-86 History 86-88 Humanities ............................... 89 Interdisciplinary Studies ........ 93-%.12%130 International Relations .................... 89 Mathematics/Computer Science ........ W 9 3 Medical Technology ...................... 93 Metro-Urban Studies ................... 93-96 Music, Music Therapy .................. %-99 Natural Science ...................... 100-101 Nursing .................... ....,.... 101-103 Philosophy .......................... 103-105 Physiu .............................. 105-107 Poliliral Science ..................... 108-111 Psychology .......................... 111-113 Religion ............................ 114-116 Russian Area Studies ..................... 117 Scandinavian Area Studies ............ 117-118 Social Science ........................... 119 Social Studies ............................ 119 Social Work ......................... 120-122 Sociology ........................... 122-124 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts ....................... 125-128 Transdisciplinary Studies .................. 129 Women's and Minority Studies 129-130 Course Numbering ......................... 46 ........ Dean's L~st......................... ... .... 43 Degrees .................................... 31 Departments Art .. ..................++............. 47-49 Biology ............................... 49-52 Business Administration & Economics .... 52-59 Chemistry ............................. 59-61 Education ............................. 63-69 English ................................ 70-73 Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82 Health & Physical Education ............. 82-86 History ................................ 86-88 Mathematics/Computer Science ........ 90-93 Music ................................. 96-99 Nursing ............................. 101-103 Philosophy .......................... 103-105 Physics ........................... , 105-107 Political Science ..................... 108-111 Psychology .......................... 111-113 Religion .................. 114-116 .. ........,. 144/l ndex Social Work ......................... 120-122 Sociology ........................... 122-124 Speech. Communication. Theater Arts ....................... 125.128 Deposits ................................ 14.15 Departmental Scholarships 21-23 Directed Study ............................. 43 Dismissal from College 15. 42 Distinction. Graduation with 43 Distribution Requirements ................... 40 Divisions ................................... 32 Drama ............................. 26. 125-126 Driving to Campus ........................... 3 ................ ................... ................. 10 Early Admission ............................. Early Decision ........................... 10. 17 East and Southeast Asian Studies 62-63 East Asian Studies ........................ 62-63 Economics .............................. 56-59 Elementary Education .................... 64-65 Emeriti 134 Engineering ............................. 69-70 Enrollment ................................. 44 Evaluation and Grading ...................... 42 ........... 2.3.7 Facilities ................................ Facts & Figures .............................. 4 Faculty .......................... 37.44.135.142 Fees ....................................... 14 Finance Major .............................. 52 Financial Aid ......................... 16.23. 44 Food Service ............................... 28 Foreign Study ........................ 28. 37. 44 ........... 74-76 French ................... Full-time Student ........................... 13 Foreign Language Placement ................. 73 .. General Scholarships ..................... 19-20 Geography ................................. 82 German ................................. 76-78 Gifts and Grants 17.18.1 9.23 Grade Point Average (GPA) ............ 10.39. 42 Grading ................................. 41-42 Graduates .................................. 44 Graduation Requirements ................ 39-40 Graduation with Distinction 43 Grants .................................. 17-18 Greek ..................................... 78 ................... .................. Health Education ........................ 82-83 Health Service .............................. 28 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.37.9 3.94 History .................................. 86-88 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Honors Major (See Departmental listings) Honors Program ............................ 38 Housing ....................... 2.3.7.14.28. 29 Human Development Seminars .............. 27 Humanities ................................. 89 Humanities Division ......................... 3? ......................... Independent Study 4 Intercollegiate Athletics .................. 26.44 lntercultural Center ...................... 17-28 Interdisciplinary Studies 93.96.12 9.130 .......... Inter-Institutional Programs ............... 36-37 Interim ................... 31.37.38.39.44. 146 53 International Business 89 International Relations International Students 71.28 Internship Program ......................... 38 Intramural Athletics 26 ....................... ...................... .................... ......................... Japanese ................................ 62. 78 KCMR Radio ............................... Kindergarten Licensure ...................... 26 64 27 Learning for Living .......................... Library/Audio-Visual 32.36. 44 L~braryScience Courses 69 Life'Science Emphasis 100 Lifetime Sports .......................... 40. 83 Linguistics Courses 79 Loan Assistance ............................. 18 Location 2.3.6 .................. ..................... ...................... .......................... ................................ .. Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) 33.39,M Management Major ......................... 52 Marketing Major ........................... 5: Mathematics/Computer Science .......... 9b93 Mathematics Placement ..................... 90 Medical Technology ........................ 93 Memberships ............................. 6 . 4 Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 93-96 Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ........... 94 Minnesota State Work Study Program 19 Minority Scholarships ....................... X1 Mission Statement ........................... 4 Mortensen Tower ....................... 2.3. 19 Music ................................... 96-99 Music Organizations ..................... 26. 97 Music Therapy ........................... 96-91) ......... Natural Science ........................ 1W-101 Natural Science/Mathematics Division ........ 31 Norwegian .............................. 79Numbering of Courses 46 ...................... .............. Off-Campus Programs 36.37.38. Orientation (Summer) ....................... 44 27 Parking ................................ 1.3.74 Part-Time Students .......................... 13 Payment Plans .............................. 15 Physical Education ....................... 83-86 Physical Science Emphasis 100 Policies ............................ 6 . 3 W 3 . 4 4 Prekindergarten ......................... 64-65 Pre-Professional Programs ................ 34-35 Prerequisites 46 Probation and Dismissal ..................... 41 Professional Studies Division 32 Program in Global Community ............ 37. 44 .................. ............................... ................. .......... Re-admission of Former Students 11. 17 Refunds .................................... 15 Registration ............................. 38-39 Registers Administration ...................... 133-134 Board for College and University Services. TALC ............... 132 Board of Regents ........................ 132 Emeriti .................................. 134 Faculty .............................. 135.140 Religious & Christian Service Scholarships ..... 20 Religious Life ............................... 25 Residence Life ........................... 28-29 Residence Requirement ..................... 40 Room Rent ................................. 13 ROTC (Air Force) ........................... 37 Russian .................................... 80 Russian Area Studies ....................... 117 San Francisco Summer Term ................. 96 Scandinavian Area Studies .............. 1T7-118 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)...... 95 Scholarships ............................. 77-23 School Social Work Certification ............ '120 Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9) ............... 101 Secondary Education .................. 63-66-69 SEMAPHORE - Student Handbook .......... 26 Semester or Year Abroad .................... 37 Sigma Pi Sigma ............................ Inti Smiley's Point Clinic ......................... 28 Society of Physics Students .................. 706 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ...... 94 Spanish ................................. 8042 Special Education ........................... 68 Special Fees ................................ 74 Special Interest Houses ........................ In Special Students (Non-degree) ............... 7 1 Speech ............................... 725-726 ........ 32 Social and Behavioral Science Division Sponsored Scholarships .................. 19-23 119 Social Science ............................. Social Studies .............................. 119 Social Welfare Minor ....................... 120 Student Activities ........................... 26 Student Employment ........................ 19 Student/Faculty Ratio ....................... 44 Student Government ........................ 25 Student Life ............................. 25-29 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ........................ 37. 4 4 Student Publications 26 Student Rights .............................. 29 Student Services ......................... 26-29 Studio Art Courses ....................... 47-48 Study Abroad ...................... 26.37.38,M Summer Orientation 2; Summer Sessions ........................ 31. 38 ........................ ...................... !. Teaching Licensure ................ 34.63.64. 66 Testscores .................................. 9 Theater Arts ........................... 127-128 9.10. 14 Transcripts ............................ Transdisciplinary Studies .................... 129 Transfer Student Application ................. 10 Tuition ..................................... 13 Tuition Deposit 9-10. 14 ........................ Urness Tower Veterans ...........................2.3. 29 ................................... 43 Women's and Minority Studies .......... 129-130 Work Study ................................ 19 Academic Calendar 1982-83 Fall Semester Aug. 31-Sept. 1 Registration and Welcome Classes Begin Labor Day Recess Last day to register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term break Last day t o designate grading option Interim Registration Spring Term Pre-Registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving Recess Begins Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Final Grades Due Sept. 2 Sept. 5 Sept. 16 Oct. 29 Nov. 5 Nov. 8-11 Nov. 15-Dec. 3 Nov. 18 Nov. 25 Nov. 29 Dec. 10 Dec. 13-16 Dec. 22 Interim Jan. 3 Jan. 4 Jan. 17 Jan. 21 Jan. 27 Feb. 4 Classes Begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Last day t o designate grading option Last day to withdraw from a class Classes end Interim grades due 1983-84 1983 1982 September 5 12 19 26 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 4 8 91011 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 October 3 10 17 24 31 7 14 21 28 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 November 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 January 2 9 16 23 30 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 4 8 91011 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 31 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 31 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 17 18 19 20 21 22 2 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 31 February 6 13 20 27 1 2 3 4 5 789101112 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 7 14 21 28 March 6 13 20 27 December 5 12 19 26 July 1 8 15 22 29 August 1 2 3 4 5 891011121 15 16 17 18 19 2 22 23 24 25 26 2 29 30 31 September 1 2 3 4 5 789101112 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 2 25 26 27 28 29 30 Aprll 3 10 17 24 1 8 15 22 29 5 12 19 26 4 5 6 11 12 13 18 19 20 25 26 27 7 14 21 28 October 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 May 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 June 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 91011 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 23 24 25 26 27 28 2' 30 31 November 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 1 2 3 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 4 11 1; 18 1 25 21 December 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 2, 25 26 27 28 29 30 3
Show less

Title: Golden Valley Lutheran College Catalog, 1982-1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: To Reach Out GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1981-82 Catalog. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Table of Content...
Show more To Reach Out GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE CATALOG Published Annually by Golden Valley Lutheran College 6125 Olson Highway Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422 Phone (612) 542-1216 This catalog supersedes The Golden Valley Lutheran College 1981-82 Catalog. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Table of Contents College Calendar 4 President's Greeting 5 General Information 7 History, The Campus and Its Location, Philosophy and Objectives, Accreditation, Affiliations and Transfer of Credit, General Regulations. Student Services 11 New Student Orientation, Counseling Services, Health Services, Housing. Student Life 13 Student Self-Government, Religious Life, Athletics, Music, Drama. Admissions Information 17 Entrance Requirements, Application Procedure. Costs 19 Deposits, Charges by Quarter, Payment Plan. Financial Aid 23 Gift Aid, Deferred Payment Loans, Scholarships, Student Employment, Procedure for Applying for Financial Aid. Academic Program 29 General Academic Information, Registration, Graduation Requirements, Programs of Study. Course Descriptions 57 Divisions: Biblical and Theological Studies~ Communications; Social Science; Mathematics and Science; Health, Physical Education and Recreation Leadership; Creative Arts; Vocational Studies. Directory 76 Board of Regents, Administration, Faculty. Index 81 4 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Calendar 1982-83 Fall Quarter September 19-24 September 25 September 26 September 27 September 27 September 29 October 8 October 15 October 22 October 25-29 October 30 November 20-28 November 29 Nov. 29-Dec. 2 December 12 December 13-17 December 17 Student orientation and registration for all students President's Reception - 6:00 p.m. - gymnasium All College worship Classes begin Opening Convocation - 9:50 a.m. Final day for payment of fall quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Homecoming Thanksgiving vacation Classes resume Registration for winter quarter Festival of the Christ Child Final examinations Christmas vacation begins after the traditional observance at 11 :20 a.m. Winter Quarter January 3 January 5 January 14 January 21 January 28 Jan. 31-Feb. 4 February 8-1 O February 21-24 March 14-17 March 18-27 Winter quarter begins Final day for payment of winter quarter fees without late fee Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Days of Prayer and Praise Registration for spring quarter Final examinations Spring vacation Spring Quarter March 28 March 30 April 2-3 April 4 April 8 April 15 April 22 April 25-29 May 10 May16-18 May 21 June 6-9 June 10 Spring quarter begins Final day for payment of spring quarter fees without late fee Easter weekend Classes resume Final day to add a class or change a class section Final day to withdraw from a course with a grade of W Final day to submit work for incomplete courses Midquarter examinations Honors Day Pre-registration for fall quarter Spring Banquet Final examinations Commencement Calendar Subject to Change PRESIDENT'S GREETING 5 President's Greeting Experiences during the first year after high school play a major role in one's development of a philosophy of life, which consequently determines how one lives his life and what he gets out of it. Golden Valley Lutheran College was established with the main purpose of providing an opportunity for the student to develop a philosophy of life founded on Christian convictions. We strive to provide this foundation for life by emphasizing a personalized education which includes the opportunity for the study of both liberal arts and the Scriptures, a curriculum which we feel will best help the student understand the world in which he will be living and working. We ask that those who come have an open mind, a grateful heart, and a desire to learn. Preparation for "making a living" is not sufficient for the Christian today. Golden Valley Lutheran College is also designed to provide an education which will serve as preparation for "making a life." Bernt C. Opsal, President GENERAL INFORMATION 7 General Information HISTORY Golden Valley Lutheran College is a two-year coeducational liberal arts college established in 1967 by The Lutheran Bible Institute of Minneapolis which had been engaged in adult Christian education since 1919. Beg inning as a Bible school in 1919, The Lutheran Bible Institute moved from St. Paul to Minneapolis in 1929, and to Golden Valley, a suburb four miles west of downtown Minneapolis, in 1961. Through the years this educational institution has addressed itself to the needs of young people and has sought to meet those needs by establishing programs appropriate to the times. The College is inter-Lutheran and is not directly affiliated with any particular Lutheran synod. It cooperates with and seeks to serve all synods and society as a whole. The College admits qualified men and women from various geographic, cultural, economic, racial, and religious backgrounds. THE CAMPUS AND ITS LOCATION Golden Valley Lutheran College is located on a beautiful 30-acre campus in Golden Valley, a western suburb of Minneapolis which is the cultural, recreational, and sports center of the Upper Midwest. The academic life of the students is centered in a large two-level complex. Classrooms, library, faculty and administrative offices, a prayer chapel, the College auditorium-gymnasium, cafeteria and lounges are located in this building. Four residence halls on campus, Alpha, Beta, Gamma, and Delta dormitories, house approximately 400 students. The facilities include fireplace lounges, laundry facilities, rooms for prayer and 8 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE meditation, and apartments for residence counselors. Adjacent to Gamma dormitory is the Commons, a student lounge and recreation area. A student center with a gri!! is located in De!ta dormitory. PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES Golden Valley Lutheran College is a liberal arts institution with a program of studies in the areas of general education, Biblical literature, music, physical development, and semi-professional training. Its primary purpose is to provide two years of higher education for students interested in the arts and sciences, and also provide opportunity for a study of the sources of the Christian faith. Through special activities the College provides the basis for personal growth and cultural enrichment, and encourages students to participate in community and church activities. In order to reach these goals, Golden Valley Lutheran College offers students a choice of one of the following curricula: 1. Completion of a two-year liberal arts education that functions according to the standards common to the academic enterprise and that prepares the student to transfer to a four-year college or university. 2. The completion of a two-year program provides the basis for semi-professional employment in the fields of church staff work, missions, secretarial work, social service, recreational leadership and a cooperative computer training program. 3. Study of the Bible and liberal arts in a collegiate setting for individuals who do not intend to pursue a degree or semi-professional programs. Golden Valley Lutheran College strives to supplement these curricular programs by emphasizing the following objectives with opportunities ... . . . to develop knowledge of the Hebrew-Christian world view as set forth in the literature of the Old and New Testaments and an analysis on the part of each student concerning his or her basic beliefs and spiritual commitments . . . . to develop service motivated standards of conduct for young adults as they move into the many areas of national life, including social improvement, community involvement and active membership in Christian congregations . . . . to appreciate the great works of art, music and the theatre through courses and cultural events on the campus and through the extensive presentations offered by the metropolitan surroundings of the College. GENERAL INFORMATION 9 ... to attain physical well-being through the application of standards conducive to good health and participation in physical education and sports activities . . . . to develop personal self-confidence through the determination of individual goals, the building of relationships with other people and the experience of companionship in a Christian setting. ACCREDITATION, AFFILIATIONS AND TRANSFER OF CREDIT Golden Valley Lutheran College received regional accreditation through the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools in July of 1978. Thus, entering students can be confident that if they make a creditable record at Golden Valley Lutheran College, their credits will be accepted elsewhere in the academic community. Affiliations North Central Association of Colleges and Schools Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board Lutheran Educational Conference of North America National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities American Association of Community and Junior Colleges Minnesota Association of Community and Junior Colleges National Junior College Athletic Association-Region XIII Minnesota Community College Conference Transfer of Religion Courses With reference to transfer of religion courses, it should be noted that most colleges and universities accept our courses in religion. Students who are planning to continue their education at a college with limited transfer of religion credits may register for the religion courses which are listed in the liberal arts departments. Through the proper selection, most religion courses are transferable, and a student with a satisfactory academic record can normally complete a Bachelor's degree two full academic years after receiving the A.A. degree from Golden Valley Lutheran College. GENERAL GUIDELINES Golden Valley Lutheran College is oriented to the Christian Gospel and expects its students to live accordingly. The College reserves the right to discipline those who conduct themselves in a manner which is not in the best interest of the 10 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE individual, other students, or the College. Each student is expected to be familiar with the regulations and standards pertaining to student conduct as described in the Student Life Handbook. Chapel All classes are dismissed each morning for a 25-minute chapel program. These programs are varied in content. Some are in the nature of worship services conducted by students, faculty, or guest speakers, while others include films, lectures, drama, music or other special convocation programs. The chapel service is the heart and center of our collegiate program. It is here that challenges are made from the Scriptures, where announcements of great significance are made, where there is an opportunity for worship, inspiration and intellectual stimulation and where a sense of community is developed. Each student is encouraged to participate fully in the daily chapel services of the College community. He or she is also encouraged to attend public worship every Sunday in the church of one's choice. Student Use of Automobiles Since parking space is limited on campus, those students who do not need an automobile for commuting or transportation to or from work are urged not to bring a vehicle to college. Those who do need an automobile or motorcycle must secure a parking permit through the business office. The Dean of Students shall have the right to terminate a permit at any time if, in his opinion, circumstances warrant such action. The College assumes no responsibility for damage, theft, or vandalism involving student vehicles. Alcohol and Drug Abuse Golden Valley Lutheran College strongly discourages all students from using alcohol and/or mood altering drugs. Students possessing, using, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus, in college-approved housing, or at college-sponsored events both on and off campus will be subject to disciplinary action. In instances where college officials are informed that Golden Valley Lutheran College students have caused a disturbance off campus in connection with the use of alcohol or drugs the College reserves the right to take disciplinary action. Golden Valley Lutheran College upholds all federal and state statutes pertaining to the illegal use of alcohol or drugs. A student who uses, possesses, or persuades someone else to use alcohol or drugs in violation of the laws will be subject to disciplinary action. The college's action will be determined by the circumstances surrounding each individual case. The College provides counseling services and support groups fn.t" +hn.~~ ,.ui+h ,,.h.o.miru~I 11~.o. ~h11~0. nt"' rl.o.n.anrl.onr\J nr-nhlomc STUDENT PERSONNEL 11 Student Services NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION Prior to the start of the fall quarter, new students are invited to the campus to participate in orientation activities. During this time the student will have an opportunity to learn more about the College and meet staff and faculty personnel who will assist in course planning for the coming year. The orientation period also includes a series of ability and personality tests which are used to help provide a more effective counseling service for students. Selected upperclassmen are available to help the new students become familiar with and adjust to college life. COUNSELING SERVICES The major decisions which students have to make during their early college years are often difficult and perplexing. Counseling provides a service which helps students learn ways of solving their academic, vocational, social, emotional and spiritual problems. The College counselors are available to assist students in clarifying or establishing appropriate educational and vocational goals, to help the students evaluate aptitude and interests, to help them plan programs in preparation for further study, and to help them deal with personal and/or emotional problems. Each student is assigned to a faculty advisor who will assist him or her in planning an appropriate schedule of classes for each academic term or with other aspects of college life. In addition to individual counseling, several counseling groups, concerned with matters such as personal growth, chemical dependency and other 12 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE problems, meet regularly. Beyond the service described, each student may make appointments to visit with instructors, residence hall directors, the deans, the Co!!ege nurse or others on the staff who can Qive assistance if difficulties are encountered. Study skills assistance is provided for students who need to improve their reading rate, reading comprehension, spelling, mathematics skills, study skills, or writing skills. Students seeking this assistance should register for one of the Personal Orientation courses described on page 63. HEAL TH SERVICES The College has a registered nurse on the staff to provide basic medical services. Students requiring additional treatment are usually referred to the Golden Valley Clinic which is located less than a mile from the campus. INSURANCE The personal property of staff members and students is not covered by insurance and the College does not assume any responsibility for the loss of such property. Many families have homeowners policies that will cover losses of family members at college. HOUSING SERVICES Golden Valley Lutheran College is primarily a residential college. Provided space is available, all full-time students live in the College residence halls. Exceptions are those who commute from their homes, or who work for their board and room. All students living on campus are required to participate in the cafeteria program which provides three meals a day, seven days a week. The price fixed for the weekly 21 meal plan is set with the knowledge that a certain percentage of the meals will be missed during a week. Students who are commuting may purchase either their noon luncheon or evening dinner in the College cafeteria. STUDENT LIFE 13 Student Life Campus life at Golden Valley Lutheran College provides activities and experiences which help develop the student's total life. The programs of the College provide wholesome recreation designed to stimulate spiritual and intellectual growth. Students are involved in the planning of social activities which can enrich college life and foster friendships. STUDENT GOVERNMENT AND SOCIAL LIFE Student self-government is carried out by a Committee on Student Activities (CSA) chosen from the student body. This representative group serves as a coordinator of student-faculty relations. It seeks continually to improve and make the life of the student more enjoyable. Disciplinary problems are arbitrated by a Student Judiciary Board. The social program of the College is under the supervision of the CSA. Homecoming, Sno-Daze, and the Spring Banquet are examples of the many social activities available. RELIGIOUS LIFE As an institution of Christian higher education, Golden Valley Lutheran College believes that sound religious life activities must be an integral part of its program. In support of this conviction, the College has regularly scheduled chapel services, campus worship services, campus dormitory devotions and Christian student organizations. Special programs include the Days of Prayer and Praise and the Christmas Festival of the Christ Child. In addition, many students participate in Christian Service activities in the community and in World Mission Fellowships. The 14 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE College has a Fellowship of Christian Athletes chapter in which many students take an active part. There is also an opportunity to participate on youth encounter teams which travel throughout the Midwest presenting the Gospel in word and song. ATHLETICS Basic objectives in physical education and athletics at Golden Valley Lutheran College are to teach the value of good health and physical fitness, to cultivate interest in the proper use of leisure time, to develop character and good sportsmanship and to give instruction in various sports and games used in recreational activities. Intercollegiate athletic competition for men is available in football, baseball, basketball, wrestling, track, marathon, and cross country. The College is a member of the Minnesota Community College Conference, and the National Junior College Athletic Association. Women may participate in intercollegiate basketball, cross country, softball, volleyball, marathon and track competition. An intramural program is available for both men and women. MUSIC Golden Valley Lutheran College is sensitive to the cultural and spiritual value that music plays in the life of any society. It desires, therefore, to cultivate and nurture student interest and participation in music by giving opportunity for self-expression as a member of a performing group. These organizations include the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir, a selected group of 65 voices; the Madrigal Singers, a smaller ensemble which specializes in certain types of music literature; the Golden Valley Singers, a women's chorus; a pep band and concert band; the Golden Valley Orchestra, a community and College organization; and various vocal and instrumental ensembles. In addition to specific courses in the field of music, the College gives opportunity for private lessons in voice and instrumental study. The location of Golden Valley Lutheran College within the Twin City area makes it easy for students to gain a new appreciation of the fine arts. Various community concerts, the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minneapolis Civic Orchestra, and programs given by other colleges and the University of Minnesota, offer continuing opportunities for cultural enrichment. STUDENT LIFE 15 DRAMA The drama program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is two-fold in its purpose: it attempts to expose the student to the inner workings of the College theatre, and it seeks to foster a sense of appreciation for dramatics by encouraging active participation in the field. ADMISSIONS INFORMATION 17 Admissions Information ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Golden Valley Lutheran College seeks students who are interested in the Christian atmosphere of the College. A high school diploma or its equivalent is required for admission. In addition, candidates are considered on the basis of their character, personality and motivation as reflected in reference letters from the pastor, high school counselor, and a personal interview with an admissions counselor. APPLICATION PROCEDURE Application materials are available from the Director of Admissions. Applicants are advised to follow these steps in applying: 1. Secure an application blank from the Office of Admissions. Return the completed form, together with the non-refundable $1 O application fee, to Office of Admissions, Golden Valley Lutheran College, 6125 Olson Highway, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55422. 2. Request the high school to forward your transcript to the Director of Admissions. 3. All high school graduates applying for admission must furnish test results from one of the testing programs described below. Both testing programs include a questionnaire designed to enable the applicant to indicate academic and vocational plans, extracurricular interests and academic needs. The information in the questionnaire and the test scores become an important resource for the College Counselor and the student's faculty advisor in their efforts to assist the student to derive the maxi- 18 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE mum benefit from attending GVLC and to develop to his or her full potential. Minnesota Residents: Graduates of a ~.4innesota high school are responsible for submitting the results of their participation in the Minnesota State-Wide Testing Program or in the ACT Assessment Program. Non-Residents of Minnesota: High school graduates who did not graduate from a Minnesota high school must take the ACT, SAT, PSAT, or SCAT Assessment Program and request that the results be sent to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Applicants who are unable to participate in one of the testing programs prior to registration will be required to take appropriate tests during the first day of the Fall Orientation period. 4. Students who are offered admission must notify the Admissions Office if they accept the offer. A $100.00 deposit is required by April, or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid, the deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment. This comprehensive payment serves as a reserve deposit during the entire period of enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted. 5. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, a $50.00 room deposit must be made, with priority given on the basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year, beginning with fall term. Once paid this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment. 6. After the student has accepted the offer of admission, the College will provide the medical history form to be completed and returned. 7. Room assignments and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The College reserves the right not to accept an applicant or to withdraw the privilege of a student's returning after any quarter if it is judged to be in the best interests of the College or the individual. COSTS 19 Costs STUDENT COSTS 1982-83 The following pages explain the basic costs to the student and the financial aids that are available to assist the student in meeting these costs. The College reserves the right to change the costs of tuition, board, room or fees at any time. The college does not receive direct financial support from any denomination or Lutheran synod. Many of the gifts that come in are through legacies, matching gifts from corporations and Lutheran Brotherhood, Minnesota Private College Contract, and congregations and congregational organizations. Most of the funds, however, come from individual gifts. These contributors include alumni, parents and friends of the college. There are two programs to which people have committed themselves. They are the Loyalty program, where one may pledge $400 to be paid over a four-year period, and the Inasmuch program, where one may pledge $1,000 or more to be paid over a four-year period. We believe that the Lord answers prayer as we tell our friends what our needs are and ask them to join us in participation by prayer and by giving. Deposits and Fees A $10 application fee must accompany the application for admission. This fee is not refundable. All new students are required to make an initial deposit of $100 by April or within two weeks after acceptance has been made and/ or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. Once paid this deposit is not refundable prior to enrollment. This comprehensive enrollment with any balance being refunded after all damage charges, equipment fines, library fines, etc. have been deducted. 20 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE In addition, a $50 room deposit must be made by all new students before a dormitory room can be assigned. Priority is given on the basis of the date payment is received. A student contracts for a room for the entire school year beginning with the fall term. Fall Registration for second year students is based upon the order in which the advance tuition deposit payment is received. Before a dormitory room can be assigned, this deposit must be made. Priority is given on the basis of the date payment is received. CHARGES BY QUARTER The College operates on a quarter system with three quarters per academic year. A student who registers for 12 credits or more is considered a full-time student; one who registers for less than 12 credits is considered a part-time student. Tuition for full-time student ........................... $1,520.00 Tuition per credit for part-time student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127.00 Room & Board (Average) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680.00 (Subject to change) Telephone ........................................... . 20.00 Laboratory Fee Per Course (Includes personal orientation courses) ............................... . 12.00 Physical Education Fee .............................. . 5.00 Varsity Physical Education Fee ...................... . 10.00 Fees for Swimming, Weight-lifting, Karate, Bowling, Golf etc. . .......................................1O.00-26.00 Humanities 200 for GVLC students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.00 Humanities 200 for students not regularly enrolled . . . . . 25.00 Music Fees Voice and Instrument lessons ...................... . 75.00 Organ Rental ...................................... . 14.00 Practice Room Fee ................................ . 10.00 Intern Programs and Off Campus Instruction ......... . Student pays college on mileage basis if college vehicle is necessary. Late Registration Fee ................................ . 20.00 This fee is applicable for failure to register on schedule at any point during the registration procedure for any quarter. It is waived only in cases of illness or family emergencies. 15.00 Late Payment Fee ................................... . This fee is charged to a student who does not pay the balance on his or her account within two days after classes begin for the quarter. Special fees not refundable after 10th day of classes include laboratory, personal orientation, physical education, and music fees for voice and instrumental lessons, organ rental and practice room. PAYMENT PLAN Miscellaneous Fees ................................. . Car registration and parking permit .... (per quarter) Special Examinations ........................ (each) (For final examinations requested at times other than regularly scheduled) Transcript Fee (first copy free)....................... Advance Tuition Deposit for second year students . . . Fall Registration is based upon the order in which the above payment is received. (Non-refundable). 21 5.00 5.00 2.00 100.00 PAYMENT PLAN The account of each student is payable in advance at the time of registration and in accordance with the Full Payment Plan listed in this section. Students in need of credit must make arrangements with the Business Office before registration can be completed. When credit is extended, a finance charge of one percent a month is added. No student is permitted to register if the account for a preceding quarter has not been paid in full. Grades cannot be released, transcripts cannot be forwarded, and degrees cannot be granted until all financial obligations have been met. PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR 1982-83 Fall Quarter June 18 July16 August 20 Registration Day On Campus $ 650.00 650.00 650.00 310.00 +Sp. fees $2,260.00 Winter Quarter October 8 November 1 November 29 On Campus $ 650.00 800.00 750.00 +Sp. fees $2,200.00 Off Campus $ 600.00 600.00 320.00 Sp. fees $1,520.00 Off Campus $ 600.00 600.00 320.00 + Sp.Jees $1 ,520.00 Spring Quarter January 3 February 1 February 21 On Campus $ 650.00 800.00 750.00 +Sp. fees $2,200.00 Off Campus $ 600.00 600.00 320.00 +Sp. fees $1,520.00 22 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Gift Support The charges that are made to students for tuition, room and board do not adequately cover the costs of operating the co!!ege. Approximately 35% of the cost of operation must come from gifts and grants. In the present budget this amounts to one million dollars a year. Therefore, over and above all help given, each student receives the equivalent of a $1850 scholarship per year in order to cover the total expenses of the operation. REFUND SCHEDULE Students who decide to withdraw from college after they have registered and paid their tuition wili receive a computed refund figured from the date the Bookkeeping Office receives the application for withdrawal. Prior to first class meeting ............................ 100% During first week ..................................... 90% During second week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75% From third through fifth week .......................... 50% During sixth week .................................... 25% After sixth week .................................. No refund Room and Board Refunds. If the student leaves school after the sixth week, there will be no room refund. Through the sixth week, the student will be charged for the time spent on campus plus a two-week room charge. Unused board charges will be refunded from the end of the week when the student leaves. If a refund is due the student, a check will be sent within a reasonable time. BOOKSTORE All textbooks, art and college supplies may be purchased at the college bookstore. Stationery, college seals, banners, and other items are also available for the convenience of students. All purchases must be paid for in cash. Students should have $50.00 to $100.00 available at the beginning of the school year for books. Estimated book costs for the entire year are $125.00 to $200.00. LIBRARY The library, located on the ground floor of the Main building provides a variety of materials and services to support the college curricula. There are over 29,500 volumes, 247 periodicals, local and national newspapers, and a substantial vertical file in the collection. In addition, there is a sizeable audiovisual collection including phonograph records and cassettes, as well as filmstrips with necessary listening and viewing equipment available to the students. FINANCIAL AID 23 Financial Aid Golden Valley Lutheran College is concerned with the financial problems of students who wish to continue their formal education. In order to assist students with inadequate financial resources, the Financial Aid Committee coordinates a program of financial aid based on the student's academic achievement, special abilities, and financial need. Basically, there are three sources of financial aid: Federal Government State of Minnesota Golden Valley Lutheran College There are three forms of aid: Gift Aid Loans Student Employment All types of financial assistance are made for only one academic year, but students may expect to receive their financial assistance for the second year if they remain in good academic and personal standing and if their financial need continues. If a student withdraws during the quarter, he or she forfeits the entire amount of gift aid that was awarded from College funds for that quarter as well as proportionate amounts awarded from state or federal funds for that quarter. GIFT AID Gift Aid is a categorial name given to all awards from GVLC plus the Pell Grant (formerly BEOG), Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (SEOG), and th'e Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (MSS/G). Such awards do not have to be repaid. 24 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Pell Grant:This grant is provided by the Federal Government based on financial need. The amount is derived from uniform methodology, using family and student financial information. All students applying for financial assistance at GVLC are required to apply for this grant. Golden Valley Lutheran College President's Scholarship: This scholarship is available only to the gifted student who has demonstrated outstanding leadership in a given field and attained an unusual degree of academic excellence. A recipient must be ranked in the upper ten percent of his or her high school or college class and be willing to provide leadership in music, sports, theatre or other college related activities. The President's Scholarship may be awarded without regard to financial need but if a recipient has a demonstrated financial need, the Federal and State guidelines for financial assistance must be followed. The amount of the scholarship may vary depending upon circumstances. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant: Awarded by the Federal Government through the College, these funds allow GVLC to make awards of $200 or more to students who show financial need based on uniform methodology. Golden Valley Lutheran College Gift Aid: Includes all awards granted for scholarship, athletics, Christian service, drama and music as well as the GVLC financial need grants. These awards are based on demonstrated excellence in specified areas and financial need as defined by the ACT (American College Testing) Family Financial Statement. The GVLC GiftAid awarded to new students is based on their high school achievement, while the Gift Aid awarded to returning students is based on participation and achievement while enrolled at GVLC. One-third of the award is credited to the student's account each quarter. Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program: Available to qualified Minnesota residents each year depending upon financial need. All Minnesota residents who apply for financial aid at GVLC are expected to apply for this aid. Contact your high school counselor or the GVLC Financial Aid Office for exact information because requirements and deadlines vary from year to year. Other Grants: There are a number of grants and scholarships available from other sources. The student is encouraged to consult his/ her high school counselor and the Director of Financial Aid at GVLC for other federal, state, and community-sponsored scholarships and grants. FINANCIAL AID 25 DEFERRED PAYMENT LOANS National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)- Federal NDSL Loans are available to students who have financial need and have been accepted for ad mission to Golden Valley Lutheran College. Repayment and interest do not begin until nine months after the student completes his/her studies. The interest rate is 5%, and repayment may be extended over a ten-year period. Part of the loan is forgiven if the student enters certain fields of teaching or specified military duty. Guaranteed Student Loans: The Student may borrow up to $2,500 per year at 9% interest from a bank and the federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college. The borrower pays the principal and 9% interest during the repayment period. When a bank will not give the loan, the student may borrow up to $2,500 per year at 9% interest from the Minnesota State Student Loan program. First year students are limited to$1,500 per loan, but may apply for a second loan under the $2,500 limit. The federal government will pay the interest during the time the student is in college. The borrower pays the principal and 9% interest during the repayment period. These loans are processed through the GVLC Financial Aid Office. Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students: When necessary an application can be made for a Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS). The parent can apply for up to $3,000 per academic year to be used for educational expenses. This is a 14% loan and repayment must begin 60 days after disbursement, with terms to be worked out with the lender. The Financial Aid Office has a list of private institutions which are participating in this program. Our list, however, is incomplete and parents are free to inquire at the lending institution of their choice. Lutheran Brotherhood Loan - If a member of the student's family holds a Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance policy, a student may borrow up to $2,500 per year from the Lutheran Brotherhood Insurance Society at the same terms described under Federal Insured Student Loans. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT College Work-Study Program-Golden Valley Lutheran College participates in State and Federal Work-Study Programs. The student's eligibility depends on his/her financial need and individual skills. 26 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Student Part-time Employment- The College offers a variety of campus jobs with moderate pay. In addition, there are numerous part-time employment positions available in the Twin Cities and surrounding suburban areas. The Student Employment Office maintains a listing of opportunities available. PROCEDURE FOR APPLYING FOR FINANCIAL AID Any student wishing to apply for financial aid must first make proper application through the admissions department and be admitted to the college. The basic forms to determine financial aid need are the Family Financial Statement (FFS) from ACT, or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) from CSS. Many qualified students fail to receive financial assistance because they neglect to get their financial statements submitted on time. Minnesota residents must file their FFS by April 1, 1982 to be eligible for priority consideration from the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. As soon as all pertinent information has been assembled, our Office of Student Financial Aid sends the applicant student an "Aid Package." A student must accept the aid package within 15 days to be guaranteed the funds . Because of the many Federal and State changes in financial assistance to students, it is necessary to expect students to contribute part of their summer earnings toward the cost of education. The Federal Government also has established an amount that each family is expected to contribute to the educational expenses of a son or daughter. In summary, it is believed that Federal and State assistance programs, plus the financial aid available through Golden Valley Lutheran College, places two years of quality college education within the reach of all who desire it. SCHOLARSHIPS The AAL Lutheran Campus Scholarship Program is for students who hold a certificate of membership and insurance from the Aid Association for Lutherans. The awards are based on academic achievement, Christian character and professional promise. The AAL Lutheran American Minority Scholarship Program is available for any Lutheran American minority person who is a member of a Lutheran church, or is an immigrant who has been sponsored by a Lutheran organization and is attending Golden Valley Lutheran College. In any case, the recipient must be a member of a Lutheran church. Scholarships range from $200 to $1,000 and can be renewed each year. SCHOLARSHIPS 27 The Berean Scholarship is given annually by the Bereans, an organization composed of the wives of the faculty and staff members at the College. The David Bjelland Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. David Bjelland because of her late husband's keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The Ronald Chagnon II Memorial Scholarship has been estab1ished by Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Chagnon Sr. in memory of their son Ron who was a student at Golden Valley Lutheran College. This scholarship is for assisting handicapped students. The Gjernes Scholarship is provided annually through the Martha Gjernes Estate. The Jackson Scholarship is given by Mrs. Eddie Jackson and the late Mr. Jackson in recognition of their keen interest in Bible study and the training of lay people for service to the Lord. The M. T. Lillehaugen Memorial Scholarship is in memory of the late Mr. Lillehaugen who was a good friend and supporter of the College. It is to be used to "help defray the expenses for some good student going into church work, a person with a Christian commitment and one who indicates a good Christian example." The Logefeil Memorial Scholarship is given by Mrs. Logefeil and the late Dr. R. C. Logefeil who was the school doctor at one time. It is preferably to be used to aid a worthy student preparing for the ministry, missionary or some full-time service in the Lord's work. The Lutheran Brotherhood Junior College Scholarship is awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement and religious leadership. The Lutheran Brotherhood Graduate Award for junior and senior years at a Lutheran College is awarded to a sophomore student planning to transfer to a four-year Lutheran college. The Mai Scholarship is an annual scholarship from Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Mai, former students, as an expression of appreciation for what this school has meant to them. The Richard Melvig Memorial Scholarship has been established in memory of Ricky Melvig who had wanted to become a doctor but never lived to realize his dream. It is given to a returning student who exhibits faith, character, and an interest in the sciences. A Mission Scholarship has been established by Dr. and Mrs. Russell E. Nelson to be awarded each year to a worthy student who has chosen to prepare for full-time work in the area of mission. Dr. Nelson was a faculty member and director of mission at the College. The Pihl Scholarship has been established by Mr. and Mrs. Charles R. Pihl. Mr. Pihl served as chairman and member of the Board of Regents of the College. 28 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE The Ponwith Scholarship has been provided by Miss Sadie Ponwith, a former student, teacher, and librarian, and her sister, the iate Miss Aiice Ponwith, also a former student and staff member. It is awarded to students showing evidence of Christian character, leadership, and scholarship. The Savik Memorial Scholarship has been established by the family of the late Oscar Savik, who was a member of the Board of Regents of the College and advisor to the president. The Tang Scholarship is provided by Dr. Christopher Tang, a former faculty member, and Mrs. Tang in memory of their parents, Mr. and Mrs. Han Ching Tang and Mr. and Mrs. Zi Hui Chang. The Tang Church History Schoiarship is aiso given by Dr. and Mrs. Christopher Tang in honor of Anna C. Tang and is intended for a student who has shown excellence in church history courses. The James Robert and John William Gustafson Scholarship has been established by Mrs. Thora Tofte in memory of her husband and son. It is awarded to a student interested in Christian service, ministry, missionary work or Bible study. The Wilson Fagerberg Memorial Scholarship has been established in the memory of Pastor Wilson Fagerberg, a long time faculty member in the Department of Biblical Studies at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The Gunnar I. Johnson Memorial Scholarship has been established by the Johnson family in memory of Mr. Johnson who was the contractor for the construction of the Golden Valley Lutheran College Campus, 1961-1977. The Sampson Memorial Scholarship is given in memory of August Sampson, Father of Mrs. Russell B. Helgesen, the wife of our Development Director. The Mary Wagner Scholarship Fund has been established by Mrs. Wagner for needy and worthy students who are particularly interested in the study of the Bible. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 29 The Academic Program Golden Valley Lutheran College grants three types of two-year completion awards: the Associate in Arts Degree (Liberal Arts and Transfer Program), the Associate in Arts Degree (Specialized Program), and the Junior College Certificate. A one-year Vocational Certificate is awarded for completion of a selected one-year vocational curriculum. In addition there are specialized programs of study available for certain qualified students who do not seek a graduation award. The academic program at Golden Valley Lutheran College is basically liberal arts and allows one to concentrate in the area of general education, Biblical and theological studies, or a specific vocation. Students who eventually plan to attain a four-year liberal arts degree are encouraged to get the general education requirements satisfied while at GVLC, thus allowing them to concentrate chiefly on their major and minor areas of study during the last two years of college. General education courses ask the student to know something of the world of nature and scientific method, of the society in which he or she lives and in which one has a part to play, of the historic perspective and human achievements called the fine arts and humanities, and of the eternal values perceived in Biblical and theological studies. GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION Credit Load and Student Classification A normal credit load consists of 16 hours per term. Exception to this credit load will be considered in consultation with a student's 30 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE faculty advisor. Permission to take more than 18 credits must be granted by the Academic Dean. Students enrolled for 12 or more credit-hours per term wi!! be considered fu!! time. Those vvith less than 12 credit-hours will be considered part-time students. A student who has earned less than 45 cumulative credits will be classified as a freshman. A student who has earned 45 or more cumulative credits will be classified as a sophomore. The auditing of courses is not encouraged since classroom capacities are needed by students interested in earning college credit. Auditors are required to do all work assigned by the instructor and tuition costs are the same as costs for credit. Grading and Honor Point System A student's grade point average is figured at the end of each term and is determined by dividing the number of earned honor points by the number of earned credits. Honor points are computed by the following scale: Grade A B c Honor Points Per Credit 4 3 2 D 1 F I 0 w WF s u 0 0 0 0 Superior Above Average Average Below Average Failure Incomplete* Withdrawn** Withdrawn, failing** Satisfactory*** Unsatisfactory*** *Incomplete work, receiving a grade of I, must be made upÂ· satisfactorily by the end of the fourth week of the next term the student attends. If a student desires an extension beyond four weeks, he or she must secure approval of the instructor involved and must petition the Scholastic Standing Committee for the extension. If the work is not completed, the grade becomes an F. **Withdrawals after the third week of classes and through mid-term are indicated by W or WF (to be determined by the instructor); and afterthe mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, of Fas determined by the instructor. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 31 ***The grading system of Sand U is used only for those courses which are taken to meet the requirements of the Junior College Certificate. An S counts as two honor points per credit for the Junior College Certificate only and will not be credited toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The U grade yields no honor points or credits. Academic Honors An Honors List composed of those students who have earned a grade point average of 3.00-3.49 is compiled at the end of each term. Those students who achieve a grade point average of 3.50 or better are included on the Dean's List. Academic Progress In accordance with policies established by the administration and faculty, a student will be counseled in relation to academic progress toward the Associate in Arts degree: (a) when his or her grade point average for any quarter is less than 2.00; (b) when his or her transcript shows two or more grades of I (Incomplete) in one quarter. If a student's grade point average falls below 1.50 for any quarter, he or she will be placed on academic probation until the grade point average is raised to 1.50 or above. The College reserves the right to dismiss a student if his or her academic performance is regarded as unsatisfactory. Eligibility for Varsity Sports Eligibility rules for participation in varsity sports at Golden Valley Lutheran College conform to the National Junior College Athletic Association eligibility rules. In general, in order to participate in a varsity sport, a student must be a full-time (12 credits) student during the qualifying and competing quarter. He or she must earn a grade point average of 1.5 or better in at least 10 hours of course work listed in the College Catalog. Freshmen enrolled at GVLC in their first quarter of college are exempt from the qualifying quarter requirements. A student's el ig ibi Iity is reviewed each quarter and al I hours of a complete course (subject) must be counted in computing a student's grade point average. (See NJCAA Eligibility Rules.) 32 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Repeating A Course A student may repeat only courses in which a grade of Dor F has been received. The intention to repeat a course must be certified at the time of registration for the course. if a student repeats a course in which a Dor F grade has been received, only the more recent grade and credit earned will be included in the computation of the grade point average. Both grades, however, will remain on the student's permanent record. Class Attendance Each student is responsible for completing work as required in each class. With respect to unexcused absences, excused absences, or make-up work, it is the student's responsibility to learn the policy of each instructor. The instructor's policy is usually stated in the course outline. At the discretion of the instructor, a student may be expelled from the course for an excessive number of unexcused absences or uncompleted assignments. Independent Study A maximum of six credits in Independent Study may be applied toward the Associate in Arts Degree. The student must meet the criteria established by the department and have the approval of the chairman of the department in which he plans to do the study. Standards require a 3.0 average in the department in which Independent Study is taken, a limit of four credits per term in Independent Study, and a demonstration of relevance to the student's academic objectives. Independent Study applications are available in the Registrar's Office. Bible and English Requirements All students enrolled at Golden Valley Lutheran College are required to take one Bible course each quarter if they are enrolled for eight credits in Divisions other than Bible. The only exception is the student who has taken extra Bible courses in previous quarters. A student who transfers from another college is not required to complete the full 18 credits in Bible for graduation but is required to take one course each quarter while enrolled at GVLC. History 102, English 230, and Greek 101, 102, 103 and all of the courses listed in the Department of Biblical Studies are open to the student for selection. The suggested Bible core sequence is listed on pages 57-58. All students are required to register for English until the sequence, English 111 and 112- College Composition, and English 113-lntroduction to Literature, has been completed. Placement in English 100, 110, or 111 will be determined by specific English Placement tests administered to all new students during student orientation in the fall, or at the time of their registration for winter or for spring quarters. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 33 Activity Credits A total of nine credits in co-curricular activities may be applied toward an Associate in Arts Degree. The three credits of required physical education are not included in this category, however one physical education credit toward the requirement will be given for varsity sports. (If the student plays on a varsity team two years, only one credit will be granted for the sport.) Co-curricular activities include all music ensembles, Theatre Practice, Christian Service, additional physical education activity courses after required courses are completed, and activity credits that a transfer student might bring to Golden Valley Lutheran College. In each case the student must indicate during registration whether the activity Â·is being taken for credit or non-credit. With regard to co-curricular activities other than varsity sports, a student who earns a grade point average of less than 1.5 for a quarter may have co-curricular activities curtailed or programs of study reduced, at the discretion of the Scholastic Standing Committee. Credit by Special Examination Under special circumstances, a student may seek to gain credits or exemption by special examination, in accordance with specific departmental policies. Admission of Transfer Students College work done at other accredited institutions may be applied toward a degree or certificate at Golden Valley Lutheran College. Transfer students are required to follow regular admissions procedure and submit an official transcript of record from each college attended. Credit for the college work done, if satisfactory in quality and applicable toward the College's divisional degree requirements, will be accepted toward an Associate in Arts Degree. Golden Valley Lutheran College will not accept D's in transfer except by special petition approved by the Scholastic Standing Committee. The a~tual number of credits earned at other institutions are entered on the student's record, but transferred credits and grade points are not included in the computation of the grade point average. Withdrawals from the College A student who wishes to withdraw from the College during any term, must make application for this action in the Office of the Registrar. Failure to comply with this regulation may deprive a student of refund privileges and result in an F grade in all classes. Partial refunds on fees already paid will be based on the time the application was signed and returned to the registrar's office. (See page 22.) 34 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE REGISTRATION New students must report to the College for Orientation Days as indicated in the calendar in this catalog. Both new and returning students are required to register on the days indicated in the calendar. Registration is not completed until the student has made settlement for the quarter charges at the Bookkeeping Office. Until such settlement has been made, the student is not eligible to attend any class or individual lesson. Changes in Registration Necessary changes to eliminate conflicts and to correct evident mistakes in registration may be permitted during the first ten days of classes, upon the written approval of the advisor. A Change of Course Permit for this purpose may be obtained in the Registrar's Office. After the tenth day, no regularly scheduled classes may be added except by special permission. Withdrawals after the third week of classes and through the Mid-term are indicated by a W or a WF (as determined by the instructor); and after Mid-term and until the last regularly scheduled class day of each quarter by a W, WF, or Fas determined by the instructor. A student may not drop a course after final examinations begin. THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 35 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 37 Graduation Requirements Applicants for admission should study the requirements for graduation outlined in this section of the catalog and plan the college program as a whole as early as possible. A student who is in doubt about how certain requirements are interpreted should consult with an advisor, the Registrar or the Academic Dean. When circumstances might warrant a justifiable modification in a requirement, a petition (obtained from the Registrar) should be submitted to the Committee on Academic Affairs. The responsibility rests with the student for seeing that his or her program includes all requirements for graduation. The advisors, the Academic Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist in every way possible. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: LIBERAL ARTS AND TRANSFER PROGRAM The Associate in Arts Degree: liberal Arts and Transfer Program is the basic award for students who intend to gain a general knowledge of the arts and sciences and who intend to transfer to a fouryear college or university for completion of a Bachelor's Degree. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements of this award are: 1. Completion of the Divisional Requirements as outlined below. The further requiremFmts in the Programs of Study (pages 41-46) are recommended and the student should attempt to fulfill them. 38 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science Natural Science CREDIT HOURS 18 COURSES Bible Core or alternatives 9 12 English 111, 112, 113 Bus. 200, 210 L.E. 140 8-12 Creative Arts 6 Physical Education 3 except Hist 102, Hum 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service Courses All Natural Science courses except Mathematics 101 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140. Three one credit Physical Education activity courses. (One credit only per varsity sport) GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: SPECIALIZED PROGRAM The Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program is designed for students who intend to seek employment after two years of college or for those who intend to pursue an education of a specialized nature such as professional musician. A student receiving this degree must be in residence three terms, one of which must be the term in which the student graduates. The requirements for this award are: 1. Completion of the divisional requirements as outlined below plus the additional requirements of a selected curriculum (pages 48-55). GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 39 2. Completion of 92 credits with a minimum cumulative gradepoint average of 2.00 (C average). 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS Biblical and Theological Studies Communications Social Science CREDIT HOURS 18 9 6 Natural Science 4 Creative Arts 3 Physical Education 3 COURSES Bible Core or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 All Social Science courses except History 102, Humanities 200, Personal Orientation or Social Service courses. All Natural Science courses except Mathematics 101 All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140. Three one credit Physical Education activity courses. (One credit only per varsity sport) GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JUNIOR COLLEGE CERTIFICATE The Junior College Certificate will be awarded to those students who complete two years of work on a curriculum but do not satisfy the award requirements of an Associate in Arts Degree. The requirements for the Junior College Certificate are: 1. Completion of a minimum of 88 credits including one Bible Course or alternative per term. 2. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 1.00. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. 40 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ONE-YEAR VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE 1. Completion of 46 credits (including one Bible Course or alternative per term) with a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.00 (C average). 2. Completion of the requirements of a selected curriculum. 3. The approval of the faculty. 4. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 41 Programs of Study Details of the curricula listed below are outlined on the pages which follow. The student should select a curriculum and be familiar with its requirements before registration. The College reserves the right to change curriculum requirements when the necessity arises. A. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Liberal Arts and Transfer Program 1. Basic Liberal Arts 2. Basic Science 3. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Biblical and Theological Studies 4. Liberal Arts with Concentration in Business Administration 5. Pre-Professional Programs a. Education (Elementary Education, Secondary Education, Special Education) b. Physical Education c. Music (pre-Bachelor of Arts) d. Recreation Leadership e. Law f. Classics g. Agriculture h. Forestry i. Pharmacy j. Medicine k. Dentistry I. Nursing m. Corrective Therapy n. Occupational Therapy o. Physical Therapy 42 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE B. Curricula leading to the Associate in Arts Degree: Specialized Program 1. Social Service 2. Music (pre-Bachelor of Music) 3. Law Enforcement 4. Computer Training and Electronics Technician 5. General Secretarial 6. Legal Secretarial 7. Medical Secretarial 8. Office Administration 9. Parish Secretarial 10. Church Staff Work 11. World Mission C. Curricula leading to the One-Year Vocational Certificate 1. General Secretarial 2. Legal Secretarial 3. Medical Secretarial 4. Office Administration 5. World Mission . A. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: LIBERAL ARTS AND TRANSFER PROGRAM 1. THE BASIC LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM This curriculum is recommended for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college. The courses listed below fulfill the normal two-year general education requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree. Si nee many colleges require one or two years of foreign language or variations of work in some of the fields, the student and his/her advisor will make the relevant selections in relation to the student's future plans and the school to which a transfer is planned. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English English 111, 112, 113 9 Speech 3 Speech 100, 110, or200 12 Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and Social Science all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation courses, Social Service Courses, or Humanities 200 Natural Science All courses except Mathematics 101 8-12 Creative Arts 6 All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Physical Education 3 Three one credit P.E. activity courses Foreign Language 0-15 See department listing Electives Courses in special field of interest 14-33 PROGRAMS OF STUDY 43 2. THE BASIC SCIENCE CURRICULUM The Basic Science Curriculum is recommended for those planning to transfer to a university or four-year college for degrees in science or technology. The student, with the aid of his/her advisor, will make the relevant course selections in relation to his future plans and the school to which a transfer is planned. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits . Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 9 English Speech 100, 110, or200 3 Speech Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and 12 Social Science all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation courses, Social Service courses, or Humanities 200 41-51 Selections from Mathematics, Biology, Natural Science Chemistry and Physics (except Mathematics 101) 6 Creative Arts All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140. Physical Education 3 Three one credit P.E. activity courses Foreign Language 0-12 German 101, 102, 103 recommended 3. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM WITH CONCENTRATION IN BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES This curriculum is recommended for those who want to combine their general studies in the liberal arts and sciences with a more extensive program of Biblical and theological studies. The Bible core sequence may be supplemented by more extensive offerings in the study of the Bible, Theology and Applied Christianity. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 27-36 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives; Theology 121, 122, 123; selections from New Testament English English 111, 112, 113 9 Speech 3 Speech 100, 110, or 200 Business 200, 210, Law Enforcement 140 and Social Science 15 all Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation courses, Social Service courses, or Humanities 200 Natural Science All courses except Mathematics 101 8-12 Three one credit P.E. activity courses Physical Education 3 All courses except Applied Music, Creative Arts 6 Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Greek 101, 102, 103 recommended Foreign Language 0-15 See department listings Electives 0-21 44 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 4. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM: TRANSFER PROGRAM This curriculum offers courses to satisfy the freshman and sophomore business administration requirements of a four-year degree program. Admission requirements for junior-year status at four-year institutions vary. Students should be guided by the program requirements of the universities to which they plan to transfer. Advisers will assist in planning a program that will meet the four-year college's lower division requirements. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Socia! Science 9 3 12 Natural Science 9-32 3 Physical Education Creative Arts 6 Business Business Electives 23 0-19 Electives 0-21 N. T. 101, 0. T. 102, N. T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 required Sociology 100, Psychology 202, 203 recommended Math 102 or 120 required; Math 110, 200, or 201, 202, 203, Biology 111, 112, 113 recommended depending on four year college's requirements. Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business 101, 102, 103, 120, 200, 210 Selections from Business 110, 130, 140, 150, 230, 270 (Electives in Business Administration should be selected after consulting the four year college's degree program requirements) 5. THE LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULA FOR STUDENTS INTERESTED IN SPECIFIC PROFESSIONS a. Education Students planning to teach on the elementary or secondary level will need a minimum four-year program in the Liberal Arts or Sciences and the teacher education courses required for a certificate. The curricula outlined below fulfill requirements for a Minnesota certificate for the first two years. Completion of any one of these curricula leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Elementary Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Geography 100 Biology 113 History 201, 202, 203 Physical Education 120, 130 Psychology 202, 203, 21 O Private lessons in piano and voice are also recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 45 Secondary Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Psychology 202, 203, 21 O Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 Emphasis on a special field of interest Special Education The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Psychology 202, 203, 210 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Physical Education 120, 130 b. PHYSICAL EDUCATION A four-year degree is required to teach physical education. The first two years of this program may be taken at Golden Valley Lutheran College. The curriculum outlined below will earn the Associate in Arts Degree and provides the necessary prerequisites leading to the Minnesota teaching certificate. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science 9 15 Natural Science Physical Education 16 17 Creative Arts Electives 6 11 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201 , N. T. 202, N. T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 121, 122, 123, 201, 203, or Sociology 100, 110, 21 O or Psychology 202, 203 recommended Biology 1i1, 112, 232, 233 Physical Education 110, 120, 130 200, 21 O and including three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 See department listings. c. MUSIC The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lower division requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree with concentration or major in music. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Music Degree is outlined on page 49. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science 12 8-12 Physical Education Creative Arts Electives 9 3 36 2-6 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 121, 122, 123 recommended Selections from Biology or Mathematics (other than Mathematics 101) Three one credit P.E. activity courses Music 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 213; Applied Music - 6 credits, Ensembles - 6 credits See department listings. 46 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE d. Recreation Leadership A program designed for persons desiring a career in recreation leadership or related recreation fields. The program leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and is transferable to many four-year recreation programs. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 9 English 111, 112, 113 Speech Speech 100 or 130 3 Social Science 12 Sociology 100, 110, 212 or Psychology 202, 203 or Law Enforcement 140 recommended 8-12 Natural Science All Natural Science Courses except Mathematics 101 Physical Education Physical Education 110, 120, 200, 21 O 15 and including three one credit P.E activity courses Recreation Leadership Recreation Leadership 110, 120, 21 O, 220, 230 15 Creative Arts All Creative Arts courses except Applied 6 Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Electives See department listings. 2-6 PROGRAMS OF STUDY 47 The College has established specific preliminary training for students desiring entrance into certain professions. A student interested in these professions should consult the appropriate college catalogs and discuss his plans with his faculty advisor, the College counselor, and the Registrar to insure proper course selection. Completion of one of the following curricula leads to an Associate in Arts Degree and satisfies the basic requirements for the first two years of the particular professional program. e. Law The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: f. Classics The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: 9Â· Agriculture The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: h. Forestry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: i. Pharmacy The Basic Science Curriculum and including: j. Medicine The Basic Science Curriculum and including: k. Dentistry The Basic Science Curriculum and including: I. Nursing The Basic Science Curriculum and including: Speech 100; 110 or 200 History 201, 202, 203 Political Science 100, 200 Psychology 202, 203 Sociology 110, 210, 212 Business 200, 210, 230 English 221 History 111, 112 Anthropology 100 Greek 101, 102, 103, 300 German 101, 102, 103 Recommended Speech 100 or 110, or 200 History 201, 202, 203 Geography 100 Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Business 200, 21 O Mathematics 102, 103, 110, 200 Biology 111, 112, 121, 222, 223 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physics 102 Business 200, 210 Mathematics 102, 103 Biology 111, 112, 113, 231 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Mathematics 102, 103, 201 Biology 111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physics 102, 103 One year of foreign language when necessary Mathematics 102, 103 Biology111, 112, 113 Chemistry 101, 102, 103 Physics 102, 103 Psychology 202 Sociology 100or110 Biology 111, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102 Physics 102 German 101, 102, 103 Recommended 48 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE m. Corrective Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Speech 200 Psychology 202, 203 Biology iii, 232, 233 Physical Education 120, 130, 140, 200, 210 n. Occupational Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Speech 200 Psychology 202, 203, 210 Biology 111, 112, 232, 233 Chemistry 101, 102 Physical Education 120, 130, 140 o. Physical Therapy The Basic Liberal Arts Curriculum and including: Speech 200 Mathematics 102 Physics 102, 103 Biology 111 , 112, 232, 233 Physical Education 120, 130, 140 Psychology 120 or 21 o Chemistry 101, 102, 103 recommended B. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE: SPECIALIZED PROGRAM 1. SOCIAL SERVICE Designed to train the student to assist the professional Social Service Worker in areas of reception, group care, case work, teacher assistance, recreation, therapy and rehabilitation. Completion of this curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. The program is designed for students who wish to find employment after two years in college. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Electives 9 3 27-36 4 3 3 16-25 N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives; 0. T. 201, N .T. 202, N. T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 110 Psychology 202, 203, 21 O; Sociology 100, 11 O, 120; Social Service 101, 102, 103; Social Service 201, 202, 203 recommended All Natural Science courses except Math 101 Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Recommended: Physical Education 120, 130, Recreation Leadership 220, Sociology 210 PROGRAMS OF STUDY 49 2. MUSIC CURRICULUM (Pre-Bachelor of Music) The following curriculum may be used toward fulfillment of the lower-division requirements for the Bachelor of Music Degree. A curriculum for those planning to complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree with a concentration or major in music is outlined on page 45. Completion of the curriculum below leads to an Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 9 6-9 4 3 51 Electives 0-1 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 121 , 122, 123 rec om mended Biology 113 recommended Three one credit P.E. activity courses Music 111, 112, 113, 121, 122, 123, 131, 132, 133, 211, 212, 213; Applied Music 6 credits; Ensembles - 6 credits 3. LAW ENFORCEMENT The following curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and law enforcement, leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and provides a foundation for a career in law enforcement. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Speech Social Science 9 6 15 Natural Science Physical Education 4 6 Creative Arts 3 Law Enforcement Electives 24 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100 and 200 History 121 or 122 or 123 or 201 or 202 or 203; Political Science 100; Psychology 120; Sociology 100, and 110, or 210, or 212 Biology 113 recommended Physical Education 120 and including three one credit P.E. activity courses All courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Law Enforcement 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170 7 4. COMPUTER TRAINING OR ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN CURRICULUM Cooperative educational programs are available between Golden Valley Lutheran College and Control Data Corporation for training as computer technicians and programmers, and between GVLC and Northwestern Electronics Institute for training in the field of Electronics Technician. Students spend at least one academic year at the College and complete a specified course with Control Data or Northwestern Electronics. A maximum of 45 credits from these institutions will be accepted toward the Associate in Arts Degree. Completion of the entire curriculum leads to the AA Degree. Required and Recommended Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Electives 9-12 9 6 10-15 3 3 7-21 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 History 123; Sociology 100, 110 or 120 recommended Mathematics 102, 103, Physics 102, 103 Three one credit P.E. activity courses Art 100, Music 100 or Theatre 100 recommended See department listings 50 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 5. GENERAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining instruction in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and secretarial skills, leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and prepares the student for a career as a general secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business/ Secretarial Science Electives 18 9 6 4 3 3 38-48 1-11 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T.103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203oralternatives English 111, 112, 113 See department listings See department listings Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business (110or130); 120, 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211, 213 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended 6. LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and legal secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts Degree and prepares the student for a career as a legal secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business/ Secretarial Science Electives 9 6 4 3 3 46-56 0-3 N.T. 101, OT. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; Q.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 See department listings See department listings Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123,203,213,231, 232, 233. (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 51 7. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this two-year curriculum, combining courses in Biblical studies, the liberal arts and medical secretarial training, leads to the Associate in Arts Degreeand prepares the student for a career as a medical secretary. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business/ Secretarial Science Electives 9 6 8-12 3 3 42-52 0-3 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203oralternatives English 111, 112, 113 See department listings Biology 111, 232 Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103 110, 112, 113, 123,203,213,221,222,223 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended 8. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM This curriculum offers a variety of business administration and office skills courses for the student interested in an entry-level business position after two years of college study. The program is specifically designed for the student who requires a greater concentration of business courses while at GVLC. Students who complete the (two-year) Office Administration Curriculum and transfer to a four-year program may need to register for additional liberal arts courses in order to fulfill the requirements for a BA Degree. Completion of th.is curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies English Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Business Administration 18 9 6-12 4-8 3 3 14-20 Business Administration/ 21-40 Secretarial Science Electives General Electives 0-11 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 See department listings See department listings Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre i 20, 140 Business 101, 102, i 20, 150. (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Selections from Business 103, 110, 130, 230, 270, 300; Secretarial Science 102, 103, i 1O, 111, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211, 213, 220, 221, 222, 223, 231,232, 233,300 See Departmental Listings 52 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 9. PARISH SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM Completion of this curriculum, which combines training in Biblical studies, secretarial skills and liberal arts, prepares the student for the position of Parish Secretary, and leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 English Social Science 9 6 Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts 4 3 3 Busi ness/Secretaria! Science 32-42 Applied Christianity 16 Electives N.T. 101, O.T.102, N.T. 103 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N.T. 202, N .T. 203 or alternatives English 111, 112, 113 Courses in Psychology or Sociology, including Psychology 120 See department I istings Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Business 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211, 213(Business140, Secretarial Science 101, 111 required depending on background of the student) Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 221, 230 Secretarial Science 220 recommended 10. CHURCH STAFF WORK CURRICULUM The following curriculum provides training for the responsibilities of a church staff worker. The responsibilities that may be assigned to a church staff worker often fall into the following general categories: parish education, youth work, visitation, and parish secretary. Completion of this curriculum leads to an Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 N .T. 101, O.T. 102, N. T. 103 or alternatives; 0. T. 201, N. T. 202, N. T. 203 or alternatives Theology and Church 9 Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200 History English English 111, 112, 113 9 3 Speech Speech 140 Social Science Psyr,hology 120, Sociology 120 6 Natural Science Biology 113 recommended 4 3 Three one credit P.E. activity courses Physical Education All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Creative Arts 3 Ensembles, Theatre 120, 140 Secretarial Science 102 (101, 103 required Secretarial Science 3-9 depending on course background of student) Applied Christianity Applied Christianity 122, 123, 130, 140, 201, 25-27 202, 203, 211, 221, 223, 230 Electives See department listings; Sociology and 1-9 Psychology courses recommended PROGRAMS OF STUDY 53 11. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM Current trends indicate that the Church's need is for candidates with bachelor's degrees or with training in specialized fields such as Bible and theology, medicine, education, business, agriculture, electronics, aviation or secretarial skills. Interested students should plan for extended and thorough preparation. The curriculum outlined below combines concentrated Bible study, a liberal arts background, an introduction to the missionary task, and opportunities for a variety of contacts with people directly involved in church work in various parts of the world. Completion of the two-year curriculum leads to the Associate in Arts Degree. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 18 Theology English Speech Social Science Natural Science Physical Education Creative Arts Christian Service Applied Christianity World Mission Electives 6 9 3 12 8-12 3 3 2 9 6 i3 N. T. 1Qi, 0. T. 102, N .T. i 03 or alternatives; O.T. 201, N .T. 202, N.T. 203 or alternatives Theology 121, 122, 123 English 111, 112, 113 Speech 100, 110, or 200 All Social Science courses except History 102, Personal Orientation courses, Social Service courses, or Humanities 200 Biology 113 recommended Three one credit P.E. activity courses All Creative Arts courses except Applied Music, Ensembles, Theatre, 120, 140 Christian Service 110 All Applied Christianity courses Mission 100, 110, 120 See department listings 54 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE C. CURRICULA LEADING TO THE ONE-YEAR VOCATIONAL CERTIFICATE <4 1. ,...r""' .. 1rnA1 \,;u::.l'tC.nl'\L rornnr-TAnlAI i>C.\..rnCll-\Mll-\L -â¢â¢nn1-111 â¢ â¢ â¢ â¢ VUMMIUULUIVI ,,... __ \Vne "'---\ TeCU) ,.... _ _ _ ,_ ... : __ VUlll!Jlt:HIUll _ ,c, UI .1.1-~- llll::S one-year curriculum, combining instruction in secretarial skills (including shorthand} and Biblical studies, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Business/Secretarial 33-40 Science Electives 0-3 N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives A one credit P.E. activity course Business 110, 150; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 211(Business140, Secretarial Science 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-Year General Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. 2. LEGAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and legal secretarial courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Business/Secretarial 36-43 Science Electives N.T. 101, O.T. 102, N.T. 103 or alternatives A one credit P.E. activity course Business 150, 230; Secretarial Science 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 231, 232, 233 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-Year Legal Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. PROGRAMS OF STUDY 55 3. MEDICAL SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of this oneyear curriculum, combining Biblical studies and medical secretarial courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Natural Science 4 Physical Education 1 Business/Secretarial 34-39 Science Electives N.T.101, O.T.102, N.T.103 or alternatives Biology 232 A one credit P.E. activity course Business 150; Secretarial Science 110, 112, 113, 123, 203, 221, 222, 223 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 111 required depending on background of the student) Secretarial Science 220 recommended Students entering the One-Year Medical Secretarial Program must have completed one year of high school typing. Business 150 substitutes for college composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. 4. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM (One-Year) Completion of th is one-year curriculum, combining Biblical studies and office administration courses, leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Physical Education 1 Business/Secretarial 10-16 Science Business/Secretarial Science electives Electives 20 N.T. 101, Q.T. 102, N.T. 103, or alternatives One one credit P.E. activity course Business 150, Secretarial Science 110, 123 (Business 140, Secretarial Science 101 required depending on background of the student) Selections from: Business 101, 102, 103, 110, 120, 130, 200, 210, 230, 270; Secretarial Science 102, 103, 111, 112, 113, 203, 211, 220, 221, 222, 231, 232 0-6 Business 150 substitutes for College Composition. Students, however, must take English 100 and/or English 110 if test results indicate need. 5. WORLD MISSION CURRICULUM (One-Year) curriculum leads to a Vocational Certificate. Required Courses and Credits Biblical Studies 9 Theology and Church 9 History English 6 Social Science 9 Physical Education Christian Service Applied Christianity World Mission Electives 1 1-2 6-12 6 Completion of the one-year Selected from N .T. 101, 103, 110, 120, 130, 140 Theology 121, 122, 123; Church History 200 English 111, 112 Philosophy 211, 213; Political Science 200 or Anthropology 100or110 One one credit P.E. activity course Christian Service 110 Applied Christianity 130, 140, 150, 211 Mission 100, 110, 120, 200 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 57 Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses are arranged according to divisions. The course numbering system is as follows: The first digit of the course number indicates (1) freshman course, (2) sophomore course, or (3) special course for advanced students. The second digit indicates the standing of the course within the Department, from introductory level to degree of intensity (0 through 9). The third digit indicates the term in which the course is offered-(1) first term, (2) second term, (3) third term, and (0) flexible scheduling. The College reserves the right to cancel classes with inadequate enrollment or to change course offerings when the necessity arises. I. DIVISION OF BIBLICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES A sequence of Biblical courses has been established to provide maximum coverage of Biblical concepts by students taking the minimum Bible requirement. The Bible Core Sequence is as follows: FRESHMEN Fall Term Winter Term Spring Term SOPHOMORES Fall Term Winter Term Spring Term N.T. 101 Luke-Acts (or N.T. 120 Hebrews) O.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament (or History 102 History of Ancient Israel or N.T. 140 Gospel of John) N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles (or N.T. 130 General Epistles) O.T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah N.T. 202 Romans N.T. 203 Apocalyptic Literature (or English 230 Literature of the Bible) A student may substitute Greek 101, 102, 103 for 9 credits of required Bible Core courses. DEPARTMENT OF BIBLICAL STUDIES O.T. 102 Covenant History of the Old Testament 3 credits the covenant purposes and acts of God as they appear in the historical record of God's people in the Old Testament, with some reference to the continuation and fulfillment of the covenant promise in the New Testament, especially the Gospel of John. Student may not receive credit for both O.T. 102 and History 102. 58 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE 0. T. 201 Isaiah-Jeremiah 3 credits An historical survey of the last two centuries of the Kingdom of Judah and a study of the prophecies of Isaiah and Jeremiah as they reached their fulfillment in the Messiah of the New Testament. 3 credits N. T. 101 Luke-Acts A study of the iife of Christ and the fundamental teachings of the Cr1ristian Church through the student's personal involvement with the text of Scripture. N.T. 103 Pauline Epistles 3 credits The structure, historical setting, purposes and content of Paul's Epistles to the Galatians, I Corinthians and Prison Epistles are studied with an emphasis upon their relevance to our day. N.T. 110 The Gospel According to Matthew 3 credits A brief survey of the Jewish, Greek and Roman backgrounds, a short introduction to the Gospels, and an intensive study of the life and work of Christ in the light of Old Testament prophecy. Offered alternate years. N. T. 120 Epistle to the Hebrews 3 credits A study of the fulfillment of Old Testament prophecy in Jesus Christ and His supremacy and finality. The student is involved with the inductive method of studying the Bible. Offered alternate years. 3 credits N.T. 130 General Epistles An inductive study of the Epistles of James, Peter, John and Jude with special attention paid to their unique features as compared to other New Testament epistles. Offered alternate years. N.T. 140 The Gospel of John 3 credits An inductive study concentrating upon the Person and work of Jesus Christ as seen uniquely in the theology of John. N.T. 202 Romans 3 credits An intensive study of the Epistle to the Romans, considering its background, doctrinal content and inspirational message, and emphasizing the doctrine of justification by faith with its implications for the Christian life. N.T. 203 Apocalyptic Literature 3 credits A survey of the struggle of the Church against Rome, 70-100 A.D. and the central Christology of the Book of Revelation with student interpretation and evaluation of study results. Bible 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Study of special Biblical problems or areas suited to students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY AND CHURCH HISTORY Courses in this department cannot be substituted for the Bible requirement. Theology 121 God's Way of Salvation 2 credits A study of justification, sanctification and the Christian hope of eternal life as set forth by the Scriptures. The course utilizes the inductive method. Theology 122 The God of Redemption 2 credits A study of the Scriptures and other sources utilizing the inductive technique and with concentration on the attributes of God, the incarnation, the Person and redemptive work of Christ, the sanctifying work of the Holy Spirit, and the relevance of faith in the Triune God in relation to the great fact of redemption. Theology 123 The Church and the Means of Grace 2 credits A study of Scripture and collateral readings using the inductive technique with respect to the means of grace and the role of the Church as custodian thereof. Theology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special theological problems and areas of study for the students' interest. Department approval necessary. 3 credits Church History 200 Religion in Modern America Survey of the role and importance of religion in the United States with emphasis upon changing conditions and practices among the various religious groups and upon the Lutheran heritage. Especially for the Church Staff Work Curriculum. 1 to 3 credits Church History 300 Independent Study SnP.r.ial nroblems and areas of studv in Church Historv. Deoartment aooroval necessarv. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 59 II. DIVISION OF COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Placement in English 100, 110, or 111 will be determined by specific English Placement tests administered to all new students during student orientation in the fall, or at the time of their registration for winter or for spring quarters. English 100 Basic Composition 1 credit for Junior College Certificate only Designed for the student needing individualized instruction in basic sentence and paragraph construction. Successful completion of the course (passing grade) is necessary before the student can enter English 11 O and then the required English sequence (English 111, 112, 113). English 110 Basic Composition 3 elective credits For students entering college who need intensive work in mastering basic academic skills in English Composition. Successful completion of this course (passing grade) is necessary before these students can enter the required sequence of English courses (English 111, 112, 113). Students are granted elective credit toward the AA Degree, but since this course may not transfer to four-year colleges, students are advised to take more than the normal 92 credits. Students in this course are required to attend four hours of class and/or laboratory sessions each week. English 111, 112, 113 (A, B, C, D, E or F) College Composition and Introduction to Literature 3 credits per course The regular series of courses in freshman College Composition English 111 and 112 place emphasis on the students' development and competence in English writing skills and their ability to understand and respond to selected readings. English 113 offers study of specific genre, themes and/or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and may include studies in the Immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction. Nine credits of College English are required of all students (with the exception of one-year vocational students). Normally, College English courses must be taken in sequence. English 130 Creative Writing 3 credits Students are given the opportunity to write poetry, short stories, essays and other literary forms. Topics such as literary criticism and marketing are discussed. Students read and evaluate each other's work. English 210 Topics in Literature 3 credits Study of specific genre, themes and/or topics in literature. Course titles may vary and may include studies in the immigrant Experiences, Satire, Social Concerns in Literature, Poetry, the Contemporary Short Novel and the Experience of Fiction. English 211, 212, 213 American Literature 211: The New Garden of Eden: The 17th & 18th Centuries 212: The Snake in the Garden: The 19th Century 213: The Garden Becomes a Wasteland: The 20th Century 3 credits per course English 221, 222, 223 World Literature 3 credits per course Chronological survey of major writers, works, genres, themes and movements in world thought and literature from ancient to modern times. Fall Term: Ancient East, Greece, Rome and the Middle Ages. Winter Term: Renaissance, Neo-Classical and Romantic Literature. Spring Term: The Modern Age (1850 to the present). English 230 Literature of the Bible 3 credits Students do extensive reading of the narratives, poems, and apocalyptic writings primarily from the Old Testament. Emphasis is placed on reading the selections as pieces of literature. English 240 Directed Study in Journalism 1 credit per term (maximum of 3 credits) Students are involved in the production of a major publication, including exercises in layout and design, copywriting, photography, and editing. 60 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE English 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special study programs to fit student needs and interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Speech 100 Fundamentals of Public Speaking 3 credits A study of the basic concepts used in organizing and delivering speeches. Emphasis on preparing and giving informative and entertaining speeches. Speech 11 O Small Group Communications 3 credits Participation in and analysis of behavioral and work norms in small groups. Includes a study of leadership roles, conflict resolution patterns, and the decision making process. Speech 130 Oral Interpretation 3 credits Theory and practice of the techniques of selecting and performing literature orally. Students will study methods of analyzing literature, and will develop techniques for reading prose, poetry and other literary selections. Speech 140 Communications for Parish Workers 3 credits Development of skills in these areas: Interpersonal, for use in visitation and informal counseling; Group, for use in leading study groups and committees; Public Speaking, for use in addressing congregations and other large groups. Open to first year or second year church staff work students. Offered alternate years. Speech 200 lnte~personal Communication 3 credits Study of the concepts of interpersonal communication patterns and the characteristics of ineffective and effective communication behavior. Speech 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Research or other creative projects withir,i a speech communication discipline. Departmental approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF FORE!GN LANGUAGES German 101, 102, 103 Elementary German 4 credits per course Fundamentals of grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, writing, reading and speaking; reading of some simple German prose and poetry. Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent registration in English 111. 3 credits per course German 201, 202, 203 Intermediate German Review of Elementary German and further study of literary selections; emphasis on speaking, reading and writing German during the winter and spring terms. Prerequisite: German 101, 102, 103 or two years of high school German or instructor's approval German 210 Directed Readings in German 2 credits per term (maximum 6 credits) Students become familiar with selected works of German literature, and increase their reading speed and comprehension of German. Department approval necessary. German 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Greek 101, 102, 103 Elementary Greek 5 credits per course Theoretical and practical study of elementary Greek grammar; readings and parsing of selections from the Book of Acts and other selections. Instructor's approval necessary for first year students. Greek 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special study programs to fit students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 61 Additional Languages-Arrangements can be made for the study of other languages, such as Spanish, French, and Russian if students can provide their own transportation. Interested students should contact the Academic Dean. Ill. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY, POLITICAL SCIENCE AND GEOGRAPHY History 102 History of Ancient Israel 3 credits Survey of the history of Ancient Israel and the development of the religious insight of the Hebrew people. Attention is also given to the importance of Mesopotamia and Egyptian contributions to the literature of the Bible. Student may not receive credit for both O.T. 102 and History 102. History 111 History of Ancient Greece 3 credits Survey of Greek history and culture from the Minoan period through Hellenistic times. History 112 History of Ancient Rome 3 credits Survey of Roman history and culture from prehistoric times through the late Roman Empire. History 113 History of Medieval Europe 3 credits Survey of European civilization from the transformation of the Roman Empire through the fifteenth century. History 121, 122, 123 History of Western Civilization 3 credits per course Survey of the development and accomplishments of Western Civilization with emphasis on institutional, intellectual and spiritual aspects. Fall term: Late Medieval, Renaissance and Reformation. Winter term: Early Modern Europe. Spring term: Modern Europe in a World Setting. History 201, 202, 203 History of the United States 3 credits per course Survey of the history of the American people with primary emphasis on their social, intellectual, political, and economic growth. Fal I: Pre-Colonial through Early National Period; Winter: War of 1812 through Reconstruction; Spring: 1877 to the present. History 230 Topics in History 3 credits Topics in history of special interest to students and instructors, such as the history of women, ethnic histories, period histories, movement studies or institutional histories. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor. History 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special historical periods and problems; research into particular areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Political Science 100 American Government and Politics 3 credits Study of the principles and structure of Federal Government in the United States and of political issues of the current scene. Political Science 200 Modern Political Thought 3 credits Comparative study of Communism, Fascism and Modern Capitalism in the light of contemporary Christian thought. Political Science 210 Topics in Political Science 3 credits Topics in political science of special interest to students and instructors, such as comparative political thought, practical politics, foundations of democratic thought or study of political institutions. Prerequisite: Relevant survey course or consent of instructor. Political Science 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Research into special areas of student interest. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. 62 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Geography 100 Human Geography 3 credits Survey of the basic tools and concepts of geography and the distribution patterns of physical and human environment, plus emphasis on selected areas. Geography 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special interests and area studies. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND HUMANITIES Philosophy 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 credits Introduction to the functions and problems of philosophy with more detailed consideration of the problems of knowledge, existence, freedom, good and evil. Philosophy 103 Logic 3 credits A study of the principles of correct reasoning with emphasis on the recognition and assessment of arguments. Equal consideration is given to informal and formal logic. Philosophy 200 Topics in Philosophy 3 credits Philosophical problems and topics of special interest to particular students. Philosophy 201, 202, 203 History of Western Philosophy 3 credits per course Survey of the important men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks to the present. Fall term: Ancient philosophy. Winter term: Medieval philosophy. Spring term: Modern philosophy. Offered alternate years. Philosophy 211, 212, 213 Philosophy of Non-Christian Religions 3 credits per course A study of the philosophical systems of the major religions of the world, exclusive of Christianity. Fall: Introduction to Philosophy of Religion, African and other traditional religions, Islam; Winter: Review of Philosophy of Religion, Judaism; Spring: Eastern religions (Hinduism, Shinto, Taoism, Confucianism) with special emphasis on Buddhism. Humanities 200 Travel and Study 1-3 elective credits Cultural enrichment through travel. Tours guided or arranged by faculty members. Substantial papers and reports required. Normally this course counts as elective credit. Credits may be used to fulfill divisional requirements upon divisional approval. Philosophy 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Study of special philosophical problems or areas appropriate to the students' needs and interests. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONAL ORIENTATION Psychology 120 Psychology of Adjustment 3 credits Development of a knowledge of psychology that will be useful in attaining more effective personal living and relationships with other people. Psychology 202, 203, General Psychology 3 credits per course Study of the more significant facts and principles in the field of human behavior; provides a basic introduction to several areas of specialization in psychology. Prerequisite for Psychology 203: Psychology 202. Psychology 210 Childhood and Adolescence 3 credits Study of human growth and development from infancy through adolescence; learning theory and application. Prerequisite: Two or more terms of college work completed or instructor's approval. Psychology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 63 Personal Orientation 100 Individual Work in College Study Skills one credit per term granted for Junior College Certificate only. Arranged on an individual basis for students desiring to work on a single aspect of study skills, mathematics, reading, spelling or vocabulary development. Personal Orientation 110 Efficient Reading 1 elective credit Arranged on an individual basis to enable students to develop skills in vocabulary, reading comprehension, and reading rate for success in college and later life. Personal Orientation 120 College Vocabulary Development 2 elective credits Designed to introduce students to basic principles of vocabulary development. Aimed at general vocabulary as well as the specific vocabularies of various academic disciplines. Personal Orientation 130 How to Study 1 elective credit Practice of methods of study developed from information based on research and student experience. Concerned with efficient and effective methods of concentration, use of time, taking lecture notes; textbook reading, organizing material, preparing for and taking examinations. Personal Orientation 150 Basic Mathematics 1 credit granted for Junior College Certificate only. Review of arithmetic, factoring, the fundamental algebraic operations, rational expressions, linear equations, roots and radicals, quadratic equations. Personal Orientation 160 Fundamentals of Spelling 1 elective credit Designed to provide the student with a systematic approach to spelling; the course will utilize a self-paced, audio-tutorial format. 1 or 2 elective credits Personal Orientation 170 The Research Paper Designed to provide the student with the skills necessary to create a research paper; the course will utilize the self-paced, audio-tutorial format. The end result of the course will be the production of a research paper for another class. Prerequisite: English 111 or instructor's permission. Personal Orientation 200 Career and Life Planning 2 elective credits Designed to teach skills for making career decisions appropriate to the student's values, needs, aptitudes, skills or talents, interests and goals. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY, SOCIAL SERVICE AND ANTHROPOLOGY Sociology 100 Introduction to Sociology 3 credits Study of the structures and functions of society and culture as seen through sociological perspectives; focus is on selected problems, social organizations and socialization in the context of change. Sociology 110 Social Problems 3 credits Survey of contemporary social problems with development of the students' understanding of the processes involved in historical, social and cultural change. Sociology 120 Marriage and Family 3 credits Study of the life cycle, mate selection, marital adjustment and parent-child relationships; to provide practical help for those interested in preparing for marriage from a Christian point of view. Sociology 130 Urban Field Experience 1 credit per course (maximum 3 credits J Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to orient students to the urban setting. Different offerings of the course will focus on different topics. Hours arranged for lectures and laboratory periods. Sociology 210 The Urban Center 3 credits Introduction to the problems of modern cities, urban ecology, urban institutions and the urban way of life. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or instructor's approval. 64 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Sociology 212 Minority Group Relations 3 credits Study of minority groups, especially Native 9nd Black Americans, and the problems of the contemporary scene. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or by permission of the instructor. Sociology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special sociological problems and areas of study to fit the students' interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Social Service, 101, 102, 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, 204 Internship 1-3 credits per term Practical experience and observation in working with social service agencies; orientation and help in choosing vocational goals in different areas of social service. Designed for the two-year Social Service Curriculum. Anthropology 100 Introduction to Physical Anthropology and Archaeology 3 credits Survey of the field of physical anthropology and the archaeological methods used in the study of piehistory. Offered alternate years. Anthropology 110 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3 credits Survey of the field of cultural anthropology with the study of the varieties of the human race, their origins and cultural characteristics, and spiritual orientation. Offered alternate years. Anthropology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special Anthropological problems and areas of study to fit the students' interests. Department approval necessary. IV. DIVISION OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Math 101 Intermediate Algebra 3 elective credits Introduction to basic mathematical concepts, sets, the number system, factoring, fractions, inequalities, linear, and quadratic equations. Students are required to attend three hours of class and an additional fourth hour each week in the skills center. Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra. Math 102 College Algebra 5 credits Algebraic operations with real numbers, linear and quadratic functions, polynomials, combinations, bionomial theorem, probability, mathematical induction, matrices and determinants, analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math 101 or instructor's approval. Math 103 Trigonometry 4 credits functions, radian measure, trigonometric identities, logarithms, inverse trigonometric functions and complex numbers. Practical applications in surveying and in physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 102 or instructor's approval. Trigonom~tric Math 110 Introductory Statistics 4 credits Study of basic statistical concepts: probability, sampling, normal distribution, statistical estimation, and hypothesis testing. Problems are applied in the fields of business, social and physical sciences. Prerequisite: Math 101 or instructor's approval. Math 120 Finite Mathematics 5 credits Computing with BASIC computer language. Principles of counting and probability, business mathematics, matrices and inverse matrices, Markov chains, linear programming including simplex method. Prerequisite: Mathematics 101 or instructor's approval. Math 200 Elements of Calculus 5 credits A short course with applications in biology, business and social sciences. Short review of algebra. Continuity and the limit of a function. Derivative and its interpretation; Maximum and minimum problems; Antiderivative; The definite integral; Exponential and logarithmic functions; Functions of several variables. Prerequisite: Math 102 or instructor's approval. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Math 201 Calculus I 65 5 credits Short review of algebra, introduction to plane analytic geometry. The derivatives of functions and their applications. The integration of simpler functions and the applications. Prerequisites: Math 102 and Math 103 or instructor's approval. Math 202 Calculus II 5 credits Differentiation and integration of trigonometric and logarithmic functions. Several techniques of integration: by parts, by change, by variable, by approximation methods, etc., parametric equation, polar coordinates. Applications to geometrical and physical problems. Prerequisite: Math 201 or.instructor's approval. Math 203 Calculus Ill 5 credits Vector treatment of three-dimensional analytic geometry, functions of two or more variables, multiple integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, and differential equations. Applications. Prerequisite: Math 202 or instructor's approval. Math 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Physics 100 Environmental Physics 4 credits Survey of physics as related to the environment and everyday experiences of the physical world. The concepts in mechanics, heat, sound, light and atomic physics are developed non-mathematically. One double lab per week is devoted to student projects or to experiments in laboratory. Primarily for non-science majors. No prerequisite. Physics 102 General Physics I 5 credits Study of physical principles in mechanics, fluids, wave motion, and heat, with applications to practical situations. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in various technical areas. Prerequisite: Math 101 or instructor's approval. Physics 103 General Physics II 5 credits The fundamental physical concepts in electricity, magnetism, optics, and nuclear physics will be studied using practical applications. Demonstration lectures and problem sessions. One double laboratory period per week. Primarily for students in science or in technical areas. Prerequisite: Physics 102 or instructor's approval. 1 credit per course (maximum 4 credits) Physics 120 Field Experience in Physics Hours arranged for lecture and laboratory periods. Physics 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Biology 111 Life Studies I 4 credits Introduction to biology-life versus non-life, cellular design and process, organism types (unity amids! complexity), energy sources, yields, and efficiencies in life systems. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. Biology 112 Life Studies II 4 credits The individual life pattern-cell regulation and division, sex cell formation and union, genetics and embryology, intercellular effects and immune response, physiology and neuromechanisms. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. Biology 113 Environmental Biology 4 credits Traces exploration --.conservation -ecology-conscrousness through perspectives of behavior, populations, ecosystems and biosphere understanding and application. One lecture period, two discussions and one two-hour research lab weekly. 66 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Biology 114 Field Ecology and/or 4 credits Biology 115 Invertebrate Zoology 4 credits VVilderness camping experience during the month of June at the 120-acre North Woods Field Station. Ecosystems analysis and survey of invertebrate phyla with field equipment and techniques-team-taught small group with mobile lab. Wilderness survival and ecorecreation (scuba, rock-climbing, sailing, recording animal sounds, photography, astronomy, geology, wildlife and forestry employment opportunities). Prerequisite recommended: Biology 113. Biology 120 Field Experience in Biology 1 credit per course (maximum 4 credits) Combines theoretical and practical knowledge and experience designed to provide career guidance and development to better direct educational and occupational planning. Hours arranged for lecture and laboratory periods. Biology 121 Plant Studies 4 credits The study of plant cells and tissues with a survey of the major phyla of the nonvascular plants and their adapt ions to the environment. Some field studies and taxonomy of the local trees and fall flowers. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Biology 222 Introduction to Botany 4 credits The study of major phyla of vascular plants and plant growth, regulations, reproduction and photosynthesis. This course will give experience in the green house environment. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, 112or113 or instructor's approval. Biology 223 Introduction to Ecology 4 credits The study of the structure and function of an ecosystem with field studies of at least two major ecosystems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112or113 or instructor's approval. Biology 231 Microbiology 4 credits Practical application of bacteriological techniques in analyzing disease parameters, public heal th measures, ag ric u ltu ral and industrial usef u In ess of the s ma I lest I ife systems. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111. or instructor's approval. Biology 232 Anatomy 4 credits Gross and microscopic structure of the human body from a functional standpoint utilizing charts, models, skeletons and manikins. Cat dissection to demonstrate mammalian anatomy. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111, or 112 or instructor's permission. Biology 233 Physiology 4 credits Organ systems of the human body. Laboratory exercises include blood typing, recording of the heart beat, respiration, muscle contraction, experiments on digestion, urinalysis, coordinated with a brief study of the anatomy of the system. Two lectures and two double lab periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 232, or instructor's permission. Biology 243 Genetics 4 credits An introductory course in the principles of heredity will begin with Mendelian genetics, and then progress to cell division and reproduction, molecular structure, DNA, protein synthesis, gene expression, m utagenesis, and conclude with population genetics, genetic engineering, and variabilities. Emphasis will be on human inheritance. Three lectures and one double lab period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 111 or instructor's approval. Biology 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 67 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Chemistry 100 Environmental Chemistry 4 credits Study of the environment and the role chemistry plays in life. Topics of current interest such as storage of atomic wastes, food additives, air pollution, solid wastes and the development of the environment are discussed, along with the chemical principles required for a more thorough understanding of them. Three lectures and one double laboratory period per week. Primarily for non Science majors. No prerequisite. Chemistry 101, 102, 103 General Chemistry 4 credits per course Chemistry 101 is introductory, including measurement, reactions, stoichiometry, atom structure, molecule bonding and structure, equilibrium, acids and pH. Chemistry 102 has topics of states of matter, periodic table and properties of elements, industrial applications, organic and biochemistry. Chemistry 103 stresses environmental concerns, redox and electrochemistry, chemical analysis, nuclear chemistry, energy, and consumer chemistry. Laboratory sessions parallel the lecture topics, with experiments on measurement, scientific method, separations, equilibrium, acid-base, electrochemistry, polymers, organic reactions, biochemistry, gas laws, qualitative analysis of ions, and water analysis for dissolved oxygen and hardness. Chemistry 101, 102, 103 must be taken in sequence. Three lectures and one double period of laboratory per week. Chemistry 201, 202, 203, Organic Chemistry 4 credits per course Study of structure, reactions and nomenclature of both aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, halides, alcohols, ethers, carboxylic acids, aldehydes, ketones, amines. The latter part of the course deals with larger functional groups such as keto acids, etc. Considerable time will be spent on l.R. spectra and N.M.R. spectra to help identify compounds. Three lectures and one double lab per week. Prerequisite for Chemistry 201 is Chemistry 103 or instructor's permission. Chemistry 201, 202, 203 must be taken in sequence. Chemistry 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Department approval necessary. V. DIVISION OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION LEADERSHIP Physical Education 101, 102, 103 Fall Winter 101 E Bowling 102R Badminton 1011 Conditioning 102B Basketball 101J Cross Country 102E Bowling 101 A Football 1021 Conditioning 101 N Karate 1020 Cross Country Skiing 101 S Soccer 102N Karate 101 D Swimming 102V Volleyball 101T Tennis 102G Weightlifting 102K Wrestling 101V Volleyball 1 credit per course Spring 103L 103E 1031 103W 103N 103X 103P 103T 103U 1030 Baseball Bowling Conditioning Golf Karate Softball Swimming Tennis Track Women's Self Defense Physical Education 110 Introduction to Physical Education 3 credits Study of physical education and athletics in the schools, and the philosophy and basic principles of physical education and recreation leadership. Physical Education 120 Health and First Aid 3 credits Study of modern concepts and practices of health applied to the individual and community. Also includes the American Red Cross First Aid Course. 68 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Physical Education 130 Drugs and Chemical Dependency 2 credits Study of the impact of drugs on the human body and methods of correction. Required for Minnesota teaching certificates. Physical Education 140 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) 1 credit The procedure used when cardiac arrest occurs. Course includes instruction and Official Certification in the skills of CPR. Physical Education 200 Individual and Dual Sports 3 credits Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating individual and dual sports. Physical Education 210 Team Sports 3 credits Study of theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Physical Education 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and problems for advanced students. Department approval necessary. Recreation Leadership 110 Introduction to Recreation and Park Leadership 3 credits Examination of the history and development of park and recreation movement; professional and service organizations; orientation to the professional field. Recreation Leadership 120 Introduction to Recreation Programming 3 credits Introduction to the directing and leading of recreation work and the writing of recreation programs.(YMCA, YWCA, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, churches, community centers, etc.) Recreation Leadership 21 O Camp Craft 3 credits Basic skills and practical experience in various phases of camping and outdoor education. Recreation Leadership 220 Leadership in Social Activities Techniques of leadership in social games, parties and outings. 3 credits Recreation Leadership 230 Internship 1-3 credits per course Practical experience under the direction of full-time workers in the fields of parks, recreation management and Y.M.C.A.-Y.W.C.A. VI. DIVISION OF CREATIVE ARTS DEPARTMENT OF ART 3 credits Art 100 Introduction to Visual Arts Introduction to visual art through the study of esthetics, philosophy, techniques and history of art. Includes attending art exhibits and other cultural events and researching personal ideas as they relate to the world of art. Art 101, 102, 103 Art History of the Western World 3 credits per course Survey of painting, sculpture and architecture as they relate to history and culture in the Western world. Fall Term: Pre-history to Early Christian. Winter Term: Middle Ages to Baroque. Spring Term: Nineteenth Century to Present. Offered alternate years. Art 110 Two Dimensional Design 3 credits A basic study of the principles of design together with the discovery of design sources in nature. Art 121 Basic Drawing 3 credits Exploration and use of various drawing materials and methods. Emphasis on the development of visual perception and personal aesthetics. Art 122 Drawing 3 credits An extension of Art 121 with more extensive experiences in the manipulation of visual elements and pictorial structure. Prerequisite: Art 121 or instructor's approval. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 69 Art 123 Drawing 3 credits Continuation of Art 121and122. Students learn to see design and form relationships and experiment with a variety of drawing media. Subject matter includes still life and the figure. Prerequisite Art 122 or instructor's approval. Art 130 Printmaking 3 credits An exploration and study of wood and other materials for making prints in monochrome and color. Art 140 Watercolor 3 credits An introduction to the watercolor medium with emphasis on compositional and technical problems. Subject matter includes still life and landscape. Art 202, 203 Painting 3 credits per course Basic experiences in the use of oil and acrylic to acquaint the student with the mediums and to encourage the development of personal imagery and technique. Prerequisite: Art 121 or instructor's approval. Art 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special study for advanced students based upon the proposal of the student in consultation with the instructor. Departmental approval required. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Music 100 Introduction to Music 3 credits The development of perceptive listening through the study of representative musical works, their styles, structure and relationship to cultural history. For nonmusic majors. Music 111, 112, 113 Theory 4 credits per course Course sequence in music theory developing the student's knowledge and skills in part writing, keyboard sight-singing and ear-training. Includes studies of the science of sound, the rudiments of music, intervals, triads and inversions, and a survey of non-harmonic tones and seventh chords. Music 121, 122, 123 History of Music 3 credits per course Survey of musical thought and achievement from primitive origins to the twentieth century. Intended for music majors but may be taken by any student upon approval of the instructor. Offered alternate years. Music 131, 132, Choral Conducting 2 credits per course Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef reading, baton technique and transpositions. Meets three periods per week. Offered alternate years. 2 credits Music 133 Instrumental Conducting Study of the fundamentals of conducting with practical experience in conducting student ensembles. Includes studies of instrumental problems, score and clef reading, baton technique and transpositions. Meets three periods per week. Offered alternate years. Music 211, 212, 213 Advanced Theory 4 credits per course Study of Baroque composition including detailed study of non-harmonic tones, seventh chords, altered chords, modal harmony and two-, three-, four-part counterpoint. Also includes a survey of music styles from the Baroque to the present with a concentration on twentieth century techniques of music composition. Prerequisite: Music 111, 112, 113 or instructor's approval. 70 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Music 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. APPLIED MUSIC 1 credit per term Applied Music 110A Voice Study of vocal technique and literature. Emphasis on sacred literature including oratorio, with time devoted to Italian and German art songs. One half-hour lesson per week. 1 credit per term Applied Music 110B Piano Instruction in piano performance, including study of techniques through scales, arpeggios and other exercises. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110C Organ 1 credit per term Graded course in organ playing beginning with study of manual and pedal techniques. Literature studies include examples from all periods of music. Renaissance to Neo-Classic. Service playing problems are also studied. One haii-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 1100 Brass 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a brass instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110E Percussion 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a percussion instrument or instruments. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110F Strings 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a string instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110G Woodwinds 1 credit per term Graded instruction on a woodwind instrument. One half-hour lesson per week. Applied Music 110H Guitar Graded instruction on guitar. One half-hour lesson per week. 1 credit per term ENSEMBLES Music Ensemble 110A Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir 1 credit per term Open to all students by audition, but limited to 65 members. Examples from all periods of music literature are selected for performance. Besides numerous concerts in and around the Twin City area, an extended tour is made each spring. The choir meets four periods per week. Music Ensemble 110B Golden Valley Singers 1 credit per term Open to all women students of the college. Study and presentation of treble choral music, both accompanied and a cappella. The chorus meets four periods per week. 1 credit per term Music Ensemble 110C The Madrigal Singers Twelve students selected from the Golden Valley Lutheran College Choir. Literature used includes Madrigal and Carol. Numerous concerts through the year are given. Music Ensemble 1100 Symphonic Choir Open to all members of the student body and the community. 11 credit per term Music Ensemble 110H Band 1 credit per term Open to all college students by audition. The group performs literature from all eras and styles. A tour is organized each year. The band performs regularly for College convocations and presents formal concerts each quarter. The pep band is formed from this group. 1 credit per term Music Ensembles 1101 College-Community Orchestra Open to all qualified students and community members by audition. The orchestra performs standard orchestral literature each quarter in addition to accompanying the College choirs at Christmas. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Music Ensemble 110V Brass Ensemble Music Ensemble 110K Percussion Ensemble Music Ensemble 110L Stage Band Music Ensemble 110M String Ensemble Music Ensemble 110N Woodwind Ensemble 71 Small Ensembles 1 credit per term Students are given opportunity to participate in small ensembles (trios and quartets, instrumental and vocal). The ensembles perform regularly for convocations, concerts and at local church services. Membership by audition or consent of director. DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE 3 credits Theatre 100 Introduction to Theatre Study of Theatre as a performing art. The aesthetic function of theatre and its role in Western culture will be discussed, as well as the role and function of the various theatre artists such as actor, director, and designer. Theatre 110 Beginning Acting 3 credits An experiential course which focuses on honesty in characterization through various means including theatre games, improvisation, and the development of scenes. Theatre 120 Theatre Practice 1 elective credit per term (maximum of 3 elective credits for A.A. degree) Participation in College sponsored theatre productions. Open to students assigned performing or technical roles. Instructor's permission required. 4 credits Theatre 130 Elements of Technical Theatre A basic introduction to both design theory and design execution in the theatre. Emphasis placed on the technical aspects of scene design, lighting, costuming and sound. Prerequisite: Th 100 or instructor's permission. 1 elective credit Theatre 140 Mime A physical exploration of the art of mime, focusing on internalization, illusion technique, and the performing of sketches. This class will meet two periods per week. 3 credits Theatre 200 History of Theatre An examination of the phenomenon of Theatre Arts from a historical perspective. Emphasis will be placed on a particular period. The historical development of both dramatic literature and staging techniques will be examined, as well as the influence of other historical events upon them. Prerequisite: Th 100 or instructor's permission. 3 credits Theatre 21 O Advanced Acting Intense scene study directed toward the development of a personal technique of honest characterization through various periods and styles of plays. Prerequisite: Th 11 O or instructor's permission Theatre 220 Directing for the Theatre 4 credits An introduction to the role and function of the director in modern theatre. Emphasis will be placed on the elements of the director's craft as well as his relationship to the other theatre artists. Preparation of scenes and exercises will culminate in a final scene or a short one-act play. Prerequisite: Th 100 & Th 110 or instructor's permission. Theatre 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for advanced students of research projects within selected theatre disciplines. Department approval necessary. 72 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE VII. DIVISION OF BUSINESS AND VOCATIONAL STUDIES DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS Business 101 Accounting I 4 credits Study of fundamental principles and procedures of accounting; classifying and reporting data on balance sheets and income statements. Business 102 Accounting II 4 credits Continuation of Accounting I; Analyzing financial statements and analytical functions of accounting; partnership and corporate accounting. Prerequisite: Accounting I or instructor's approval. Business 103 Accounting !!! 4 credits Accounting as a planning and controlling tool in the decision-making process of management; funds statements; cost accounting: job order and process cost. Prerequisite: Accounting II or instructor's approval. Business 11 O Personal Finance 3 Credits Fundamental concepts of personal financial management: insurance, budgeting, credit, savings, investments, retirement and estate problems and consumer concerns. General Education course open to all students. Business 120 Introduction to Business Principles and Management 3 credits Survey of the organization, environment, ownership, management, ethics, operational function, and regulation of American business systems. Business 130 Introduction to Computer Science 3 credits A basic course in the systems approach to processing data in business applications, and the role of the computer in information processing. Business 140 Business Mathematics 3 credits Application of mathematical skills to practical business situations. Topics include: fundamentals review, percentages, interest, discounts, payroll, taxes, profits, losses, stocks, bonds, and insurance. Business 150 Business Communications 3 credits General principles of effective communication in business; writing of various types of business letters and reports; stress on vocabulary and the mechanics of language as applied to writing business reports and letters. Business 200 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics 4 credits National income economics, gross national product, indicators of economic activity, the money and banking system, monetary and fiscal policies to fight inflation and unemployment, principles of world economics, international trade, and the balance of payments. 4 credits Business 210 Principles of Economics - Microeconomics Supply, demand and price; competition, monopoly, oligopoly, and anti-trust policy. Pricing of the factors of production and distribution of income. Prerequisite: Business 200 or instructor's approval. Business 230 Business Law 4 credits Relationship between the citizen and the business world. Topics include contracts, bills and notes, courts, bailments, partnerships and corporations. Business 270 Marketing 3 credits Examination of the total marketing process, including the distribution of goods and services from producer to consumer; processes of retailing, wholesaling, pricing and government regulations. Offered alternate years. Business 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 73 DEPARTMENT OF SECRETARIAL SCIENCE Secretarial Science 101 Typewriting I 3 credits Mastery of the keyboard and proper technique of typewriting. Not open to students with one year of high school typing except by instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 102 Typewriting II 4 credits Students build speed and accuracy in straight-copy typing, and increase their skills in composition, rough-draft typing, editing production and analysis of the following components of typewriting communication: business letters, memos, manuscripts, business reports, business forms and tables. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 101 or permission of instructor. 4 credits Secretarial Science 103 Executive Typewriting This course emphasizes performance at the executive level requiring sustained high-level production speed with the ability to edit, organize, solve problems and produce high-quality work. Speed and accuracy in straight-copy and production work are stressed. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 102 or permission of instructor. Secretarial Science 110 Office Accounting 4 credits General office accounting procedures; payroll records, tax records, records of a physician and an attorney. Practice Set which will include basic accounting cycle. General Education class-Open to all students. Secretarial Science 111 Elementary Shorthand 4 credits Fundamentals of Forkner Shorthand Theory for beginning students or for students who have had less than one year of Forkner or Gregg Shorthand. Secretarial Science 112 Intermediate Shorthand 4 credits Emphasis on speed, accuracy and vocabulary. Prerequisite: Si;ic Sc. 111 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 113 Advanced Shorthand 4 credits Advanced dictation and transcription. Prerequisite: Sec. Sc. 112 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 12.3 Office Machines 3 credits Instruction in the use of electronic printing calculators, electronic display calculators, CPT (Cassette Powered Typewriter) plus study of practical business computations. 2 credits Secretarial Science 203 Administrative Office Procedures II A study of office duties, responsibilities, activities and procedures with emphasis on obtaining a job, records management (filing) and business attitudes. No prerequisite. Secretarial Science 211 Machine Transcription 2 credits Emphasis on transcription techniques, both from machine and textual material. Transcribing machines are used. Prerequisite: Sec. Sci. 103 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 213 Shorthand Transcription 2 credits Refresher course for Gregg and Forkner students with emphasis on speed building and transcription techniques. Prerequisite: Shorthand 113 or instructor's approval. Secretarial Science 220 Supervised Work Experience 1 credit per term Credit for work experience in an office-type environment. (Students must register during quarter in which they receive credit)-must be approved by secretarial science department in advance. Secretarial Science 221 Medical Office Procedures 4 credits Study of medical records, medical law, medical societies, medical insurance, medical filing, medical telephoning techniques, medical appointments, and general medical office duties. 74 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Secretarial Science 222 Medical Terminology 4 credits Study of medical terms used in the branches of medicine; emphasis on prefixes and suffixes: use of medical reference books. Secretarial Science 223 Medical Transcription 4 credits Study of the principles of medical machine transcription (for all branches of medicine); Typing of medical summaries, reports and letters; medical cassette tapes are used. Secretarial Science 231 Legal Office Procedures 4 credits Study of procedures and legal forms involved in probate, appeals, real estate, litigations, wills, estates, partnerships, and corporations. Secretarial Science 232 Legal Terminology 4 credits Study of legal terms used in probate, real estate, litigations, wills, estates, partnerships and corporations. Secretarial Science 233 Legal Transcription 4 credits Study of legal terms via transcription of a variety of iegai documents. Legal cassette tapes used. Secretarial Science 300 Independent Study 1-3 credits Special projects for advanced students. Departmental approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF LAW ENFORCEMENT 3 credits Law Enforcement 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice Survey of the history and principles of law enforcement in American society, the criminal justice system; courts; state and federal agencies. 3 credits Law Enforcement 110 Law Enforcement Operations and Procedures An overview of the relationships between the police and community and the era of crime prevention; the elements of verbal and non-verbal communication and their role in effective law enforcement procedure. 3 credits Law Enforcement 120 Juvenile Problems & Justice An overview of the principles of the juvenile justice system; its laws, problems, and procedures. 3 credits Law Enforcement 130 Criminal Evidence and Procedure Criminal evidence for police, types of evidence, criminal procedure in various courts, arrest, search and seizure, collection of evidence, interviews and line-up procedure. Law Enforcement 140 Introduction to Criminology 3 credits Survey of the psychological and sociological aspects of criminal and delinquent behavior, and of the types of treatment and their effectiveness. 3 credits Law Enforcement 150 Criminal Law The development, application and enforcement of local, state and federal laws that deal with criminal behavior, including a study of the Minnesota Criminal Code. Law Enforcement 160 Constitutional Law 3 credits Study and analysis of the United States Constitution and its amendments that pertain to law enforcement; Federal and State legal decisions that also apply to law enforcement problems. Law Enforcement 170 Psychology for Law Enforcement 3 credits An introduction to the psychological aspects of the Law Enforcement profession, with particular attention to the personal and professional adjustments demanded by this career. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 75 Law Enforcement 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects and research into areas of student interest in the fields of law enforcement. Department approval necessary. DEPARTMENT OF APPLIED CHRISTIANITY Christian Service 11 OA, 11 OB, 11 OC Christian Service Projects 1 credit per course per term Student assignments to various projects provide in-service training in various phases of Christian work. Regular reports to the department are required. Applied Christianity 122, 123 Christian Education 3 credits per course Winter term: Study of the human relations of the teaching-learning process, acquaintance with the age of ability differences and individual potential of children. An in-depth child study will be made by each student. Spring term: Study of the objectives of Christian Education and practice of teaching methods. Applied Christianity 130 Youth Leadership 3 credits Study of the needs and goals of youth leadership in the church, and of the philosophies, organizational structures, resources and materials of the youth organizations and departments of the major Lutheran synods. Applied Christianity 140 Christian Ethics 3 credits Study of ethical standards of Christian conduct and their relationship to the self, family, society, church and state. Emphasis is placed on the student's practical questions concerning right and wrong. Applied Christianity 150 Evangelism 3 credits The evangelical task of the church is recognized as of prime importance, and the responsibility of the individual Christian to personalize the Gospel within the parish and community is stressed. Applied Christianity 201, 202, 203 Christian Education Project V2 to 1V2 credits per term Max of 3 credits. Classroom orientation and practical teaching experience under supervision. Applied Christianity 211 Christian Education Seminar 3 credits Study of materials available in the field of Christian Education; discussion of teaching experiences (Applied Christianity 201 ); acquaintance with methods and materials in adult Christian education. Applied Christianity 221 Church Staff Work I 3 credits Study of basic principles and their relationship to professional ethics, professional relationships, the ministry of the laity, the organization and functioning of the parish, techniques of visitation and public relations. For parish workers, parish secretaries, and lay assistants. Applied Christianity 223 Church Staff Work 11 3 credits Study of strategies and models for the development of programs designed to meet a congregation's particular needs. Applied Christianity 230 Church Staff Field Work 1-3 credits Practical experience in the various aspects of parish work through personal supervised field work with the cooperation of local congregations. Twenty-four hours of work are required for one credit. Applied Christianity 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Designed for students who wish to investigate special interests. May be taken any term. Department approval necessary. Mission 100 Introduction to Mission 2 credits Study of the theology of mission, some basic principles of communicating the Gospel to non-Christian people, and some current practices in the work of the Church in various countries of the world. 76 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Mission 110 History of World Mission 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the nineteenth century. Mission 120 History of World Mission 2 credits Study of the major leaders and developments in the missionary effort of the twentieth century. Mission 200 Mission Internship 1 to 6 credits A flexible program of study designed to provide the student opportunities for contact with people directly involved in church work in various countries of the world. Students may study and serve under the supervision of experienced missionaries at times to be arranged. Mission 300 Independent Study 1 to 3 credits Special projects for the student who has a serious interest in some aspect of the world mission of the Christian Church. Department approval necessary. Directory BOARD OF REGENTS OFFICERS ROBERT L. DANIELS ALC, Vice President and Co-owner Mainline Travel, Inc. Minnetonka, Minnesota Chairman/THE REV. MAYNARD L. NELSON Vice Chairman/ROBERT M. SKARE Secretary/TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN Treasurer/ALLEN A. METCALF JR. WILLIAM H. DOEPKE LCA, Professional Engineer Owner, Doepke Building Movers, Inc. Edina, Minnesota MEMBERS OF BOARD OF REGENTS MRS. NORMA HAYER DOLIFF ALC, Officer and Director F.C. Hayer Company, Edina, Minnesota EVONNE ANDERSON ALC, Farming, Homemaker Halstad, Minnesota THE REVEREND BURTON L. BONN LCA. Pastor Hope Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota DR. LAWRENCE M. BRINGS Regent Emeritus ALC, Chairman of the Board T.S. Dension & Co .. Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND VERNON D. GUNDERMANN LC-MS, Pastor Beautiful Savior Lutheran Church New Hope, Minnesota THE REVEREND RICHARD F. HOLY ALC, Administrator, St. Olaf Residence Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND PAUL R. IDSTROM ALC, Pastor House of Hope Lutheran Church New Hope, Minnesota EARL BURANDT LC-MS, Engineer Honeywell, Inc. Golden Valley, Minnesota TRUDY ROGNESS JENSEN ALC, Counseling Services, Homemaker Edina, Minnesota MARKS. DALOUIST LCA. President Maid of Scandinavia Minneapolis, Minnesota DR. MARLIN J.E. JOHNSON LCA, Specialist in Internal Medicine Quain & Ramstad Clinic Bismarck, North Dakota DIRECTORY WOODROW P. LANGHAUG ALC, Vice Chairman of the Board Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota H. KENNETH LOSCH LCA, Pastor Grace and Red River Lutheran Churches Hallock, Minnesota ALLEN A. METCALF, JR. ALC, President, Metcalf Mayflower Moving Co. St. Paul, Minnesota THE REVEREND MAYNARD L. NELSON ALC, Pastor Calvary Lutheran Church Golden Valley, Minnesota RAY NORLING ALC, Executive Vice President Willmar Poultry Co. Willmar, Minnesota ELMER N. OLSON ALC, Past President, Elmer N. Olson Co. Minneapolis, Minnesota PAUL G. PETERSON LCA, Manager Higher Education Support Fraternal Division Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota ROBERT M. SKARE ALC, Attorney Best & Flanagan Minneapolis, Minnesota LOUISE SUNDET LCA, Homemaker Excelsior, Minnesota RALPH 0. THRANE LC-MS, Vice President and Director of Acquisitions and Mergers The Pillsbury Company Minneapolis, Minnesota THE REVEREND LAURENE. YOUNGDALE LCA, Chaplain Fergus Falls, Minnesota THE REVEREND CARLETON E. ZAHN LC-MS Pastor Peace Lutheran Church, Robbinsdale, Minnesota ADMINISTRATION BERNT C. OPSAL/President J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON/Academic Dean JOHN V. GRON LI/Dean of Students 77 RUSSELL B. HELGESEN/Director of Development MARILYN J. ADAMS/Registrar LOIS STRAND/Financial Aid Director ALTON C.O. HALVERSON/Director of Public Relations PAM MOKSNES/Director of Admissions VIVIAN WIEMERSLAGE/Business office manager FACULTY VERNON J. BITTNER/Counselor B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; B.D., Northern Baptist Theological Seminary, Chicago, IL; S.T.M., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.D., San Francisco Theological Seminary, San Francisco, CA 1978MYRON H. BLANCH/Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1979WILLIAM BOLM/Physical Education, Recreation, Counselor B.S., Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, Ml; M.A. (Physical Education), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN; M.A. (Counseling), St. Thomas College, St. Paul, MN 1971JOHN L. BREKKE/Sociology B.A., Northwestern College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, MN; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1975ROGER W. BROWN/Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN 1979DOUGLAS CAREY/Voice B.S. and M.Ed., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1978JACQOLYN CHERNE/English, Applied Christianity B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1967, 1970 GERALD L. DAHL/Sociology B.A., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL; M.S.W., University of Nebraska, Lincoln, NB; member of Academy of Certified Social Workers. 1975- 78 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE SONJA M. DAHLAGER/English and Personal Orientation B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate siudy, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1979STEVEN W. DOVE/Physical Education, Philosophy B.A.,-Concordia College, Moorhead, MN; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; graduate study, Mankato State University, Mankato, MN. and St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN. 1981PAUL E. DRANGEID/Biology, Physical Education B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.S., South Dakota State University, Brookings, S.D.; graduate work at: Colorado School Mines, Golden, CO; University of Chattanooga, TN; University of West Virginia, Morgantown, WV; University of Vermont, Burlington, VT; Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, PA; Boyce Thompson Plant Research Institute, Yonkers, N.Y.; Ripon College, WS; Knox College, Galesburg, IL. 1979WILLIAM P. EFFERTZ/Law Enforcement B.B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; advanced study, FBI Academy. 1976JANICE EGGERSGLUESS/Business Education B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1969JEANNE EKHOLM/Music B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN 1978FREDERICK E. GESKE/Biblical Theology Concordia College, St. Paul, MN Concordia Seminary, St. Louis, MO; M.Div. Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1978JANICE GRAVDAHL/Business Education S.S., Bemidji State University, Bemidji, MN 1972JOHN V. GRONLI/ Dean of Students, Philosophy, Biblical Theology B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; M.A., Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, WA; additional graduate study, Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary, Berkeley, CA; D.Min., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1976- F1UTH A. HALVERSON/Journalism B.A., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN; additional Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977EDWARD A. HANSEN/Biblical Theology B.A., Dana College, Blair, NB; B.D., Trinity Theological Seminary, Blair, NB; M. Div., Wartburg Theological Seminary, Dubuque, IA; D.D., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; additional graduate study, The Biblical Seminary, New York, NY; Mansfield College, Oxford, England; University of St. Andrews, Scotland. 1980LEE ANNE HANSEN/English, German B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; Graduate School, University of Munich, Munich, Germany; finished courses for Ph.D., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1973ALLEN L. HANSON/Chemistry B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, MN; M.S., Ph.D., State University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA 1980JOHN HASTINGS/Residence Hall Director, Biology, Personal Orientation A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; B.A., University of Minnesota, Duluth, MN; additional study, National Outdoor Leadership School; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1981DOROTHY L. HAUGEN/Physical Education B.S., Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL 1978PAUL T. HIRDMAN/Sociology, Psychology, Counselor A.A., Waldorf College, Forest City, IA; B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Ph.D., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 1979JUDY HYLAND/Applied Christianity B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, CA. 1981JEAN JOHNSON/Business Education B.S., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 1974- DIRECTORY PATRICIA M. JOHNSON/English, Speech B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; graduate study, Georgetown University, Washington, D.C. and University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1981PRllDU KllVE/Physics, Mathematics B.A., Berea College, Berea, Kentucky; M.A., University of Buffalo, Buffalo, NY 1973GAIL LANDO/English B.A., Wisconsin State, Eau Claire, WI; additional graduate study, St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1972PHYLLIS LARSON/English, Mission B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas, St. Paul, MN 1973RICHARD LAUE/History Political Science B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota and University of Strasbourg, France. 1966SEVERT LEGRED/Physical Education B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., Mankato State College, Mankato, MN; additional graduate study, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL. 1969LUTHER LERSETH/Biblical Theology, B.A., Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. Dakota; B. Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1978ALLEN C. LINDHOLM/Law Enforcement B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; J.D., Ham line University, College of Law, St. Paul, MN. 1981HERBERT G. LODDIGS/Biblical Theology, Greek B.A., Wagner College, Staten Island, NY; New York University, Hartwick Seminary, Brooklyn, NY; C. Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; additional graduate study, College of Chinese Studies, Baguio, Philippines; School of Chinese Studies, Hankow, China; Princeton Theological Seminary, Princeton, NJ 1957WILLIAM E. LUNDQUIST/Physical Education B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.Ed., University of Minnesota 1966PATRICK D. McGOWAN/Law Enforcement B.S., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN 1981PAMELA MOKSNES/Director of Admissions B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; additional Study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1979- 79 HAROLD E. MOORE, JR./Business, Counselor B.A., University of Denver, Denver, CO; J.D., University of Denver, College of Law, Denver, CO; additional study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; United Theological Seminary, New Brighton, MN 1980PATRICIA NORTWEN/Piano B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota 1967BERNT C. OPSAL/President B.A., Upsala College, East Orange, NJ; B. Th., Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN; Biblical Seminary, New York; M.A., New York University; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis; New York University; Litt. D., Concordia College, St. Paul, MN. 1954MAHLON PITNEY /Psychology, Counselor B.A., Macalester College, St. Paul, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1970DONALD R. PRUST/Business B.S., Northern Michigan University, Marquette, Mich.; B.S., Mankato State University, Mankato, MN; graduate study, University of Texas at Arlington, Arlington, TX 1980MARLO F. PUTZ/Biology B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.S., St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, MN 1968JAMES C. ROBERTSON/Law Enforcement B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1976PAUL 0. ROMSTAD/Theology B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN. 1981AL SCHOBER/Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN; M.S., Purdue University, Lafayette, lnd.1971DOROTHY SEAGARD/Music, Voice and Choral B.M., Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ; graduate study, Chicago Opera Guild; Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1962JOHN C. SEAGARD/Music, Choral, Organ B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY; Lutheran Bible Institute; Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; Westminster Choir College, Princeton, NJ; Chicago Opera Repertoire Guild; additional graduate study, Eastman School of Music, Rochester, NY 1962- 80 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE RICHARD M. SERENA/Librarian B.S., Columbia University, New York, NY; M.L.S., Columbia University, New York, NY 1976MARYS. SICILIA/ American Studies, Personal Orientation and Speech B.S., Northwestern College, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Ph.d., course work completed, UniMN; M.F.A., Texas Christian University, Fort PAUL W. SIEMERS/Theatre B.A:, Bethel College, Roseville, MN; MA., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Ph.d. course work completed, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1981- HOLLY S. VANVONDEREN/Theatre B.A., Bethel College, St. Paul, MN; additional study, Towson State University, Baltimore, Md. 1980RUSS ELL A. V!KSTROM/Bib!ical Theology, Applied Christianity B.A., Augustana College, Rock Island, IL; M.Div., Augustana Seminary, Rock Island, IL; additional graduate study, Biblical Seminary, New York; Luther Seminary, St. Paul, MN 1953ANITA L. WARDLAW/Speech, Sociology B.S., Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa; M.A., University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. 1980J. PHILIP WORTHINGTON/Academic Dean, Biblical Theology ROGER SNYDER/f\.~usic, Band and Orchestra B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, B.S., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; M.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1977- MN; C.T.; Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Biblical Seminary, New York City; M.A., New York University, course work completed for Ed.D., New York University, New York, NY. 1974- MARILYN A. STALHEIM/English and Librarian B.S., University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire, WI; M.S., University of Wisconsin, Stout, WI 1976MARLIN STENE/ Applied Christianity B.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, B. Th., Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, MN; S.T.M., Wartburg Seminary, Dubuque, IA; Barrett Biblical Seminary, post S.T.M. work. 1977DAVID SWANSON/Theatre B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, MN; M.F.A., Texas Christian University, Fort Worth, TX; graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 1980- DAVID E. YOUNGQUIST/Business B.S., United States Military Academy, West Point, NY; M.B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; additional graduate study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. 1976- STUDENT SERVICES PERSONNEL NANCY LEE JOHNSON/Residence Hall Director A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; B.A. Wheaton College, Wheaton, IL; additional study, Fuller Theological Seminary, Pasadena, CA; Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; St. Paul, MN. REAM. MAATTALA/Residence Hall Director, GERALD SWANSON/Art Student Activities Director, Housing B.A., University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Assistant MN; M.F.A., University of Minnesota 1972A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; B.A. Northwestern College, KATHRYN SWANSON/English Roseville, MN; additional study, Brown InstiB.A., St. Olaf College, Northfield, MN; M.A., tute, Minneapolis, MN; University of MinnesoUniversity of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN ta, Minneapolis, MN. 1971LOIS NYSTUL/Director of Health Service CAROL J. TOMER/Residence Hall Director, R.N., Fairview School of Nursing, Minneapolis, MN; B.A., Metropolitan State University, St. Mathematics and Philosophy; B.A. Luther College, Decorah, IA; additional Paul, MN. study, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, DOUGLAS L. SILL/Manager, Student Union MN; Luther Northwestern Theological Semi- A.A., Golden Valley Lutheran College, Minneapolis, MN; additional study, South Dakota nary, St. Paul, MN 1980State University, Brookings, SD; Dunwoody Institute, Minneapolis, MN; St. Paul Bible LOIS UTZINGER/Music B.A., Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota; College, St. Bonifacius, MN. M.M., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, VANCE L. TOIVONEN/Residence Hall Michigan; additional graduate study, Univer- Director sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor; University of B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead MN; North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota. additional study, Luther-Northwestern Theo1978 logical Seminary, St. Paul, MN. INDEX 81 INDEX Academic Honors ................... 31 A cad em ic Program .................. 29 Accreditation ....................... 9 Activity Credits ..................... 33 Activities, Student ................... 13 Administration ...................... 77 Admissions Procedures .............. 17 Affiliations .......................... 9 Agriculture ......................... 47 Alcohol and Drugs ................... 1O Anthropology ....................... 64 Application Fee .................. 17,20 Applied Christianity ................... 75 Applied Music ...................... 70 Art ................................ 68 Associate in Arts Degree ............. 42 Associate in Arts, Curricula Leading to .................... 41, 42, 48 Athletics ........................... 14 Attendance, Chapel .................. 10 Attendance, Classroom .............. 32 Automobiles ........................ 1 O Awards, Academic ..................... 37 Biblical and Theological Studies .... 43, 57 Bible Requirement ................... 32 Biology ............................ 65 Board and Room Costs ............... 20 Board of Regents ................. 76-77 Bookstore .......................... 22 Business Administration ............. 44 Business Studies ...................... 72 Calendar ........................... 4 Chapel ............................. 1 o Charges by Quarter .................. 20 Chemistry .......................... 67 Choir .............................. 14 Church Staff Work ..................... 52 Classification of Students ......... 20, 29 Co-curricular Activities ............... 33 Communications, Division of ......... 59 Computer Training ................... 49 Corrective Therapy ................... 48 Costs .............................. 19 Counseling Service .................. 11 Course Descriptions ................. 57 Creative Arts, Division of ............. 68 Credit by Special Examination ......... 33 Credit Load ......................... 29 Curricula, Organization of .......... 41-55 Degree Programs .................... 41 Dentistry ........................... 47 Deposits and Fees ................ 19-20 Directory, Administration and Faculty .. 77 Dormitories and Residence Halls ...... 7 Dramatics .......................... 15 Economics ......................... 72 Education .......................... 44 Electronics Technician ............... 49 Eligibility for Varsity Sports ........... 31 Employment (Part-time) .............. 25 English ............................ 59 English Requirement ................. 32 Ensembles ......................... 70 Entrance Requirements .............. 17 Expenses .......................... 20 Faculty ............................ 77 Failures and Conditions ........... 30, 31 Fees ............................... 20 Financial Aid ....................... 23 Foreign Language ................... 60 Forestry ............................ 47 General Guidelines ................... 9 General Information ................. 7 General Secretarial ............... 50, 54 Geography ......................... 62 German ............................ 60 Gift Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Grades and Grade Points ............. 30 Graduation Requirements ............ 37 G~k .............................. ~ Health Service ...................... 12 History, Department of ............... 61 History of College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Housing, On and Off Campus ......... 12 Incomplete Work .................... 30 Independent Study .................. 32 Institutional Objectives ............... 8 Instrumental Instruction .............. 70 Insurance .......................... 12 Junior College Certificate ............. 39 Law ............................... 47 Law Enforcement ................. 49. 7 4 Legal Secretarial ................. 50, 54 Library ............................. 22 Loans ................................. 25 Location of the College ............... 7 Mathematics ........................ 64 82 GOLDEN VALLEY LUTHERAN COLLEGE Medical Secretarial Curricula ....... 51, 55 Medicine Curriculum ................. 47 Missions ........................... 75 Music .................... 14, 45, 49, 69 New Student Orientation ............. 11 New Testament Studies .............. 58 Nursing Curriculum .................. 47 Occupational therapy ................ 48 Office Administration Curricula ..... 51, 55 Old Testament Studies ............... 57 Orchestra ....................... 14, 70 Parish Secretarial Curriculum ......... 52 Part-time Students ............... 20, 30 Payment Plan ....................... 21 Personal Orientation .............. 62-63 Pharmacy Curriculum ................ 47 Philosophy of College ................ 8 Philosophy, Department of ........... 62 Physical Education, Division of ........ 67 Physical Education Curriculum ........ 45 Physical Therapy .................... 48 Physics ............................ 65 Political Science .................... 61 Probation, Academic ................. 31 Programs of Study ................... 41 Psychology ......................... 62 Recreation Leadership Curriculum ..... 46 Refunds ............................ 22 Registration ........................ 34 Registration, Changes in ............. 34 Religious Life ....................... 13 Repeating a Course ................... 32 Room and Board .................... 20 Science ............................... 43 Science, Division of .................. 64 Scholarships ....................... 26 Secretarial Curricula ................. 50 Secretarial Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Social Service Curriculum ............ 48 Social Science, Division of ............ 61 Sociology .......................... 63 Special Fees ........................ 20 Speech ............................ 60 Student Government ................. 13 Student Life ........................ 13 Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Study Ski I is Assistance .............. ; 2 Theatre, Department of ............... 71 Theological Studies .................. 58 Transcripts ......................... 21 Transfer of Credits ................... 9 Transfer Students, Admission of ....... 33 Tuition ............................. 20 Unsatisfactory Academic Progress ..... 31 Vocational Studies, Division of ........ 71 Vocational Certificate ............... 40, 54 Withdrawals from Class .............. 30 Withdrawals from College ............ 33 Women's Athletics .................. 14 World Mission ................... 53, 55 L Ss James W. Maertens Research Associate Off ice of the Registrar Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, :tv1N 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Interim Courses, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTRODUCTION Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTRODUCTION Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term Iruns from May 31-June 24; Term II runs from June 27 through August 5. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. 1983 SUMMER CALENDAR REGISTRATION Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall -230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Ruth Maertens, Secretary Postmaster Volume 113, Number 5 Spring 1983 6121330-1025 AUGSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Term I Term II Early Registration (Tuition Discount) April 22 April 22 Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due May 31 June 27 Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record June 2 June 29 Holiday None Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 20 July 15 Last Day of Class June 24 Aug. 5 Open Please @ PAYMENT OF FEES CAMPUS LOCATION Tuition Charges for Summer School are $295 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $148 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. Early Registration on April 22 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $275 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 22. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An AdvanceTuition Deposit of $25 per course is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, May 31 for Term I and June 27 for Term II. A $10 per course late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before student is officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. Tuition Refund is calculated below. There is a $25 per course service charge. This amount will be deducted from any refund. Student must present cancel card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund; no refund will be made after the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund will be made. Course Cancellation Date - - Refund Term I Term II 100% (less $25) 80% " " 60% " 40% May 31-June 1 June 2-3 June 6-7 June 8-9 June 27-28 June 29-30 July 1-5 July 6-7 - - TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS - Interstate 94 east from Minneapolisto 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. s., turn left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. JUNE 27, 1983-AUGUST 5, 1983 1' I GENERAL INFORMATION ELIGIBILITY Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. FINANCIAL AID Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). NONDlSCRlMlNATION POLICY Augsburg College admits students ofany race, color, national and ethnic origin to a11 rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It d m not discriminate on the basis of race4color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other school-administered programs. lup Lifi Please TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS MAY 31, 1983-JUNE 24, 1983 ~c~effl~elton EDE 481-80211482-8022 STUDENT TEACHING: 483-80231484-8024 ELEMENTARY OR KlNDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. DM.: No. Additional $15.00 fee. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. TERM I SUMMER 1983 May 31-June 24 ART ART 106-8001/306-8002 CALLIGRAPHY Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project is required. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM4 ART 118-8062 PAINTING I By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Thompson Arr. ART 223-8063 PRINTMAKING l By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Thompson Arr. ART 355-8064 PAINTING II By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite 118 Thompson PRINTMAKING ll By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite 223 Thompson ART 368-8065 Arr. Arr. ART 299-80051499-8006 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BIOLOGY BIO 103-8007 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect. 1:OO- 4:00 p.m. Lab. Enrollment limit: 35. Mickelberg HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. SUMMER INTERIM. M,T,W,Th,F 5213 T, W, Th 5214 BIO 108-8008 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W,Th,F 5212 T ~h 5202 )MINIS' BUS 101-8012 PRINCIPLESOF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 51 12 BUS 399-8013 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. ENGLISH MIG 245-8030 IFrmODUCTlONTO LITERATURE Blackburn Introduction to the study offiction, drama, and poetry. Partkular attention will be devoted to developing crhical and analytical skills in reading and w r ~ t i n gabout Ilterature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes. ,, .GUAGES GER 111-8031 BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM29 NOR 112-8032 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Hansen Designed for students who have successfully completed NOR 111 at Augsburg College. The course will be conducted i n Norway. Consult Prof. Leif E. Hansen, Foreign Language Department for details. NOR 331-8061 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Hansen. This course will be conducted in Norway for students with near fluency in the Norwegian Language. See Prof. Leif Hansen, Foreign Language Department for details. CAMP NORWAY Academic credit may be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. See Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. :ATION n r t r I u-aus4 Borstad SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M, T, W,Th M23 5:OO-8:00 p.m. HPE 491-8035 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 T,Th and Arr. C12 6:OO-9:00 p.m. (1st meeting 5/31, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 493-8033 CHEMISTRY CHM 109-8015 EDS 481-80251482-8026 STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 483-8027/484-8028 SECONDARY Obsehrlng apd directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of colle~eand high school personnel. Dlst.: No. Additional $15.00 fee. Arr. Prerequfsftes: Acceptance, Education Department. GENERAL ORGANIC GyberglS. Olmsted ORGANIZATION & ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction I ; IFirst term - of atwo semester - course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to I I organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: High school chemistry. 11 :30- 1:50 Lect. M,T, W,Th, F 2:OO-4:00 Lab. T, W, Th S3 15 5327 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL GyberglS. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. Dist.: No. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W,Th,F 53 15 M,T,W,Th 5327 11:OO- 3:00 p.m. Lab. I trmtatmpnt clinic; equlpmw, employment, public d!atbns and ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. Arr. (1st meeting 5/31,6:00 p.m.) HPE 495-80361496-8037 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-8038 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. M24 Saugestad Arr. C H M 353-8014 ECONOMICS ECO 120-8009 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 122-8011 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th M5 ECO 392-8010 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis d n monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th, F M5 EDUCATION EDE 353-8029 YOUNG CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS B. Anderson Understanding administrative guidelines and teacher competencies involved in a mainstreamed prekindergarten or daycare program. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM4 (% course) Meets June 13-24. HISTORY HIS 216-80391416-8040 TWENTIETH CENTURY REVOLUTIONS Gustafson Consideration of four revolutions-the violent revolution against colonialism (Vietnam), neo-colonialism (Cuba) and westernization (Iran) and the current revolution toward the modern era (Saudi Arabia). Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th, F S108 HIS 299-80411499-8042 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY (DiverseTopics: See Instructor.) Gustafson Arr. POL 299-80431499-8044 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (DiverseTopics: See Instructor.) Hedblom POL 299-80451499-8046 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE Hedblom Arr. POL 199-80471399-8048 INTERNSH lPS Hedblom Arr. POLITICAL SCIENCE Arr. PSY 241-8049 USE OF THE PERSONAL COMPUTER I N Marken PSYCHOLOGY Participants will write simple programs in BASIC to produce graphic displays, measure response time, d o statistical analysis and model thought processes. Emphasis on the computer as a tool to explore the mind. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F M4 EDE 375-8016 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. Arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F L1 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see SOC 375-8052) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105. M,T, W,Th,F L4 8:30- 10:50 a.m. STUDENT T E A C H I N G RELIGION Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July.The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. REL 369-8051 EDE 481-801 71482-8018 STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 483-80191484-8020 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS PSY 375-8050 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N MODERN Skibbe LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and,world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or 221. 9:30-11.50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F M24 SOC 199-80531399-8054 INTERNSHIPS MAY 31, 1983-JUNE 24, 1983 Hesser Arr. €861 'PZ 3~nkE86L'LE AVW SOC 375-8052 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 375-8050.) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105. M,T, W,Th,F L4 8:30-10:50 a.m. SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-8056 GROUP WORK IN A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry Canoes-an eight day canoe trip in the Quetico Provincial Park of Ontario. Gain practice and knowledge necessary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a wilderness group as a social system. Dist.: No. Add'l. fee $75.00. (See instructor for details.) SWK 299-80571499-8058 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY (Diverse topics: See instructor.) Clark Arr. SWK 399-8059 Clark Arr. INTERNSHIPS SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS A N D THEATER ARTS SPC 111-8060 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T, W,Th Cole M22 INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8055 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. TERM II SUMMER 1983 June 27-August 5 HPE 487-9019 NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/28,6:00 p.m.) M5 HPE 495-90151496-9016 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-9017 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. Saugestad Arr. HISTORY HIS 233-90201433-9021 WOMEN'S ROLES IN AMERICA Stadum Examination of women's roles in the family, the workplace, and in voluntary organizations from Colonial America to the 1980's. Includes comparisons based on class, race, ethnicity and geographic region. Dist.: Yes. T,Th L4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. HIS 369-9022 VIKING DISCOVERY ChrislocWNelson Investigation of the period of Viking expansion concentrating on the impact of that expansion into the British Isles. Lectures on campus: July 18-22, on site at York, England: July 24-August 6. Contact Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. Dist.: No. MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE CSC 145-9023 INTRODUCTIONTO GENERAL COMPUTER Sargent PROGRAMMING Includes flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a Computer Science major at Augsburg. Dist.: No. M,T, W,Th, F 5108 8:30-955 a.m. NURSING NUR 311-9024 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Malcolm Provides a base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health Arr. team is explored. Primarily a clinical course. Dist.: Yes. PHYSICS ART ART 132-9005 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. M, W OM4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Enrollment Limit: 35. ART 299-90031499-9004 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 102-9006 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIALACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prereauisites 101. PHY 101-9025 ASTRONOMY Paulson Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra. T,Th 6:OO-9:30 p.m. POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-90261499-9027 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY READINGS ON THE USSR TODAY Noonan POL 299-90281499-9029 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY (Open Topic: See Instructor.) Noonan POL 199-90301399-9031 INTERNSHIPS Noonan Arr. PSYCHOLOGY - I BUS 399-9007 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. CHEMISTRY C H M 110-9008 GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission. 8:30- 9:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W, Jh,F J, W,Th 19:00-17.n0 N Lab. ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella ECO 120-9009 Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 123-9010 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W M5 Franklin EDUCATION OF DEVIANT A N D BEHAVIOR DISORDERED CHILDREN Examination of school related deviance and behavior disorders; including school and family interaction and role of the juvenile justice system. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W 14 PRACTICUM A N D SEMINAR I N Franklin EDE 491-9010 EDS 491-9011 SPECIAL EDUCATION Supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Consult Barry Franklin, Department of Education for acceptance. . , PSY 355-9033 BRAIN A N D BEHAVIOR Ferguson Survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 105 and one course in Biology. 10:05-11:30a.m.Lect. M,T,W,Jh,F 12:30- 2:00 p.m. Lab. T, Th RELIGION INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Benson REL 111-9035 An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T, W, Th,F M24 REL 372-9034 RELlGlONSOF INDIA: HINDUISM Benson & BUDDHISM Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M24 SOCIOLOGY SOC 121-9037 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Pike Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications t o an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th M24 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom SOC 356-9036 Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T, Th M22 SOC 199-90381399-9039 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. Chlr-l I C U ENG 368-901 3 MODERN DRAMA Gidmark Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. Plays by women and minorities are included. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th M23 FOREIGN L A N G U A G E BEGINNING GERMAN II Oyler GER 112-9014 Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Ger. 11 1 or equivalent. 11:40-1:25 p.m. M.T.W,Th OM23 HEALTH E n O C A T I O N AI PHYPlTAl F n l ITATION HPE 485-9018APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Lieske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th &Arr. C12 (1st meeting 6/28, 6:00 p.m.) TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS @m M ~ r p o s of understanding e Zrvior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. PI M, T, W, Th, F SOCIAL W O R K GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS M E D I U M Perry SWK 255-9041 Mountains-a seven day backpacking trip i n Grand Teton National Park. Gain practice and knowledge necessary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a wilderness group as a social system. Dist.: No. I ADTC SPC 367-9042 THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. T, Th 6:OO-9:30 p.m. 2815 41st Ave. So., Mpls., M N 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565) INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-9040 INTERNSHIPS JUNE 27, 1983-AUGUST 5, 1983 Hesser Arr.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t...
Show more Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 18. Beginning of certain half credit courses* January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends .............................. The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add and to determine the grading system. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 3 Fall 1981 612/300-1001 AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order. Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt l . t h e e n d o f the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout n these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Options june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be required t o pay the regular summer course tuition. lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these departments: English - Theatre i n London Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n - The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982 Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after October. Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17. Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course. Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim housing should be made t o the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b). Courses Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Jewelry Art 150 - 4003 Instructor: Norman Holen You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape, enamel and cast these metals. The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the necessary equipment and re-usable items. There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces. Distribution: Art - Music Time: II OM1 16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1 Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame as Film-Making I. Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: II Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 lnstructor Ralph Sulerud W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron l whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will r n ~ ~ncreasrngly n~~ rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y, r guestion\sur h h ~ these c must be effect~ut+ly atlrIressetl: w h a t are l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward ~ty the rrivrronmrnr make sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever just~f~ed It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe l spent d~scuss~ng ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Wetland Ecology Bio 311 - 4114 Instructor: Roberta Lammers I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects, and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to ~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un d rhewea~ her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent r rcadin~. Prerequisites: 510 111, 112 Time: I The Biology of Aging Bio 385 - 4115 Instructor. Robert Herforth At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be ~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared g changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~ t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc ~ oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~? What lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the o focne r t a ~ n c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~ IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock? al Thew and other qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe course Prerequ~s~tes: BIO 111 Time: I S 212 Introduction to Chemistry C h m 104 - 4116 Instructor: John Carlson of chemistry for ~hosr? who have never studled chemistry hefore. h course in basic Inclu(E~d are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr, r types of rcactinns, solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases, ~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to p no r ~ a n ichrmistry. r Many applications to Iifc ~ T O C C S S ~and S cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no : ~hrcrlonger examinations Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes, plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry Chm 113 - 4117 Instructor: Earl Alton rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions ~ ~ s s each i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day. h Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.) Introduction to Clinical Chemistry Chm 205 - 4118 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~ was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information ~ about Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry ly IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~ d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n ~lormat~u n ahrlu~ synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r ( medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~ l yc r f o r m c dalrd may result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn f f e rt ~hnone ~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems l s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~! analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory. y Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory l wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp, exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam. l Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223 T ~ m eI S 315 Economics of Urban Issues Eco 120 - 4119 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed. Distribution: Urban Studies Time: II O M 13 Learning Styles, Teaching Styles Ede 227 - 4125 Eds 227 - 4126 Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some L ~ k e~ndlvldual students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng and others by work~ngo n thelr own Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~ that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg o Irt,ry e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor P mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle ~ ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc. Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles, 51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e l In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t . f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr. tl Time: ll Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten Ede 375 - 4124 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior to the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor L4 Time: Summer Interim Student Teaching Eds 481 - 4120 Eds 482 - 4121 Eds 483 - 4122 Eds 484 - 4123 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I L6 People Under Pressure Eng 211 - 4130 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social. religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl ~ ( ~evt3nwit. Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201 ~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv 1 r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( ! irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr, r being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4 LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I r rAtrt~r,ic,~: ~ Wright. Narivr Srjn: I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1; / ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort r '+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h, t (;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4. ~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><: ~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o . A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n ?/~ ,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts Time: I O M 10 . The Brontes Eng 248 - 4128 Eng 348 - 4129 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry. The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily (Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer. Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's. Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures, discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both. Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor. Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies Time: l l O M 16 Europe January 3-28 I nteri m/9 Theatre in London Eng 269 - 4131 Eng 369 - 4132 Instructor: Richard Sargent Cost: $1795 London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other theatres, notably to Stratford. Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in addition. Counts toward English major Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts Grading: P/N Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop Eng 362 - 4127 Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College M~mbcrs of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition, iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing course. Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for Interim. Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA. French Literature in Translation Fre 243 - 4134 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. . Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements). Time: I - Beginning Norwegian ~ d 111 r - 4133 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4137 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and field experience. If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern Minnesota. Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged. Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent Time: II O M 29 lntensive Beginning Spanish Spa 112 - 4135 Instructor: To b e named The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 Distribution: Foreign Language O M 23 Time: I Spanish of the Business and the Professional World Spa 215 ;4136 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters. Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations. Prerequisites: Spanish 212 Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Planning for Tomorrow: Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's Gst 240 - 4177 Robert Clyde, Augsburg College Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts, entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act locally." Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal, continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class. Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and assessment of quality of personal growth plan. S 108 Time: II Recreational Rhythms and Activities Hpe 232 - 4143 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 18-29 Melby Modern Dance Hpe 373 - 4141 Instructor: Pam Paulson An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class, performance of a group composition, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15 12/l nteri m Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Hpe 410 - 4142 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum) Time: I Melby 13 Virgin Islands January 4-28 Sailing in the Virgin Islands ** Hpe 455 - 4139 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Cost: $1995 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants. Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement Grading: P/N only Coaching of Football Hpe 476 - 4140 Instructor: Al Kloppen Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15 Melby 12 Coaching of Basketball Hpe 477 - 4138 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Instructor's approval. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby 13 Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29 20th Century South Asia His 162 - 4147 His 462 - 4148 Instructor: Don Gustafson Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng ~ rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen; l 11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more. Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings r (somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP will a l ~ o h e lertures, trrne for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations. Grades w ~ lbe l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have l addlt~onalassignments and be graded by upper dlvrslon standards. Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college history class. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I S112 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality His 220 - 4145 His 320 - 4146 Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration P pattern, economir opporlunities, and social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew, l Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares. tjrlth t h "nld" ~ rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5 ic (Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~ etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc. Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs r or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~ ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a . and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will 1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill e n dnapaprr t5 t)r an exam un the t ~ x and t readlng~. Fees: $15 for meals and films etc. Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy Time: I Studies in Ancient and Medieval History Through the Reformation His 366 - 4190 Instructor: Richard Nelson This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient, medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g., biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion of a paper or project. Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor Time: II Brush Up Mat 103 - 4150 Instructor: Bev Durkee Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Time: I S 108 Mathematical Aspects of Music Mat 130 - 4149 Instructor: Ben Cooper This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning, and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural invrntine or discovering isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r % math~maticr; and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics not t a tangential bearing o n music, usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1 and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will be developed i n class. Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra. Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: I Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy M a t 134 - 4188 M a t 334 - 4189 Instructor: Larry Copes This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers. Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers. Prerequisites: Yes Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: II O M 25 Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview Mus 110 - 4151 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice. Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring ei